Home

Exponare 5.1 Administration User Guide

1. iii 127 NDOIELI peo 128 User Interface Configurable Components 0 0000 eee eee eens 129 User Interface Themes 131 User Interface Configuration eee 133 Chapter 16 ioni 137 EA Losada TTIT TI TIC 0 SI E NI 08 It tl 138 eT O e d i i pe EEE i ze alai i 138 Configuring External Authentication LL 139 User PODU hii ese ee i a eed eS ee Ee eee ae 140 UM FASO 142 The Login and Authentication Process 0000 cece ees 142 No External Authentication a acea weed ne baw sd Wed whe bbs n 142 External Authentication Specified i 142 SM SOn ON urine a dar doina aC ead Rd a 144 TEOUDIGSDODII EE 2 ou restante e 9 ce li n n de elc e tit dh 147 Part 4 Additional Configuration Manager Features 149 Chapter 17 Global Layer Groups eee eee 151 SR RR OPA at ied d 152 The Exponare Sample Data eee eee 152 Creating a Global Layer Group sens iii i e es 152 Adding Global Layer Groups to a Work Context 154 Overriding Global Layer Settings 154 Overriding Global Data Binds llli 154 Completing the Reorganisation ee 155 Working with Multiple Global Layer Groups eee 156 Dupon LUE fork bon ond ee doi e edd eo tornerai 156 ee i n e iat si asalt de e di rit es LOI LL ee eee 156 tal bal Query SENINE 5s as re ee ORE OR RR Reg 157 SPOON Lua bh RE Edd dude SRO RR ANRE a sind hag Ere dd IRI
2. 400 Appendix D Workspace Manager rire 401 Features of the Workspace Manager eee ees 402 Workspace Format and Contents eee 403 Workspace Manager Menu Commands LL 403 File Menu Commands ne 403 Map Menu Commands icons ae can OS oa tara Aaaa RR XX Yd Ra a 405 Tools Menu Ceneda e a dem ace RR ROCK m i iaia n 407 Laver CONUG cc e race ci detin EE ERASEREERARGSGUERSE SERE EE EA NM EG eae eR Ra s 410 Lavor DEO TOO Fr 410 5 WC Peet eee eee eee 07211 201 VL TII OTIS III TIVI RIT 411 VW B le PCT 412 PGT Selling 6 0 4 init TIT TT TT 414 Thomb SENOS i isa noci deed gr RE Ue ede Ue cb eri cei ded ae AERE UP eo 415 Lobel SONGS siva boiata st LETALE LIES x arat adi 416 Administration Guide xi xii Appendix E Line Styles and Fill Patterns T n 421 LIB DIMIBR c4 rae Oa 3 I cil Ap ER RAO ard ROC eO tii e e e RR ER 422 UPAO ee RR RETREAT E A 424 CL ODE CPI POI RO POSTO POSTI ee ee 427 MON a E ee ee ee SILLA EI 437 Exponare 5 1 Part 1 Getting Started Topics Introduction About Exponare Server and Clients Exponare Enquiry and Exponare Public In this chapter What s New in Exponare 5 1 What is Exponare Exponare is an integrated suite of out of the box applications that provide the gateway to an organisation s corporate data both spatial and non spatial With a strong emphasis on ease of use in
3. zoom 1 01 km Scale 1 9 334 54 O Layer Control Tools The tools across the top of the layer control window allow you to add move and remove layers from 410 Exponare 5 1 Appendix D Workspace Manager the layer control window easily e The Add tools allows you to open tables and insert group layers and label layers into your map e The Remove Selected Item tool removes the selected layer from the map e The Up and Down toolbar buttons enable you to move layers up and down the layer list changing the order in which they are displayed Layer Tree The layer control displays a tree showing the map and all layers in the map as well as other map elements such as themes and labels The layer tree allows you to perform these operations Displaying Layers The check box next to each layer on the layer tree allows you to toggle the visibility of a layer with a single click Changing the Layer Order To change the order of the layers you can select a layer and click the Up or Down toolbar button Alternately you can drag a layer up or down to change its position in the list There are several special cases that involve drag and drop actions e To move a layer into a group layer drag the layer onto the group e To add a new label source to a label layer drag a layer onto the label layer e To copy a style override to another layer drag the style override node to a layer that is a comparable type that is you can
4. Description Optionally type a description if you plan on connecting to more than one database and would like a description for this connection Click OK To set up your Oracle Spatial connection in MapInfo Professional 1 From the File menu select Open 2 In the Open dialog box select the Open DBMS Connection E button 3 In the Open DBMS Connection dialog box select ODBC Connection type to Oracle from the list and then click New Administration Guide 165 4 Create New Data Source dialog appears Select the System Data Source radio button Click Next Create New Data Source Select a type of data source CO User Data Source Applies to this machine only System Data Source Applies to this machine only Selecting System Data Source creates a data source which iz specific to this machine and usable by any user who logs onto this machine 5 Selectthe driver for which you want to set up a data source in the Create New Data Source and Click Next Create New Data Source Select a driver for which you want to set up a data source Mame Microsoft Paradox Treiber db Microsoft Text Driver tut cz Microsoft Text Treiber tet csv Microsoft Visual FoxPro Driver Microsoft Visual FoxPro T reber Oracle in OraClient1 g_home SQL Server SQL Server Native Client 10 0 i 4 Exponare 5 1 166 Chapter 18 Spatial Data Access 6 Oracle ODBC Driver Configuration dialog appe
5. Ensure any Query written for an external database can be executed in under 100ms in the native query environment for that database Reasoning The number of Layers directly affects the time it takes to create the Legend panel in both Exponare Enquiry and Exponare Public It also affects the time it takes to render a map The time required to render a map is inversely proportionate to the number of users that can be served by the Exponare Server The more Features there are on a map the longer it will take to render The time required to render a map is inversely proportionate to the number of users that can be served by the Exponare Server Drop downs are designed for small sets of data Having a large amount of data increases the time it takes to send information between the client and the Server The more Remote Data Binds there are the longer the response times will be for the end user Long queries will increase the response time of each request and will also reduce the number of users that can be served by your Exponare Server Exponare 5 1 Appendix A Feature Usage Guidelines Feature Selections Print Templates Adhoc Layers Administration Guide Guideline The maximum number of selections should be set at 100 or below The DPI setting of Print templates should be set at or below 400 The maximum size of a print template should be 1280 x 1024 pixels Mail merge Print Templates s
6. Selectionlds Selectionld 29021 29021 a1 29021 29021 al 30622 29021 al 9560 29021 al 40936 Use the XML Source task pane XML Source BML maps in this workbook LinkDetails_Map w LinkDetails c LinkId AJ ActiveSelectionId SelectionIds al SelectionId If capable the external application can synchronise its own selection set based on the selection description to provide a seamless workflow between applications Configuring a Link Out Using the Selection Description Some external applications have the concept of a selections set Exponare Enquiry is capable of being configured to export a description of its current selection set for use by an external application Two things are required for selection description integration 1 The external application and Exponare Enquiry must have a common key in their data so that identifiers that make up a selection description can be matched 2 The external application must be capable of understanding Exponare Enquiry s selection description language If this is not possible a stepping stone helper application can be used Contact Pitney Bowes Software for assistance if you require a helper application To achieve the first of the above requirements one or more Data Binds must be configured that include the common key before the Application Link Out is configured For details regarding Data Bind configuration see Chapter 24 Data Binds e Configuring an Applica
7. The drop down menu displays the list to select Measure Area or Distance Back Measurement Measure Distance Measure Area Measure Distance Administration Guide 381 Quick Info Tool Search Results Tab This functionality provides information for data queried or map features selected using Info Select and in response to the queries Each data bind is a set of data that describes the feature such as its owner planning details or spatial information in tabular format A drop down menu displays the lists of layers on the basis of current selection In this scenario all the selections for all layers underlying the info tool are seen lt Back Search Result Property Parcels Property Parcels 32627 1 of 1 Occupier Resident Details Property Owner Details Spatial Info Address Details Property Details 93 LotPlan Details 39 Planning Scheme Details 302 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 45 Exponare Mobile Click on the Plus buttons to expand the different data binds Each data bind is a set of data that describes the feature such as its owner planning details or as illustrated below spatial information lt Back Search Result Property Parcels 32627 1 of 1 Occupier Resident Details Property Owner Details Proper 35697 No Initials A Surname Person Phone 03 6217 xxxx 39 Khartoum St West Address Footscray Vic 3012 Spatial Info Admi
8. Click Save and Activate Settings Overriding Global Layer Settings There may be occasions where you want to inherit Global Data Binds but not Global Layer Settings For example in the Aerial Photography Work Context a different icon is used for the Parks layer Global Layer Group 2 Parks icon Park Aerial Photography icon To override Global Layer Settings 1 If necessary expand the Aerial Photography Work Context gl If necessary expand Layer Settings Er Select the Parks layer Select True from the Override Global Layer settings drop down list Click Save and Activate Settings Overriding Global Data Binds The Aerial Photography work context has Data Binds of the same name as those in the Global Layer Groups Where this is the case the Data Binds at the Work Context level take precedence over those in the Global Layer Groups 154 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 17 Global Layer Groups Completing the Reorganisation You can now delete duplicated information in the work contexts To complete the reorganisation of the sample data 1 Addtheappropriate Global Layers to each Work Context 2 Delete all layers that are duplicated in the Global Layers that do not feature in e the Selection layer property of a Query e the Layer name property of a Layer Settings Shortcut e the Layer property of a Watermark 3 Delete all Data Binds in the layers that remain after step 2 that are duplicated in the Global
9. User ID ExponareUser Password password cookieless false timeout 20 gt Once again the items we are interested in are marked in bold You will need to check update the 80 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 9 Web Farm Environments and Exponare Server following attribute settings Attribute Setting mode SOLServer sqlConnectionString The correct connection string for your chosen instance of SQL Server Typically you will have to replace sa server with the name or IP Address of your SQL Server Instance and replace password with your chosen password Refer to Microsoft documentation regarding connection strings Ensure that Exponare is working correctly before adding the next server to the cluster or if it is an existing cluster set up each server one at a time and individually test each one and ensure that the configuration on each server matches that setup on the initial server Reverting Web Farm Environment to Single Web Server To revert to a single web server 1 Note down your Activation Keys If you do not you will have to request new ones from Product Support Start the Configuration Manager Select Configuration Menu gt Export To File to export the configuration to a local file Close Configuration Manager SL Sm e N Edit the web config file lt appSettings gt l Use this setting to turn Session pooling on off True false gt lt add key MapInfo Engine Session Pooled value T
10. a Pubie Menu 4 Pk Took 4 Restncied Menu Ragincisd Tooke D rnm EIL 7 Inthe below window users other than selecting the commands administrator can also e Assign a command to the selected Tab gt Group Administration Guide 323 Ribbon Toolbar Configuration Options 324 e Choose icon size The use of Large and Small image icons provides users the flexibility to 8 Note 9 accommodate different icons in the available tab area e Show hide the caption to be displayed on the ribbon amp Exponare Configuration Manager Fis Configuration Help Hosa GAs D Addrers Search Setting C Adhoc Layer CO Apeheahon Sting E Database Connechona Database Edi Seth b Global Layer Groups H Menut and Toolbars i Full Mera Rectangle Select 4 Pokdne Select LE Fokigori elect 1 Radu Select 94 napici dl H Sopran 91 Measune Diane Si kuescune Show Label 74 Chest Labels 4 Toggle suto lsbel 4 Tooge scale bai i Toggle ceno mao i Get Pont Coordinates DA H General Caphon Cornered Desenphon Image Siza Fibbon Gion Show Caption Caption The capion lo depla to the user on menu Save the changes made to the toolbar tab Start Exponare Enquiry and notice that the settings would have taken effect Any commands that have not be assigned to any group would be added to the Default 10 The configuration manager allows users to rearrange tabs or group
11. 294 Exponare 5 1 Exponare Configuration Manager Configuration Help E1e8 EEE Bs m er Address Search Settings 4 Application Settings Database Connections Database Edit Settings P Global Layer Groups EL Menus and Toolbars B Print Templates 2 User Interfaces AL Users Work Context Groups ES work Contests 4 Aerial Photography Animal Control Ei Cadastre E Application Link Ins E Application Link Duts Be Coordinate Export T argets g Global Layer Groups Groups 2 Layer Settings Sw Layer Settings Shortcuts FE Toggle Zoning BY Parks E Print Templates Eh Queries Lot Plan Search AZ Advanced Query Parameters Lf Query Parameters A Lot Number O Plan Number E Open Query E PFI Number Search E Railway Station Search E SPI Number Search E Surrounding Property Search z SQL Support Tables Views Watermarks Evi Cadastre Melways Evi Garbage Ex Sewerage Evi Vegetation mE m E E FE oe Fe Fe E E Annotation Annotation font Default Annotation fill colour Default Annotation fill style Default Annotation font size Default Annotation foreground colour Default Annotation line style Default Annotation line width Default Annotation symbol angle Default Annotat
12. 4 d Find sewer line by material Selects all sewer lines of the given material Select all sewer lines made from Clay and Diameter is greater than 199 and Diamete oo E Diameter Install Date Install Year Length Name The name of the Advanced Query Parameter used to populate the drop down parameter list 5 Repeatsteps2 through 4 to add additional parameters 6 Click Save and Activate Settings Administration Guide 227 Creating a Query 228 Exponare 5 1 This chapter discusses Database connections for Exponare The database connections are the settings that define the connections to remote database servers In this chapter Introduction Introduction The database connections are the settings that define the connections to remote database servers Remote database servers can be used for a number of different reasons in various parts of the application including Data Binds Queries Application Link Ins and Application Link Outs The databases supported are as follows e Microsoft SQL Server 2000 2005 and 2008 e Oracle v9i 10G R2 11G R2 e ODBC drivers for SQLServer Microsoft Access 2007 and Oracle and Informix Note ODBC drivers require the installation of MDAC 2 6 or later 2 7 is recommended e OLE providers SQLOLEDB MSDAORA and Microsoft Jet OLEDB 4 0 OLE DB v 2 5 interfaces are not supported Note ODBC and OLE drivers can access many different types of databases wit
13. Features Public Rest Public 7 Support for Google Chrome No Yes 8 Base layer options No Yes 9 Switch over projection systems in client No Yes 10 Rectangle Polyline Polygon Select tool Yes Yes 11 Zoom to selections Yes Yes 12 Zoom to active selection Yes No 13 Configuring menu and toolbar Yes No 14 Full screen No Yes 15 Apply Thematic Yes Yes 16 Show label Yes No 17 Clear labels Yes No 18 Toggle auto labels Yes No 19 Layer Shortcuts Yes Yes 20 Views Yes Yes Administration Guide 371 Administration Properties 872 0 Exponare 5 1 This chapter discusses how to access mapping and business data on your mobile browser In this chapter Introduction Introduction 374 Exponare on mobile is a map service that allows users to access mapping and business data at the convenience of your mobile browser Though this service is designed to run on all Android and iOS mobile browsers but with Exponare 5 0 it has been tested and verified for iPhone and iPad default browser It can be run on a mobile browser with a URL http 152 144 XXX XX Exponare Mobile aspx The new interface provides the user with the following OpenLayers Integrating OpenLayers architecture and MapXtreme as an underlying engine the map is ready for analysis Now you can instantly access and analyze your data with reference layers of choice on mobile itself Quick Info Quick Info is similar to Point Select in Exponare Enquiry where detailed
14. If True the user can change the visibility of this Layer User can see layer in x df True this layer is displayed to the user in the Legend Enquiry Legend panel User can see layer in If True this layer is displayed to the user in the Legend Public Legend panel E User selected layer label The workspace layer column that provides the text labels for the labels on the map User selected layer label The font for the labels on the map font User selected layer label The font size for the labels on the map font size 4 Click Save and Activate Settings To set layer groups 1 Expand Work Contexts 2 Expand the desired Work Context Administration Guide 187 Layer Group Expand 3 Click Groups Click Add Item Adjust the desired settings on the right hand panel Click Refresh Drop Down Lists Expand Layer Settings Click the desired Layer Pi x M MP p Assign the layer to the desired group by using the Group drop down menu on the right hand panel 10 Repeat step 8 to 9 for each layer you wish to add to the group 11 Click Save Layer Group Expand As an Administrator you will be able to specify whether the layer group is expanded or collapsed by default in Exponare Enquiry and Exponare Public In Configuration Manager the Administrator can select True for Layer Group auto expanded and False for Layer Group collapsed 1 Arow name Expand is added in the General section of created Group The row Expand will h
15. Parallel ta one segment Parallel to multiple segments Specific angle deg Creating Curved Labels To position labels along a curve 1 In Workspace Manager open the map you want to change the labels for Highlight the layer source that contains the labels you want to change 2 3 Verify that the labels are visible 4 Click the Position tab In the Rotation section select Parallel to multiple segments to display the labels along the curve of the line MapXtreme 2005 SDK Dgveloper License 2007 PB Maplin i I LE 7 b MaxwelRd nw a ig E E aet pe gs BF q FOX Pari Se x n 4 E Cove BET VARI A jf cx I elmo jeg E I gt m PC a 2 NI 4 ff b i g OS D orwood gt M vo qettrey Ln x i _ _ _ Southgate amp Southgate Rd L s South ge a FARE nni N a LL i _ 1L M ganttelgh Dr Emerick Ln uU E aN E i Arbor d Southgate iS eS School oe 5 If necessary use the Orientation buttons on the Position tab to set the label s position relative to its anchor point When you select Left the curved labels are left justified starting at the beginning of the arc polyline Center the curved labels are centered on the midpoint of the arc polyline Right the curved labels are right justified at the end of the arc polyline The length of the polyline s affect how the lab
16. configuration file list Lists all available backup configuration files Delete Click to delete the highlighted configuration file s You will be asked to confirm this action Help Menu Help Opens on line help in a browser window About Opens the About Exponare Enquiry dialog box About Exponare Enquiry The About Exponare Enquiry dialog box shows the version customer name and the name of the 92 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 10 Overview Exponare server E About Exponare Enquiry Exponare Enquiry Version 5 1 45 x86 English en ALI Customer Mame Saurabh Exponare Server http flocalhost Exponare Exponare asmx Warning This computer program is protected by copyright law and international treaties Unauthorised reproduction or distribution of this program or any portion of it may result in severe civil and criminal penalties and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law Click to display the custom About Exponare Enquiry text puli See User Interfaces About box message on page 134 Toolbar LT Save and Activate Settings Attempts to save and activate revised settings Note Your work may conflict with the actions of other administrators See Concurrent Exponare Administration on page 89 for advice if this happens Refresh Configuration Loads the latest configuration from the Exponare Server de Refresh Drop Down Lists Loads the latest drop d
17. 002 cee eee ee 57 Restarting the ASP NET Process 0 59 Setting File Permissions for the Server eee eee ees 59 Setting the Server Timeout Value 0 0 ccs 60 Web Site Monitoring 3224 9 4E CR ess Ca see ete heed LA 6 II 60 IIS settings to configure Rest Public 00 0 cee ee 60 IO D wee eee A AR 429 EJXERNES ee wee eed eh ese eee od ees 61 FOTO NEEE EE TE EEEE E ee ee ee ee 63 Troubleshoot a isin es aco ae E Re i ti de ee wae n ee 66 Data on network drives is inaccessible 0 0 0 ccc eee 66 Enquiry cannot connect to server Error 1661 0 0 0 2 cee ee 67 Exponare hardware licensing problems eee eee eee eee 67 Exponare Server process re starts and loses all session information 67 General server failure ASP NET failure 68 Intermittent errors on the client when using a pooled MapXtreme environment 68 Oracle connection failure 69 Public cannot load initial startup page ee 69 Public Menu toolbar map is non operational eee eee 69 SQL Support Tables from external databases do notwork 70 Using a web browser to access Exponare asmx fails 70 Work Context cannot load due to permissions 0 0000 cee eee eee eee 71 Unable to display Map Projection system not found lll 71 Chapter 8 Client Administration Tasks
18. BorderWidth lpx Map Center Exponare MapCenterLabel id MyMapCenterLabel Administration Guide funat aegtver gt See The The MapHook Property for further information 243 Creating a HTML Print Template 244 HTML Tag Syntax Comments Overview Map Exponare OverviewMaplmage id MyOverviewMapImage runat server Width 5cm Height 5cm gt The map image hook must be same as the id of a map image tag located elsewhere on the ASPX page The following additional properties and their most common values can also be specified for a overview tag DOL sPerIneh 96 Furthermore any properties able to be set for the standard ASPX image control may be set Some examples and possible common values are AlternateText The map image could not be displayed BorderStyle Solid BorderWidth 1px See The The MapHook Property for further information Overview Map Exponare OverviewCoordSysLabel id MyCoordSysLabel Coordinate System runat server gt Overview Map exponare overviewzoomwidthlabel Zoom Width id MyOverviewZoomWidthLabel runat server gt Scale Text Exponare ScaleTextLabel id MyScaleTextLabel runate server See The The MapHook Property for further information User Name Exponare UserNameLabel id MyUserNameLabel runat server gt Zoom Width lt Exponare ZoomWidthLabel id MyZoomWidthLabel runat server gt See The The MapHook Property for furthe
19. Chapter 26 Database Connections Database Connection Types Native e ODBC e OLE e Oracle e SQL Server Native The configuration must always contain one default Database Connection called Native This connection is a dummy connection that does not point to any external database server Since all Data Binds and Queries contain a Database Connection this connection is used to indicate a Data Bind or Query that does not execute its SQL in an external database but instead uses only the native TAB Files available in the workspace and SQL Support Tables This type of connection string is included with the skeleton configuration file ODBC Information about the values that can be given to the connection string for an ODBC connection type can be found on the Microsoft website Informix Database Servers The following example illustrates a typical connection string to an Informix database using an ODBC connection string Driver IBM INFORMIX ODBC DRIVER Host lt HostName gt Server lt ImformixsServer gt Service ServiceNameOrPortNumber Protocol olsoctcp Database DatabaseName UID Username PWD Password OLE Information about the values that can be given to the connection string for an OLE connection type can be found on the Microsoft website Microsoft Access Databases The following example illustrates a typical connection string to an Access database using an OLE connection string PROVID
20. Creating a Data Source Connection to SQL Server Before you begin you need a SQL Server driver installed on your machine Check with your database administrator to install the driver for your database You need to know the SQL Server name and the login ID and password if required To create a new SQL Server data source connection 1 In MapiInfo Professional goto File menu select Open Administration Guide 161 162 2 Select the Open DBMS Connection from the Open dialog box mi E Tables Directory Remote T ables Directory ee Impart Files Directory ar Ww DI k spaces Directory File name Open Files of type Maplnfa tab Cancel Preferred View Automatic Help gt MapInfo Places Create copy in Maplnfo format for read write CO Standard Places If the Open DBMS Connection dialog box displays select ODBC from the list and then click New Open DBMS Connection Connection Type ODEC vw New J carea J We Exponare 5 1 Chapter 18 Spatial Data Access 4 In the Select Data Source dialog box select either the File Data Source or the Machine Data Source tab and then click New You can share the connection information for a file data source with other users on the network if they have the necessary drivers because it is stored in a file You cannot share the connection information for a machine data source because it is stored in the registry on the local computer
21. GET HEA C SWINDOMWS Ssystem32 netsreasp dl GET HEA CAWINDOWS Microsoft NET Frame GET HEA CAWINDOWS Microsoft ME TYF rame GET HEA CAWINDOW 5S Microsoft NETXFrame GET HEA V F7 14 AbD A La a TE eCrTrinm aa t Bem rest and data handler s Exponare Remove Starting point Default W e MExponare Configuration Execute Permissions Scripts only v Exponare 5 1 Chapter 7 Server Administration Tasks Add Edit Application Extension Mapping Executable WINDOWS Microsoft NET Framework y est Estensioni Verbs O All Verbs 9 Limit ta ISET HEAD PUST SCRIPT Script engine Check that fle exists Executable text box should be Drive WINDOWS Microsoft NET Framework v4 0 30319 aspnet_ isapi dll for both handlers Extension should be rest And the rest of settings should be the same as mentioned the above screen shot e Do IIS reset e Check Exponare Enquiry is running e Restpublicapplication aspx page should now be able to show your data layers on top of Bing layers IIS 7 amp 7 5 1 Install Exponare Server Sample Data Enquiry 2 Add a handler rest follow the Steps given below a Run inetmgr command on run b Right click on Exponare T meg ee b h See O cmm get ocn ue rom cum ee pem cmm 63 Administration Guide IIS settings to configure Rest Public 2 9 e 64 Click on handler Mappings Click on Add scrip
22. Select Data Source File Data Source Machine Data Source Data Source Name Description dBASE Files Excel Files MS Access Database Hew amp Machine Data Source iz specific ta this machine and cannot be shared User data sources are specific to a user on this machine System data sources can be used by all users on this machine or by a system wide service 5 In the Create New Data Source wizard a Select the type of data source to create User Data Source or System Data Source Make a selection to display the description for it in the wizard Click Next to continue b Fromthe driver name list select the SQL Server driver you have installed for the database and then click Next c Click Finish 6 Inthe Create a New Data Source to SQL Server wizard set the following a In the first screen provide the following information Description Optionally type a description if you plan on connecting to more than one database and would like a description for this connection From the Server list either select from the list or type the name of the SQL Server to connect to Click Next Administration Guide 163 Create a New Data Source to SQL Server This wizard will help you create an ODBC data source that you can use to connect to SQL Server What name do you want to use to refer to the data source Mame How do vou want to describe the data source Description Which SQL Server do you wan
23. The unit for the View zoom width selected from a list of available units 6 Click Save and Activate Settings Administration Guide 287 Creating a View 288 Exponare 5 1 As a user you can update the data displayed in the form of DataBind which gets populated upon any Map Selection activity Updation has to be based upon User and particular data i e tables and its columns This feature is meant for Externnal Database usage only It is not for native or tab files In this chapter Overview Overview Under the Database Edit settings node Administrator can configure the respective user its corresponding database connection table and the column that can be edited by the user Configuration Manager Settings In Configuration Manager administrator can grant permissions to the user for editing the data using external databases only as shown below E Exponare Configuration Manager E me EEE E f Address Search Settings E General CE Application Settings DES EH Database Connections E Database E dit Settings RE admin 9 Global Layer Groups HE Menus and Toolbars H E Print Templates m D User Interfaces E AL Users E Work Context Groups ES work Contests User The unique name of the user Adminisrator giving access to a respective user from the drop down menu The admin node may hold more than one node as different DataBase Connect
24. You can set permissions by navigating to the files and directories with Windows Explorer and then Administration Guide 39 Exponare Server choosing File gt Properties gt Security Note The Security tab is only available for NTFS file systems Also ensure that the individual files are not marked read only this does not apply to the directories Resolution for IIS 6 0 The correct username for ASP NET can vary depending on your installation For full details review the IIS 6 0 information on MSDN The Exponare Server installer assumes that you are logged in as a local administrator and that IIS is using Default Application Pooling The installer sets permissions for the local NETWORK SERVICE username This may or may not be correct for your situation A quick way to check is to use Task Manager gt Processes and observe the username associated to the w3wp exe or aspnet_wp exe process This should give you a good idea of the username used by ASP NET Error during Server installation During install of Exponare server on installtion is interrupted with following error Da Exponare Server Installer Information EI Error 1720 There is a problem with this Windows Installer bh package A script required For this install to complete could not be run Contact your support personnel or package vendor Custom action PreUpgradeCustomFileActions script error 214682821 Resolution This issue is resolved by choosing the approp
25. 1 Select File Open 2 Inthe Open dialog box select the Open Tables and click the Open DBMS Connection button 3 Choose the connection type ODBC or OCI 4 Browse to the table you want to add to the workspace Administration Guide 169 Adding Spatial Tables to Workspace 5 Followthe above steps to add more tables 6 Save your table as a workspace 7 After you have saved the workspace file add the password field to the workspace file Password is not stored by default 8 Once the workspace is loaded in Exponare you would have to run data binds and queries by pointing to the corresponding external database connection Recommended settings for SQL Server 2008 1 Forfaster rendering of maps using SQL Server add the following setting to your connection string MARS ConnectionzYes 2 Also add DLG 0 to your connection string Thus with both inputs in place your connection string for SQL server 2008 would look like this lt ODBCConnectionString gt DSN Exponare_Sql_ 2008 UID sa PWD abc123 APP MapXtreme WSID SU005SH W1 MARS_ Connection Yes DATABASE Exponare Test DLG 0 lt ODBCConnectionString gt Troubleshooting 170 SQL Driver NO PROMPT error when loading a workspace in Exponare Symptoms On adding a workspace created using an ODBC connection to Exponare and then applying Refresh layer settings the following error is displayed Update Layer Settings The Layer Settings could not be populated All attemp
26. 289 297 admin 45 138 authentication 105 139 configuring external authentication for 139 Guest 138 passwords 142 Public 138 User 138 utilities Workspace Manager 402 V viewing configuration changes 87 Views 285 287 358 virtual directories reviewing before installation 29 visible features recommended maximum 388 W Watermarks 267 270 Web Farm Environments 77 82 web config 58 timeout setting 60 Windows Event Log 34 Work Context Groups 117 118 adding to user profile 141 Work Contexts 109 116 adding Data Binds 210 adding Global Layer Groups 154 adding Print Templates 253 adding Queries 223 adding to Work Context Groups 118 adding Views 286 adding Watermarks 269 and Layer Settings 186 Default Work Context property in user profile 141 overview 16 work panels adding to User Interface 135 Can store panel state property in user profile 140 Workspace Manager 401 420 Exponare 5 1 feature summary 402 labels 417 Layer Control 410 412 414 416 Layer Control tools 410 413 menu commands 403 406 409 named connections 404 save as XML 402 themes 415 tools menu commands 407 Workspaces altering live files 56 overview 16 updating 56 XML format 403 X XML files Workspace format MWS 402 Z zoom setting after a query is run 224 Zoom width command 130 443 Exponare 5 1
27. 4 Repeat steps 1 through 3 to add additional Work Contexts 9 Click Save and Activate Settings 118 Exponare 5 1 This chapter discusses how to configure the Exponare menus and toolbars You can take the sample data menus and toolbars and customise them to suit your users needs For example you could change the tooltip text from Zoom to selection to Zoom to selected properties in one menu and Zoom to selected parks in another Alternatively you can build your menus and toolbars from scratch For new menus and toolbars introduced in Exponare 5 0 refer In this chapter Configuring Menus and Toolbars Configuring Menus and Toolbars Menus and toolbars are structured lists of commands that allow the user to access the features of Exponare Three separate user interface items are specified in this way e the main menu structure e the toolbar structure and e the map context menu structure accessed by clicking the alternative mouse button on the map The menus and toolbars are trees of nodes If a menu item has children a sub menu is automatically created If a toolbar item has children then a drop down menu is created The drop down menu is just like a regular menu and can have sub menus if required Each of the entries in a menu or toolbar is called a command item There are four types of command items Basic Commands Sub menus e Separators e List Commands A basic command invokes a commands such as Zoom In
28. 73 Starting Enquiry from the Command Line Llssess 74 PPOUDIESNOOUING 6 06 o dci Rr eke UR ERU R ROLE RR RO ala REOR EH CHOKE REOR a 74 Enquiry cannot connect to server ic aseo RERRRERXGOREROAREGEREREFAA REX ae ea 75 Login with Enquiry always fails iii REA A E 75 Enquiry becomes inactive and cannot connect to server 75 You get an error when saving the configuration 0 000 eee eee 76 Administration Guide iii Chapter 9 Web Farm Environments and Exponare Server 77 Web Farm Environment Requirements eee eee eee 78 Web Farm OUI 6 66 iii ed E PRERARRGEEEROSERRASQEKERAdIRRIEAAEKES d A EA I 78 InstallExponare SQL rss 78 aspnet FOGG ORE Us i oe ede ala d 4E xd tikip 4 REG ERR pao A we ae 79 Updating WER COG ee aue ded bom dedico e dot DAI 79 Reverting Web Farm Environment to Single Web Server 81 Part 3 Configuration Manager Essentials 83 Chapter 10 DVOFVIGM bit ieee a Rom m Reh dee eee UR erre 85 Starting the Exponare Configuration Manager Ll 86 Viewing Configuration Changes lere 87 CONNGUIAUON Fils aca dca XO ind ee AO ERROR COR CERCA ERRATA 87 Concurrent Exponare Administration 89 LUI eno EE RIO OI OI E 90 PS BOSE caos ETRE METTI E XS 90 COnNIOUrAHON MEM so eee cue re adu oe TTL TARRA 91 aA PREC E dn pa i ENIT 92 fhe ee ER AGE FACERE Pl o di re
29. A sub menu extends the menu hierarchy to another level A separator is used to draw a line or otherwise separate the items Finally a list command expands to a list of items Basic Commands 120 A basic command causes a single action to be performed such as changing the current map tool or showing the About box A basic command is displayed as a single menu item or as a single toolbar button Button Command Action Comments About Exponare Enquiry only Shows the About box See Chapter 10 Overview Help Menu About Exponare Enquiry on page 92 and Chapter 15 User Interfaces About box message on ny A page 134 p Add Favourite Exponare Enquiry only Creates a new Favourite using the current View and selections Back Go back a step wy P See Chapter 11 Application Settings General Properties on page 105 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 14 Menus and Toolbars Button Command Change Password Action Comments Exponare Enquiry only See Chapter 10 Overview Change Password on page 91 which describes how to reset user passwords Clear Annotations Exponare Enquiry only Clears all Annotations drawn using the Draw Polygon Draw Text Draw Rectangle and other Annotation tools See Chapter 11 Application Settings Annotation Properties on page 104 Clear Labels This allows you to clear all labels from the map d Clone Session Exponare Enquiry only Op
30. ASP Cal wf ISAPI Extensions ISAPI Filters Server Side Includes 3 Bi Heakh and Diagnostics 4 HTTP Logging Logging Took Request Monitor Tracia 115 dient Certificate Mapping Authentication URL Authorization Request Fitering o IP and Domain Restrictions 3 Bi Performance Static Content Compression O Dynamic Content Compression v Management Tools 115 Management Console IT5 Management Scripts and Tools Management Service IT5 6 Management Compatibility i IIS 6 Metabase Compatibility 115 6 Mi Compatibility ITS 6 Scripting Tools 115 6 Management Console FTP Server _ FTP Service C FTP Extensibility _ IIS Hostable Web Core edi a amp amp e BAE 8 Click Next gt Install 9 After completion of the installation process click Close 10 Go to User Account Control Settings 11 The User Account Control Settings should be Never Notify minimum For further details on User Account Settings goto http technet microsoft com en us library cc772207 WS 10 aspx Note Please ensure that Windows Update is on 12 You should restart your Windows Server 2008 R2 machine after setting the User Account Control Settings 13 Install Exponare on your system For installation refer Installation 32 bit Install Exponare Installation on Windows Server 2008 R2 Windows 2008 R2 supports Exponare install in both 32 bit and 64 bit mode To maximize performance output 64 bit
31. Add one or more Application Link Out Data Binds as described below 6 Click Save and Activate Settings 264 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 28 External Application Links To Add Application Link Out Data Binds 1 If necessary select a Work Context 2 e If necessary select an Application Link Out 3 Click Add New Item 4 Complete the Application Link Out Data Bind properties Column name The column of the Data Bind from which to extract Feature identifiers This must be the visual name of the column as shown to the user in the Selection Results panels Data Bind x The Data Bind that provides Feature identifiers selected from a list of configured Data Binds It must be unique within this Application Link Out Name The name for the Data Bind 5 Repeat steps 3 and 4 to add additional Data Binds 6 Click Save and Activate Settings Administration Guide 265 Application Link Outs 266 2 Exjponare 5 1 This chapter describes how to set up In this chapter About Watermarks About Watermarks 268 A Watermark is an image or defined set of text that will be drawn onto the map image after the map data has been rendered It is used for such things as placing a copyright message on top of protected data You can define as many Watermarks as you want for a particular Work Context and each of those Watermarks will then be rendered on top of the map data in the final map image seen by the user You can specify how
32. Enquiry In this chapter What s on the CD What s on the CD Install Products e Documentation e Contact Information Register e Browse CD e Post Installation Task Install Products Presents a sub menu of Exponare Server Exponare Sample Data and Exponare Enquiry installers Documentation Allows you to view the Release Notes Administration Guide Enquiry Tutorial and Maplnfo SQL Reference Contact Information Lists Pitney Bowes Software s main offices worldwide There is also a link to the Contact Us page on www pbsoftware com Register Advice concerning the registration of Exponare and MapXtreme Browse CD Click to open a Windows Explorer window In the Prerequisites folder you will find additional software that you may need to install e Adobe Reader v11 0 e Microsoft Net Framework version 4 0 e Windows Installers for Windows XP and Windows 2003 Server e Original MaplnfoCoordinateSystem xml available as a backup Exponare 5 1 onwards InstallMIFonts exe to be used in specific upgrade scenarios For 32 bit installers only e Front page server extension for 2008 26 Exponare 5 1 Platform Requirements Chapter 4 Installing Exponare The following table lists the system requirements for the Exponare components Exponare Platform Requirements Component Operating System Exponare Server Windows 2003 Standard Edition 2003 Web Edition and 2003 Enterprise Edition Windows 2008 Ser
33. Exponare Enquiry can be started by accessing the Exponare Enquiry shortcut in the Start menu or by using the Exponare Enquiry shortcut installed to the desktop If you are installing Exponare for the first time Exponare Enquiry will launch the Configuration Manager You can log in using the admin account which has a password of admin both are case sensitive It is recommended that you create a standard Windows shortcut on your desktop which starts Enquiry and adds the command line argument admin For example Program Files Exponare Enguiry ExponareEnquiry exe admin See Chapter 8 Client Administration Tasks Starting Enquiry from the Command Line on Administration Guide 45 Exponare Enquiry 46 page 74 for further information Using the Sample Data The Exponare Sample Data configuration file provides the following User Profiles Name User Name Guest Password User Password lt blank gt Note You can only log in as the admin user if you have not activated Exponare see below The Exponare Enquiry User Guide provided on the Exponare CD ROM contains a detailed walkthrough of the Exponare Sample Data and the capabilities of Exponare Enquiry The sample data can be viewed in Exponare Public either by accessing the Exponare Public shortcut in the Start menu on the Exponare Server or by navigating to http localhost Exponare Public html substitute the appropriate server name and virtual directory name as required
34. If false the user s fields can have some fields that do not match the candidate If True only exact matches for main address are allowed If false near matches are acceptable If True only exact matches for municipality are allowed If false near matches are acceptable If True only exact matches for municipality sub division are allowed If false near matches are acceptable If True only exact matches for postcode are allowed If false near matches are acceptable If True only exact matches for primary country sub division are allowed If false near matches are acceptable If True only exact matches for secondary country sub division are allowed If false near matches are acceptable Communication With The Server 280 The functionality of the Address Search is provided by an Envinsa or MapMarker Server rather than by the Exponare server itself For this reason Exponare has no control over the time taken to process an Address Search request and also has no ability to cancel a request before it has completed Please note that over a slow connection an Address Search request may take some Exponare 5 1 Chapter 31 Address Search time to complete Currently Exponare Server is unable to provide detailed error messages about issues with connecting to the server eg if you specify the Address Search server type as MapMarker but point to an Envinsa service Please ensure you have verified the precise URL and type o
35. If there are any conflicts detected the Options window will be displayed containing the items that were problematic Using this dialog you can choose to either merge overwrite or cancel Selecting merge will save all changes that can be applied reporting any changes that could not be applied Selecting overwrite will forcibly save your changes overwriting changes by other administrators Selecting cancel will cancel the save and give you the chance to either fix the problems or request the latest configuration from the server and start again The complete list of special situations that can occur when saving the Exponare configuration and the behaviour in each situation are e f administrators make changes to separate parts of the configuration then the changes will be merged automatically by Exponare This does not cause the display of the Options window f two or more administrators make changes to the same item then the last administrator to save the change will overwrite the changes made by other administrators This does not cause the display of the Options window An exception to this is if the first administrator renames the item This case is described below f two or more administrators make changes to different properties of the same item then the last administrator to save will overwrite the changes made by other administrators For instance Administrator 1 alters the Public theme of a user interface and saves Administrator
36. Layers 4 5 Click Refresh Drop Down Lists 5 Expand Print Templates at the global level 6 Expand Mail Merge Word 7 Open the Data Bind property drop down list 8 Select Global Databind Type 9 Select Group 1 gt Property Parcels gt Work Contest Global Lot Plan Details 10 Click OK Group 1 gt Property Parcels gt Address Details lare lan Details upier Resident Details 11 lil Click Save and Activate Settings Sept Pereu racs Peony Osa Group 1 gt Property Parcels gt Property Owner Details Note When reorgansing your data you may Group 2 gt Parks gt Park Details I E 2 gt Rail Rail Detail need to respecify Data Binds used by lisci A a RSE your Print Templates and Application Link Outs Administration Guide 155 Working with Multiple Global Layer Groups Working with Multiple Global Layer Groups e Duplicate Layers e Missing Layers Duplicate Layers A layer can exist in more than one Global layer group E b Global Layer Groups However all Data Bind names under the Global Layers i OB E E asements Groups node must be unique If you copy a a Data Bind that ot already exists under the Global Layers Groups node it willbe qu oh Group 2 renamed e ZI Travel Gi E Railways Railway Details a Ei 5 tations WE Cycle Paths If a Work Context uses Global Layer Groups that refer to the same layer eg Group 2 and Travel both contain Railways and Stations the layer setti
37. Navy BackColor COCOFF HeadingFont Bold True HeadingFont Italic True Exponare 5 1 Chapter 27 Print Templates HTML Tag Syntax Comments Legend lt Exponare HtmlLegend id MyHtmlLegend runat server gt See The The MapHook Property for further information The Legend may have further properties set as would be possible in standard ASPX label control These font settings are applied to the layer names within the printed Legend For example Font Size Large could be used to set the size of the text generated for the layer names Main Map lt Exponare CoordSysLabel id MyCoordSysLabel Coordinate System runatf se ever gt Map lt Exponare MapImage id MyMapImage runat server Width 20cm Height 5cm gt The following additional properties and their most common values can also be specified for a map tag DotsPerInch 96 ScaleBarWidth 3cm Active on or off ScaleBarHeight lcm Selection on pr orr ScaleBarX Ocm ocaleBar on or orr ScaleBarY Ocm The units that can be used for the Width Height ScaleBarWidth ScaleBarHeight ScaleBarX and ScaleBarY properties are Centimetre cm Pica pc Inch in Point pt Millimetre mm Pixels px Note The abbreviated form of the unit must be used Furthermore any properties able to be set for the standard ASPX image control may be set Some examples and possible common values are AlternateText The map image could not be displayed BorderStyle Solid
38. T Coord 5611544 501930951 Areas mo 300 41212332353927 pal e Search result window can be pinned and unpinned as per need Note A bubble will be displayed on the map for the current active selection The active color selection will be displayed as per the Configuration manager setting e Incase there are more than one feature underneath the selection the selection color would change to active selection based on active selection feature and switching between different layers 364 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 44 Rest Public Coordinate Export Rest Public allows users to export line polyline and polygon coordinates and view the same in export coordinates tab in right pane Figure below displays export coordinate tab a LEVI rr TES NEZ 4 fu T i MINI dis or uiirat Or rimum 5814027 81873034 5813027 59115223 58138505 304964696 T sat mea rasi 7 Print It allows you to print annotations export coordinates measured distance and measured area It provides print templates in html or htm format It also allows you to preview your map before printing Print Preview To preview the map before printing Administration Guide 365 Rest Public Features 1 Click on the Print Panel on the left pane to open the print options Rest Print Template 1 My Page Title My Map Layers Search Coordinate Export Em Search Results 2 Select Print template from Print drop down list For details on creat
39. The changes made with each theme are applied only at Exponare Client 338 Exponare 5 1 This chapter section discusses improved panel controls and navigation introduced in Exponare 5 0 for easier access In this chapter Introduction In Exponare Enquiry 5 0 panel controls and navigation options have been redesigned This ensures ease of access and also imparts a modern look and feel to the application You can minimize the navigation panel to enlarge the map area while still keeping the controls handy In previous versions of Exponare Enquiry tabs were aligned horizontally in left panel Below is the screen shot highlighting the classic behavior of this panel i 753 Easements D E F ESSEX T TE m m 134 TTC TT wr E quiry In Exponare Enquiry 5 0 tabs in left panel are organized vertically Below is the screen shot highlighting the new behavior Legend Layer Name Road Names House Numbers Easements e Albion Stations WESTERN ain x p Railways a 4849 ranae Label Layer Default v aje i gt q q 11 10 IA ar AA Ia A aaa XI 4 is u p Adhoc Apph Reset Coordinate Details Address Search i Edit Data P Adhoc 340 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 42 Improved Panels Improved Panel controls The panel controls such as form buttons drop downs have been modernized The screenshot below shows how print panel has been updated to refl
40. The only solution for the User at this point is to log out and log back in again There are many reasons why the ASP NET worker process can re start itself all legitimate The primary one you may be experiencing in a live deployment is due to changing files on the server The ASP NET worker process monitors the file system under the Web Application root for changes to certain files and if too many changes are made this can trigger a re start of the process Importantly if your data is stored under the Web Application directory and you make changes to this data while the system is live the worker process may re start We recommend storing your data on a different drive and if possible making changes to the data when the Exponare Server is not being used Administration Guide 67 Troubleshooting 68 General server failure ASP NET failure Symptoms The Exponare Server fails to run successfully For example Exponare Enquiry can not connect may display Message ID 1603 and or HTTP status 404 in the error message Exponare Public displays error messages or Exponare Public displays the source code for the Exponare Public page Resolution Check your system for its ability to run ASP NET v4 0 applications then restart the server The complete process is 1 Ensure NET v4 0 Framework is installed via Add Remove Programs Alternatively on some operating systems you may need to check Add Remove Programs Windows Components 2
41. They may have any further properties set as would be possible in standard ASPX label controls For example Font Size Large could be used to set the size of the text generated by the label The custom tags may also have inner text which can be used to format the replacement label text In this inner text the string 0 is used to specify where the replacement text should be inserted For example lt Exponare CustomInfoLabel id MyCustomTag CustomTagName My Tag Name runat server gt My custom tag value is 0 lt Exponare CustomInfoLabel gt would result in the replacement text appearing in the middle of the defined inner text Date and Time Exponare DateTimeLabel id MyDateTimeLabel runat server gt Information Results 242 lt Exponare InfoResults id MyInfoResults runat server HeadingFormat Table 0 Count 1 Base 2 gt lt HeaderStyle Font Bold True ForeColor White BackColor Navy gt lt Exponare InfoResults gt The heading format property is used to set the format of the heading for each table in the information results In this text the reserved tags will be replaced as follows 0 The name of the Data Bind 1 The count of rows in the table 2 The count of selections in the base layer the table comes from The following additional properties and their most common values can also be specified for an Infomation Results tag BorderColors Black HeadingForeColor
42. User name v Choose a user from the drop down list Administrator Password Enter the administrator s password New password Enter the new password Confirm password Re type the password Configuration Menu This menu allows you to manage the Exponare configuration file Import From Server Opens the Select Configuration dialog box Import From File Opens a standard Windows file dialog box so that an existing configuration file can be imported from the local machine or network drive Export To File Opens a standard Windows folder dialog box so that the current configuration file can be saved on the local machine or network drive Delete History Opens the Delete History dialog box Select Configuration The Select Configuration dialog box allows you to import a configuration file from the server E Select Configuration 3 in snc O 1 i i 1 5 A 5 i o Fi M Pe 2 07 2007 4 42 45 PM 2 07 2007 10 32 36 AM 2 07 2007 10 02 08 AM 29 06 2007 3 13 10 PM 29 06 2007 12 38 34 PM crea A Administration Guide 91 Menu Bar configuration file list Lists all available backup configuration files Import Delete History Click to import the highlighted configuration file The Delete History dialog box allows you to delete out of date configuration files E Delete History 25 08 2006 2 12 13 PM 25 08 2006 2 11 05 PM 25 08 2006 2 10 44 PM crea A
43. Web Farm Environment Requirements Exponare can be deployed onto more than one server in order to support greater numbers of users than can typically be supported by a single server Network Load Balancing NLB is a method of distributing the total load for an application across a number of servers this collection of servers is called a Web Farm Exponare is designed to run within a Web Farm of servers setup using the Network Load Balancing Service provided with Windows 2003 Server In order to run Exponare Server in a web farm environment you will need the following e A correctly configured web farm with Exponare Server and a MapXtreme license file installed on each web server See the Register section on the installation CD for details on requesting MapXtreme license files e A SQL Server Instance that is accessible from the web farm Note Hardware licensing may be affected by NLB Ensure that you use the registration utility AFTER configuring NLB If you change your NLB configuration you may need to rerun the registration utility and apply for new licenses Web Farm Setup 78 Ensure that Exponare is configured and working in a non web farm environment with the default web config settings before attempting to set up a web farm environment You will need to action the following on the chosen SQL Server Instance Run the InstallExponare SQL script e Run the aspnet_regsql exe utility Update web config InstallExponare SQL
44. discussed in User Interface Themes on page 131 Configuring a User Profile to use a specific user interface is covered in Chapter 16 Users Each user interface configuration consists of some general settings and the set of work panel commands corresponding to the work panels to be displayed The user interface configuration also contains a reference to a menu structure a toolbar and for Exponare Enquiry a map context menu The menus and toolbars are configured separately so that they can be reused by many user interfaces To configure a user interface 1 Dar Select the User Interfaces node 2 Click Add New Item to create a new user interface Administration Guide 133 User Interface Configuration 3 Complete the User Interface properties Enquiry Module Enquiry Theme N Hide panel names in Enquiry General About box message Banner position s Help directory Map context menu Menu bar 3 Name Tool bar FE Public Module Public theme FE 4 Add Work Panels 134 The theme to use for this account when starting up the Enquiry Module selected from available themes The message shown to the user in the Support dialog of the About Exponare Enquiry dialog box The position s to show banner images The options are None Top Left and Both This setting applies to both Enquiry and Public however Public also requires that you include appropriate BannerScripter components in
45. e For the left banner both the fixed and the variable banner images should have the same width e For the top banner both the fixed and the variable banner images should have the same height Administration Guide 1 29 e The variable banner image is best set to be a fixed colour or a pattern that is not disrupted by resizing Left Panel The work panel images Exponare Enquiry only are taken from the User Interface theme The table below lists the available Left and Bottom work panel commands Image Command Legend Further Information Chapter 20 Layer Settings The Legend Panel on page 184 Feature Details Chapter 20 Layer Settings Layers and Selection Results on page 185 Chapter 24 Data Binds on page 203 E Queries Chapter 25 Queries on page 213 Print Chapter 27 Print Templates on page 235 Annotation Exponare Enquiry only Chapter 11 Application Settings Annotation Properties on page 104 Coordinates Exponare Enquiry only Chapter 30 Coordinate Export Coordinate Export Exponare Enquiry on page 273 Address Search Chapter 31 Address Search on page 277 Note Data Bind Details Chapter 24 Data Binds on page 203 Exponare Public only uses the left panel but it can be moved elsewhere by creating an aspx page with the appropriate formatting 5 Bottom Panel Exponare Enquiry only The available Bottom Panel commands are listed under Left Pane You canno
46. to create a Microsoft Word Print Template Specifically 1 The Microsoft Word document must contain a set of Exponare printing macros These macros can be found in any of the sample Print Templates that are provided with Exponare The macros located in the module ExponareEnquiryProcedures must be copied into each new Microsoft Word Print Template 2 The Microsoft Word document must be saved as a Document Template dot file only in Microsoft Word Microsoft Word Print Tags 236 A Microsoft Word print template can contain special Exponare Print Tags When a print template is processed by Exponare the print tags are replaced with Exponare content eg the map image zoom width Legend etc Some Exponare print tags are simple such as UserName and take no parameters Others allow extra settings such as Map which can be specified with parameters such as Map width 10 height 10 The following Exponare print tags are available Exponare 5 1 Chapter 27 Print Templates Print Tag Parameters Description CustomTag id Inserts text specified by the Exponare Enquiry user in the print panel The id is the name of the Custom Tag as defined by the Exponare Administrator in the Exponare Configuration Manager The id is case sensitive If the name of the Custom Tag contains a space it must be surrounded by quotes eg CustomTag id My Tag Name DateTime No parameters Insert the current date Legend No param
47. 2 alters the Enquiry theme of the same user interface and saves the user interface will have the settings from Administrator 2 which include the original Public theme before Administrator 1 altered it This does not cause the display of the options window An exception to this is if the first administrator renames the item This case is described below e f an administrator updates a value that is concurrently renamed by another administrator and the rename is performed first then the row will be renamed and the Administration Guide 89 Menu Bar administrator who performed the update will receive an appropriate message in the Options window e f an administrator updates a value that is concurrently deleted by another administrator and the update is saved first then the row will be deleted This does not cause the display of the Options window e f an administrator updates a value that is concurrently deleted by another administrator and the delete is saved first then the row will be deleted and the administrator who performed the update will receive an appropriate message in the Options window f an administrator deletes a value that is concurrently deleted by another administrator then the row will be deleted regardless of who saves first This does not cause the display of the Options window e f an administrator adds a new item and another administrator concurrently adds a new item that is the same the second administrator will
48. Ali ELA ct t 93 DIR VIN Lan draci n it i i a A d ia e i dl Re Ewe it d ai e p data i e a d a a d 95 gis av GNO crap ere era ao 96 Common Taski o 44 so 6a et ehehe ener 96 Property Grid Input Mees v 20 ceed a asa aa azi TERA Baia d Era we ada riis 97 LRL PIO sate 665 eee 2 Ede oe bee T TIR IIT 101 File Path Properties 0 aaan ee III 102 ee ao sera wh ea aie Cee eb ERED TEE EEE T1272 CP eee Pees atac 102 Chapter 11 Application SettingS 0 ccc eee eee ee 103 MOMOIGHON PIODOFIIO cocaina 26 6S ese wei ERRE 104 Exponare Public Point Export Property rr 104 General Properties ina 105 External Authentication Properties Liri 106 Raster Quality Properties 00 ees 106 pelecton Popolo S 1s a ace dock RC dii 108 Chapter 12 Work Contexts iii 109 Configuring a Work Context es 110 Work COMOT NOGGS se asasina be ERROR RT 115 Chapter 13 Work Context Groups ee 117 Creating a Work Context Group es 118 IV Exponare 5 1 Table of Contents Chapter 14 Menus and Toolbars ri 119 Configuring Menus and Toolbars eller 120 ESSO IRENE Lo sos oe v ed Ro Mi dude dd d dil Jed 120 Sub MenUS aa Egg AO ina 125 SLE CY NETT E E es eh COCOS CT TTT 125 CE RR eee vee PERE e ddd 8 e d de ES 126 Chapter 15 User Interfaces
49. Application Settings properties take note of your Customer name Select Configuration gt Import From File Browse to Exponare Server System Recovery and select the Configuration xml file You will be asked if you wish to import the default password information In the Application Settings properties enter your Customer name Save the configuration Administration Guide 57 Publishing the Empty Configuration 58 To publish the empty configuration if Configuration Manager cannot be started 1 2 Run ExponareServer bin PublishEmptyConfiguration exe This tool will overwrite the existing Configuration xml and Information xml files with the empty configuration The tool runs in a DOS Window m C Program FilesWaplInfo Exponare Server bin PublishEmptyConfiguration exe Your configuration will be replaced with a new minimal configuration Are you sure that you would like to continue Cyes no gt Yes Mould you like to overwrite the Access Keys as well as the configuration Cyes n Minimal Configuration copied successfully IIS must be restarted in order for these changes to take effect Would you like to restart IIS nou Cyes no gt Yes Restarting IIS IIS successfully restarted If you have the key ConfigurationManager UseSglServer set to True in the web con fig file of the Exponare Server application directory then it will also he neces sary to delete all rows fron the table Configuration in the Expona
50. Application menu Applying a new theme changes the skin of your client but no effects are applied to titles It has nothing to do with Configuration Manager and no changes will be done at Administrative Level All the changes made will be saved on local system till next session Tools d Silver Views d SteelBlue Queries Li Olive Shortcuts Links Favourites LI Tile Layers Li Help LI Configuration Manager By default Blue coloured theme is applied to the Exponare Client giving it a feel of traditional Windows application for your desktop computer 336 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 41 Themes Liri kem Mee Coe X SEO Y e MEI Customizing Themes You can change skin and colours of Exponare client by choosing from any of the other three themes Silver SteelBlue and Olive To change the default theme to Silver select File gt Themes gt Silver and it will customize the look and feel of Exponare to Silver colour The snapshot below shows how Silver theme looks Dx Drm Shortcuts Linke ma Q 9 a 4 _ Pope Selec x s id FA Aq iwich Uter xi Back Y ma 5 0 Ni Zeon To Search COW eset Seton lore al ta di iai M mto Doom to ninr Lt Lies A Tool Select Radius Select selectia select Catalogs Catstogimn Pret Ul Keagabon Select Map Search Catalogs Session On applying SteelBlue user interface will be changed to SteelBlue colour Administration Guide 33 7 Customizing Themes
51. Banners e Panels e Status Area Map The Map tag places the main map onto the web page The map size is fixed and the width and height attributes must be set explicitly Specifying the height and width in pixel units is generally most convenient Whichever units you use must be included in the attribute value Tag ocoliumapcontrol Map Tag Attributes Id Unique Id for the control eg MapControl1 Runat Server Mandatory Height XX Height of the map image eg height 500px Width XX Height of the map image eg width 600px Example lt ccl mapcontrol id MapControll runat server height 500px width 600px gt lt ccl mapcontrol gt Menu and Toolbar The Menu and Toolbar tag causes the Exponare web page scripter to insert the menu or toolbar as configured by the administrator in the Configuration Manager Tag lt ccl MenuToolbarScripter gt Menu and Toolbar Mandatory Attributes Id Unique ld for the control eg Menu Runat Server Required by the ASP NET Framework Mapld Unique ID of the Map component for this application ItemType Menu or Button 308 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 36 Creating Exponare Public Pages Example 1 lt ccl MenuToolbarScripter id M runat server MapId MapControll ItemType Menu gt lt ccl MenuToolbarScripter gt Example 2 lt ccl MenuToolbarScripter id T runat server MapId MapControll ItemType Button gt lt ccl MenuToolbarScript
52. E Data Parks tab Select a mode for opening the table in e Click Standard Mode to open particular rows or columns of the selected table The instructions in this description assume you are opening the table using Standard Mode e Click Expert Mode to create a SQL Query to open particular rows or columns of the selected table Select to work with the table as linked e To open a linked table click Download data Linked Table to download the data and create a linked table 5 f a message dialog displays asking if you want to overwrite the existing file click OK You have previously opened this file and there is a temporary copy of the file on your machine 6 Now your tab files are ready to be added to a workspace mws Once your Work Context is ready run queries and data binds keeping the database connection as Native However if desired other database connections can also be used Adding Spatial Tables to Workspace As an alternative to externally linked tab files users can browse to the external database for spatial tables using Workspace Manager and can add the layers to the workspace In this case associated layers of a map are fetched from the external database at runtime This approach is however not recommended as this can result in significant performance degradation after addition of more than 5 heavy layers To create a workspace file rendered directly from an external database follow the below listed steps
53. EXP 4985 amp EXP 4940 Exponare The issue with print templates that were not accessible if they involve a startup location on the network or if the application data directory is at a network location has been resolved Now user would be able to load global word templates and add ins and print uninterruptedly using Exponare EXP 4885 Issue with use of single sign on feature in combination with application link ins and work context of choice has been resolved Administration Guide 5 Exponare Documentation Set EXP 5323 Issue with Print to scale option in Enquiry printing not being editable has been addressed Exponare Documentation Set The following documents provide you with information directly relevant to Exponare they can be found in the Documentation directory on your CD ROM Note The Exponare Server installer copies the documentation into the Exponare virtual folder The on line help for Exponare Enquiry is installed by default to C Program Files MapInfo Exponare Server Help Default All other documentation is installed by default to C Program Files MapInfo Exponare Server documentation GettingStarted pdf AdministrationGuide pdf AdministrationGuide chm DeploymentGuide pdf MapInfoSQL chm EnquiryUserGuide pdf ReleaseNotes htm Required Skills The Getting Started guide which explains how to install and upgrade Exponare Server Exponare Enquiry and Exponare Public The Exponare Administration Guide
54. EXPONARE _ Y amp coordSys EXPONARE_EPSG This URL will fire up the hypothetical web application WebApplication aspx running on the server www external_server com The keywords in the URL will be replaced with the actual values from the Feature drawn on the map and will be passed in as Query Parameters to the web application Accessing the Information Through Javascript As well as the x and y coordinates and the EPSG coordinate system reference you can also access a complete list of all the points in the Feature as well as an XML representation of the Feature Because these two values are too large to fit in to a Query Parameter in a URL they can be accessed through javascript as properties of the document object of the page The properties are as follows Administration Guide 275 Coordinate Export Exponare Public document exponare_x this contains the x coordinate of the point Feature or the x coordinate of the centroid of the Minimum Bounding Rectangle MBR of the polyline or polygon document exponare_y this contains the y coordinate of the point Feature or the y coordinate of the centroid of the MBR of the polyline or polygon document exponare_epsg this contains the EPSG coordinate system reference for the map document exponare list this contains a list of all the points that make up the polyline or polygon as a comma separated list of x y value If the Feature is a single point this will contain the x and
55. Ea Zoom In UI Navigation PA Zoom Qui Legend v Pan Users can add commands to list by using either Add button or double clicking on the command name Simiarly removal is enabled by Remove button or double click on the command name Customize Quick Access ToolBar Rectangle Select Polline Select 3 Radius Select E Toggle overview map Get Pont Coordinates Helps to reorder commands grade users as the pre configured hot keys with amp will not work To activate the menu press Alt A Administration Guide 333 Customizing the Quick Access Toolbar In the below image the selected commands have been added Commands that have a drop down option list such as measure area units change work context etc are not available for listing in the Quick Access Toolbar 334 Exponare 5 1 This chapter discusses three new themes introduced in Exponare 5 0 to customize different colors and skins giving modern look and feel In this chapter Introduction With features like Themes or skins the Exponare 5 0 interface is now moderrn looking The new user interface provides four new themes with each theme having different colours and skins configurable as per user s choice The design provides users complete set of new colours applied to the Exponare Enquiry This allows users in simplifying the process of creating matching professional looking client by selecting any of the four themes available in
56. Envinsa 277 Event Log 34 and duplicate layers 156 Exponare Clients overview 15 Exponare Configuration Manager starting 86 Exponare Enquiry features 20 installing 44 starting from the command line 74 troubleshooting 74 uninstalling 54 upgrading 52 User Guide 46 Exponare files AccessKeys xml 58 Configuration xml cannot set permissions error 39 export 91 Configuration xml empty configuration 57 Exponare asmx 70 101 ExponareEnquiry exe 74 ExponareEnquiry exe config 45 Public aspx 101 PublicLinkoutTest aspx 276 web config 58 Exponare Public features 20 Exponare Server file permissions 59 installing 27 licence 34 overview 14 troubleshooting 66 uninstalling 54 upgrading 50 Exponare asmx 70 Exponare lds flag 210 Exponare 5 1 ExponareEnquiry exe config 45 expressions label priority 419 420 External Application Links 255 265 External databases guidelines 388 External Link Outs and reorganising data 155 external user authentication 105 139 F Feature Details command 130 work panel 21 Feature Usage Guidelines 387 389 Features overview 17 features Exponare Enquiry vs Exponare Public 20 file paths properties 102 file permissions data 37 Exponare Server 59 files configuration 87 location of Help 105 Fill Patterns 424 Helper 98 in selections 110 Firefox 27 FrontPage Server Extensions 28 G Global Layer Groups 151 adding to a Work Context 154 creating 152 Global Layer Settings and Data Binds
57. Exponare 5 1 Chapter 25 Queries Advanced Query Parameters A more complex form of Query Parameter occurs in advanced queries Each advanced parameter specifies a column of a database table that can be queried and gives the user the opportunity to enter a value to search by For example a single Advanced Query parameter gives rise to the following display to the user And where Diameter mm is equal to 100 Each of the four parts of this Query fragment are configurable The first is called the concatenator such as and where or or where The second is the parameter name which corresponds to a column in a database table The third is the comparison operator such as is equal to is not equal to is similar to The final part is the value The advanced concatenators are specified in the configuration for the Query as they apply to all of the advanced parameters A separate advanced parameter should be created for each different column name that can be used for querying The comparison operators are specified as a Drop down list string such as is equal to is like LIKE Finally the value is a text entry parameter and has an associated data type and default value Running a Query on a Remote Server It is possible to run a Query on a remote database server This is done by setting the Database Connection field to a non native Database Connection You must also define the bind column on the map laye
58. Exponare for the first time No if you want to keep your current passwords 4 In Application Settings enter your Customer name Administration Guide 43 Exponare Enquiry 5 Check enter your Activation keys See Registering an Activation Key on page 47 Note The Exponare Sample Data is not intended for use If you alter it your changes may be lost when the Exponare Sample data is uninstalled If you intend to make modifications and you do not want to lose those changes first copy the Sample Data files to a data directory of your choice that lies outside the Program Files area Then update your Exponare Configuration to refer to this new data directory see Exponare Enquiry on page 44 for details Exponare Enquiry 44 Note Exponare Enquiry version 5 1 will only function with Exponare Server version 5 1 Earlier versions of Exponare Server do not support Exponare Enquiry version 5 1 Installation Single Client Install the Exponare Sample Data from the CD ROM by inserting the Exponare CD in the CD drive and following the links in the CD browser which is displayed see page 26 The Exponare Enquiry installer can also be accessed directly by running the setup exe file in the Exponare Enquiry folder on the Exponare CD The installation of Enquiry will create shortcuts for and enable use of the application for all users on the machine Installation Enterprise Deployment In a standard enterprise model there is one Exp
59. Gifts EA Ea Ba ff Address Search Settings El Enquiry Module be CH Application Settings Can auto login Enquiry True H E Database Connections Can store panel state True H E Database Edit Settings Can use Enquiry True 9 Global Layer Groups H Menus and Toolbars Default work Context Vegetation Ee Eh Print Templates ls administrator False m i User Interfaces Login pbissulli l dh Ea Users User Interface Full Interface i Eh admin Externally Authenticated User i Bea Guest ma User Can use Public True Provide the credentials of the new user for the following fields Default Work Context Provide the default work context such as Vegetation Login Provide the login details as a combination of Domain and UserID such as PBI SU001DH where PBI is domain and SU001DH is the user User Interface Provide the user interface such as Full Interface User Type Set the user type as Externally Authenticated User The user will be authenticated against external system such as Active Directory Note User should be associated to a Work Context Group Application Settings Node As an administrator you will need to provide the respective External Authentication credentials for both Domain and User Credentials 144 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 16 Users E Exponare Configuration Manager File Configuration Help BERET IE B ifs ex 7 El Annotabon Bl Print Templates 6 User Interfac
60. Group to associate with the user See Chapter 13 Work Context Groups 4 Repeat steps 1 through 3 to add additional Work Context Groups 2 Click Save and Activate Settings Administration Guide 141 User Passwords User Passwords When a native Exponare user profile has been set up it cannot be used until the password is set This is described in Chapter 10 Overview Change Password on page 91 The Login and Authentication Process No External Authentication If the Use External Authentication property in Application Settings is False or the External Authentication Server property is empty an attempt is made to authenticated the user against the Native Exponare Users and Native Exponare User Groups External Authentication Specified If the Use External Authentication property in Application Settings is True an attempt is made to authenticate the user using external authentication For Active Directory authentication If the user credentials cannot be found on the Active Directory server authentication continues as described in No External Authentication If the user credentials are valid the user will be logged in as an Externally Authenticated User if their domain and username are present under the Users node Otherwise the names of the Active Directory groups that the user is a member of are compared to user profile names under the Users node If a match is found the user will be logged in using the corresponding E
61. Is thumbnail image property Is thumbnail image w df True this Data Bind Hyperlink is displayed as a thumbnail image hyperlink If false this Data Bind Hyperlink is displayed as a text hyperlink Name The unique name of the Data Bind Hyperlink 4 Repeat steps 1 through 3 to add additional Data Bind hyperlinks 5 Click Save and Activate Settings 212 Exponare 5 1 are one of two methods to select on a map the other being the map selection tools such as rectangle select The main benefit of Queries is that the user does not need to know ahead of time where exactly the Features are The main drawback is that Queries can only make selections on a single layer at a time That is a single Query cannot select roads and houses simultaneously unless both houses and roads were on the same map layer If a is run and it successfully selects on the map may be displayed that show details about those The information is controlled by that are configured for the corresponding map That is the Query used to select the properties has no bearing on the Selection Results the Selection Results produced by a Query are identical to those produced by manually selecting properties with the map selection tools In this chapter Query Processing Overview Query Processing Overview 214 There are two stages to Query processing user interaction and SQL statement preparation During the user interaction stage a Query string is provided t
62. It may be necessary to reset IIS after these files have been copied back into place Note The Exponare Server version 5 0 installation process will not upgrade versions of Exponare Server prior to version 3 Earlier versions must either be upgraded to Exponare version 3 5 or uninstalled e If an earlier version of the Exponare Server has been run since the server was last rebooted it may be necessary to restart the aspnet process called either aspnet_wp or w3wp on Windows 2003 before Exponare Enquiry version 5 0 clients can successfully connect Post Upgrade Tasks 50 Upgrades from previous version of Exponare would require 1 Add handlers manually from the path given below C Windows Microsoft NET Framework v4 0 30319 axd handler from path path C Windows Microsoft NET Framework v4 0 30319 aspnet_isapi dll asmx handler from path C Windows Microsoft NET Framework v4 0 30319 aspnet_isapi dll aspx handler from path C Windows Microsoft NET Framework v4 0 30319 aspnet_isapi dll Exponare 5 1 Chapter 5 Upgrading Exponare 5 On upgrading Exponare Server to v4 1 v4 5 5 0 go to the folder Prerequisites gt MI Fonts Run the executable InstallMIFonts exe For improved performance refer section Switching to Integrated mode IIS 7 amp above 6 Do IIS Reset Restart the system Exponare Server in a Web Farm Environment You must drop the existing ASPState database and create a new ASPState
63. Label Lines group choose whether you want no label lines simple lines or lines with an arrow Text The Text tab enables you to specify an expression that produces the label text from a column or derived information in the table Position Use the settings in the Position tab to set the orientation offset and rotation of the labels The label s orientation is the label s position relative to its anchor point Click one of the buttons to select an orientation Label offset is how far away a label is from its anchor point in pixels The label rotation is the angle at which the label is drawn There are three Rotation settings e Parallel to one segment Select this option if you are labeling line features such as highways and you want each label to be drawn at an angle that will make the label run parallel to the nearest segment of the highway e Parallel to multiple segments Select this option if you are labeling line features such as highways and you want the label text to follow the shape of the highways that is you want curved labels Turning anti aliasing on via the Style tab in Layer Control will improve the look of the resulting curved labels e Specific angle Specify an angle in degrees such as zero degrees to make all labels horizontal Administration Guide 417 Layer Control amp utoLabel Style Text Position Rules 4 Orientation Label Offset BE ER Offset m o pixels SEE Rotation
64. Manager File Configuration Help gE BES Ba Address Search Settings E General CY Application Settings Change layer ordering False Database Connections Description Toggles on off the zoning layer Database E dit Settings Name Toggle Zoning v Global Layer Groups Work Context auto labelling Unchanged EL Menus and Toolbars B Print Templates True JB User Interfaces AL Users Work Context Groups E gt Work Contests H E Aerial Photography H E Animal Control I E7 Cadastre Application Link Ins f Application Link Outs E B Coordinate Export Targets Global Layer Groups Groups E Layer Settings E Toggle Zoning E Print Templates rA ES j H A m e Parks Layer with Visibility set as Toggle e Clicking the shortcut button will turn ON the features on the map and the visibility of the button will be seen selected e On the other hand clicking the shortcut button again it will turn OFF the features on the map and the visibility of the button will be seen selected Exponare Configuration Manager File Configuration Help a ee EEE Bel f Address Search Settings O General CE Application Settings Auto labelled Unchanged H Eg Database Connections Expand in Legend Unchanged H E Database Edit Settings Layer name Parks ag Global Layer Groups Selectable Unchanged zh Menus and Toolbars Visible Toggle EE Print Tem
65. Maplnfo Manager please contact your PBBI account manager or authorised partner For further instructions on how to work with the Catalog Browser refer to the Catalog Browser User Guide which can be accessed by clicking on the Help button in the Catalog Browser dialog Getting Started Exponare now supports full integration with MapInfo Manager s catalog service by enabling users to find data by entering key words or searching in the map window Users can view metadata for the layers they have searched and applied on the map Also users can configure the MapInfo Manager s catalog settings and view the metadata corresponding to all layers in Exponare Enquiry Configuring Catalog Search to access files from Maplnfo Manager This feature allows you to search download and apply tab files directly in the Exponare Enquiry session 1 Click on Search Catalog Rest Public functionality as shown in the below image Peh ne Select lt lt Polygen Select Info Rectangle ETT Tool Select Radius Select 2 This will open Catalog Browser 3 Click on Catalogs 174 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 19 Catalog Browser Tool Catalog Browser Exponare Enquiry 4 Add the catalog URL by clicking on ADD button as shown in below image If any edits are required to an existing server click EDIT Catalog Servers Catalog Name Server URL EE Arizona Geological Survey http catalog usgin org geonetwork ervjenjcsw D Dutch National GeoReg
66. Names RN Al Roads Overview ao Railways Centrelines NES ri Suburb Boundaries a Drainage Property Parcels Road Grey s Flere VIEW wl Ww KM Mri iv div Mri rie vri iv iv dv Mri lv iv iv erm be ZoomIn Zuurn Oul vi Pan Map Home Select Unselect All Zoom to Selections Zoom to Actve Selecti Measure Distance Measure Arca Save Map Copy Map The interface above as viewed in Exponare Public using the Purple theme Exponare 5 1 Chapter 15 User Interfaces User Interface Configurable Components io Panel Specific Images i Menu Structure See Chapter 14 Menus and Toolbars on page 119 2 Toolbar Structure and Toolbar Images The toolbar images are taken from the User Interface theme Banners The banner images are taken from the User Interface theme You can choose from no banner left banner top banner and both top and bottom banners There are two separate banners Left and Top Each banner comes in two parts fixed and variable ve Exponare Public _ BannerTopFixedPublic gif BannerTopVariablePublic gif The fixed banner image is displayed in its original size and does not resize if the application window is resized The variable banner image fills up the remaining space that is available for the banner Both a fixed and a variable banner should be specified Observe the following guidelines when creating banner images
67. Queries Basic Queries A Query that has a fixed structure but which contains one or more parameters Advanced Queries A Query that has a user editable structure that provide for complex user configurable Queries A list of Queries can be added to a menu and a set of special Queries can be added to the toolbar See Chapter 14 Menus and Toolbars for more information 216 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 25 Queries Parameterless Queries A parameterless Query cannot be modified by the user Examples of parameterless Queries are Select all roads or Select the Town Hall For example to create a Query for selecting all roads the following might be appropriate Query Property Name Property Value Name Select all roads User text template Select all roads SQL template Select mi_key from Roads Basic Queries A Basic Query allows the users to specify one or more fixed parameters For example Select all roads that are in the Suburb Coburg where roads and Coburg are parameters that can be altered by the user For example to create the example Query above use these settings Query Property Name Property Value Name Select all road types in a suburb User text template Select all RoadType in suburb SuburbName SQL template Select mi_key from Roads where ROAD_TYPE RoadType and SUBURB SuburbName Selection Layer Roads Basic queries should meet most requirements You can skip th
68. ROADS OVERVIEW l ROADS OVERVIEW SP ABC VIEW ADDRESSPOSTCODES ADDRESSSTREETS ALL TREES ALL TREES SP ALIRTVALM CAT CAT SP CAT SP VIEW MARIBYRMORN G zM SP MDRT 123644 MDRT_1237F MDRT_1238E MDRT_1239C4 MDRT 123AC MDRT 123BB MDRT 123CA MDRT 123D84 MDRT 123E7 MDRT 123F7 MDRT 124504 MDRT_1340F4 MDRT_1341F MDRT 1342E MDRT 1343D MDRT 1344C MDRT 1345B MDRT 13464 MDRT 134784 MDRT 13489 MDRT_ 134984 DOG MDRT_12405 CWNERDET AILS OWMNERDETAILS SP DOG SP MDRT 124144 DRAIMAGE MDRT 12423 PARKS PROPERTYDETAILS PROPERTYDETAILS 5P GARBAGE MDRT_12432 GARBAGE_SP MDRT 12442 File name PARKS Files of type ODBC_ORACLE 1 v Preferred View Automatic Note If you do not see the table you are looking for in the list click the Filter Tables button and check the filter options to see if your view is restricted Check the Owner drop down list too to see if there are other schemas on the server you selected that may contain the table you are looking for 3 Select from the Schema list and from the list of tables and then click Open 4 In the Open DBMS Table Options dialog box select the type of view you want of your remote data click OK Exponare 5 1 Chapter 18 Spatial Data Access Open DBMS Table Options 3 Standard Mode 3 Download Data Linked Table Column Filter Live amp ccess Oracle Options Expert Mode Auto Key Maplnto TAB file location
69. Results panels Feature Details and or Data Bind Details To configure a Data Bind the main task is to write an SQL Query that extracts Feature information The Query can be run against any open tables in the Work Context that is any tables that are part of the workspace as well as any tables that have been configured as SQL Support Tables If the result of a Data Bind is a HTML snippet it is displayed as literal text and is not interpreted or processed in any way Data Binds specified at the Work Context level take precedence over those specified at the Global Level The Exponare CD ROM contains a reference manual for the Maplnfo SQL language This manual is also available in the Exponare server directory e The Selection Table e The mi_key Field e Table Joins e The as Syntax The order by Syntax e Uniqueness of Column Names e Remote Data Binds e Remote Data Binds The _Selection Table 204 When a selection has been made on a layer a new temporary table is created This table has the same name as the table the selections have been made on but with the addition of the string _ Selection to the name For example if there is a table in the workspace called PropertyParcels and a selection has been made on that layer then there will be a temporary table created called PropertyParcels_Selection which contains a copy of all the items in the PropertyParcels layer that have been selected This allows you to acc
70. Server database that is bound to the spatial map objects through the unique column SELECT PropertyId Owner Name Owner Address Owner Type FROM Owner Details WHERE PropertyId in Exponare Ids As a result of this Query the Feature Details Panel displays the Owner Name Owner Address and Owner Type information for each selected item on the map Exponare 5 1 Chapter 24 Data Binds Data Bind Hyperlinks You can configure particular columns in a Data Bind to link to a web page Links of this kind can be displayed as either a hyperlink or as a thumbnail image In either case clicking on the link loads the associated URL in a new web browser window Note In Exponare Enquiry thumbnail images in the feature details panel will be scaled down if they are wider than the available area or if they are taller than 50 pixels In the Data Bind details panel thumbnails will be scaled to fit in their cell To configure a hyperlink or thumbnail link you must set up two columns of data in your Data Bind and configure a special column node The first column should contain the item to be displayed in the Selection Results panels To specify a textual hyperlink the first column should contain the text to be displayed For a thumbnail image hyperlink the first column should contain a URL that points to the thumbnail image to be displayed The second column should contain the associated URL The URLs specified can be either absolute URLs or r
71. The Data Bind with which this Print Template is associated The Print Template is not available in the list of templates shown to the user until this Data Bind contains selections This property can be set to none in which case the Print Template is always shown to the user Description The description of the Print Template as shown to the user Is merge template x df True the template is a mail merge template This setting Administration Guide only applies to Microsoft Word Print Templates dot 251 Configuring a Print Template 252 4 5 Name The unique name of the Print Template as shown to the user Template filename x The name of the template file stored on the server For HTML templates aspx extension this file should be either directly under the root directory of the Exponare virtual directory or in a subfolder under the root directory Microsoft Word template files dot extension may be specified as a relative filename to the Exponare virtual directory an absolute filename or a UNC filename The file must be readable by the web server users this can be an issue for files on a network drive The extension defines the template type at present only dot and aspx file types are valid The htm and html files are supported only for rest and not for any other client Enquiry Old Public These templates must be placed in any folder under Printing folder in Exponare virtual dive The default htm temp
72. The supported browsers are Internet Explorer and Firefox Activation Keys Activation Keys are used to unlock the functionality of Exponare Until a feature is activated it will be limited in some manner If you start Exponare Enquiry before it is activated the Exponare Configuration Manager will be automatically started where you can request and specify Activation Keys Exponare Public can be started but the map image will contain a Watermark until activated Activation Keys are linked to your customer name and the custom data specified for the feature such as number of users Any change to these values will invalidate existing Activation Keys New Activation Keys are not required when upgrading an existing Exponare installation Requesting an Activation Key Requests for Activation Keys for the various Exponare features is made through Product Support To request an Activation Key 1 Startthe Exponare Configuration Manager see page 86 2 Selectthe Application Settings item in the tree 3 Make sure your Customer name setting is correct ie Click the Activation Key button in the toolbar to display the Activation Key entry window Select the feature you would like to activate Enter any additional details for the feature such as number of users Click the request button This copies a snippet of XML to the clipboard Open an email and address it to asiapackeys pb com 22 LO Include in the email your Exponare serial numbe
73. Windows7 Symptoms When trying to edit and save the ExponareEnquiry exe config file on Windows7 Platform an Access Denied message pops up Resolution This issue is related to editing rights on this folder Theses rights have to be granted to the file or the containing folder To set these rights 1 Select the folder and right click to go to Properties 2 Goto Security tab and select Edit to add your individual username and grant write access Troubleshooting Error during Enquiry installation Earlier during install of Exponare Enquiry it can be directly installed by clicking on setup exe or Administration Guide 47 Exponare Enquiry 48 through the Index html launch page But if the user is installing on Windows 7 it is interrupted with following error E Exponare Enquiry Installer Information acm Error 1721 There is a problem with this Windows Installer package A program required for this install to complete could not be run Contact your support personnel or package vendor Action CheckifsaveAsXPSandPDFInstalled location MSL Resolution This issue is resolved by right click the setup exe and Run as Administrator If user is installing through Internet Explorer using Index html amp run as administrator then Internet Explorer should open as administrator Exponare 5 1 This chapter describes the how to upgrade to Exponare 5 1 from previous version 4 1 4 5 or 5 0 are given on page 27 Note Al
74. above axd handler is not added Check the Event Log for information Unable to see symbol fonts after upgrading to version 5 1 Symptoms After upgrading to 5 1 if symbol fonts do not appear on the Exponare then fonts used in Exponare may be missing Resolution 1 Goto Prerequisites folder in the available Exponare CD setup 2 Check folder MIFonts and Run the InstallMIFontsfonts exe Administration Guide 41 Exponare Server 42 3 Restartthe machine for fonts to take effect Coordinate system in Exponare showing unexpected values as SRID XXXX Symptoms Due to underlying engine changes the coordinate system in Exponare might unexpectedly show up asa SRID XXXX If it happens follow the steps below to resolve the issue Resolution 1 Openthe work context in Workspace Manager Choose the tab corresponding to Co ordinate Systems 2 3 You would notice that the expected co ordinate system has been selected and greyed out 4 Reselect that co ordinate system and save workspace file 5 Reset IIS to observe the co ordinate systems taking effect The page requested cannot be served because of the ISAPI and CGI Restriction list settings on the Web server Server Error in Application DEFAULT WEB SITE EXPONARE Error Summary HTTP Error 404 2 Not Found The page you are requesting cannot be served because of the ISAPI and CGI Restriction list settings on the Web server Detailed Error Inbarmeattoa
75. activate the tool The cursor changes to an arrow 2 Click the object on the map you want to select The selected object is highlighted 408 Exponare 5 1 Appendix D Workspace Manager Labeling T20011 NCLabeling in Workspace Manager has been fixed so labels can be dragged and dropped with the Select tool Radius Select Use the Radius Select tool to select all objects that fall within a given radius For example you have a table of blood donors and a table of blood donation sites Using the Radius Select tool you could create a temporary list of blood donors that live within a one half mile radius of each blood donation site Note that the Radius Select tool selects all objects whose centroid falls within the circle The object does not have to be completely bounded by the circle To select objects within a radius 1 Choose Tools gt Radius Select to activate the tool The cursor becomes a hand when moved over the map 2 Clicka place on the map that you would like to use as the center point of your radius search For example if you want to select all the fire hydrants that fall within two miles of a fire station click the fire station and use that as the center point 3 Hold down the mouse button and drag the mouse away from the center point The Workspace Manager draws a circle around the point and reports the radius of the circle in the StatusBar lower left corner of the screen 4 When you have the desired radius release
76. aerei 17 Selections and Queries 1 5 duae s oce oc a Pa e RR ee A 17 BRTLCR eee Go ok wee al 8 wee eee A ati 17 Chapter 3 Exponare Enquiry and Exponare Public 19 ici E PHOTOS 20 COMMANDER ATRIA CA e ROC LR 20 ul m UD PPT 21 Userinterface Layolll ss idrici e ia ea 21 Menus and Toolbars 000 cee es 21 HTML Data in Exponare Public 0 00 ce es 22 Part 2 System Administration 23 Chapter 4 Installing Exponare iii 25 iat sonhe ED 2 55 os hi einer 26 EPICO ceri 00 3964 9 570 3 4 1793 373 0 0 3 2 4 9C EUR ENTAR T 26 Eit PRO TIERS TO din ae de TT ap e e d ae keh Wee 26 CE OO e aicea n li ede eta eater 26 PEE e a3 VERE E E334 Od LET NITTO TT TUO he 6 ie Cet teo 26 BIBLE ee ee ee eee CEE TETI IT da e i TICINO ETIT 26 Platform Requirements rr 27 EA acie ind ea d e c de Ee e C ACCRUE ON EC CA e aco 27 Software Requirements s iu x64 d acce x dC ded Qr bo nen Ordo Oe Ur RR ECT RR C 28 Pre Installation TASKS iii kt de om om a ee RR Rm RU DR C 30 PERDER eio ae i eax e e alei I EAE 0 ot ls e Es i a T3609 0 EROR E 35 Post installation TORK se aiu in ERETTI d te A dde e RR ei 35 Testing the installation of Exponare Server 0 20 0 0 cee eee 39 Rai 4 wh ao a eed de TE ee QOO da e RE i 1175 7 39 Exponare Sample DADA aad ea seem Sane eines e bein seek dee eee Ree ees 43 Rec
77. are to be altered selected from the list of configured Layers for this Work Context Selectable The selectability of the Layer after this Layer Settings Shortcut is applied chosen from yes no unchanged or toggle Visible w The visibility of the Layer after this Layer Settings Shortcut is applied chosen from yes no unchanged or toggle 4 E m If necessary adjust the position of the layer by using the position buttons in the command bar of the Configuration Manager 5 Repeat steps 1 to 4 to add additional Layers 6 Click Save and Activate Settings Note Work Context Auto Labeling Appears as Toolbar Shortcut Icon Auto labeled and Expand in Legend settings are not available in Rest public for Layer Settings Shortcut Layer Shortcut Button ON OFF State Feature A shortcut button is available to attain a visual feedback about the state of layer whether the layers are currently ON or OFF As an Administrator User you will be able to create the Layer Settings Shortcut Button so that it can be changed to toggle button Administrator will have to setup the ON OFF state and a default initial state for the button Appear as Toolbar Shortcut if selected as True appears as a shortcut button on the toolbar It requires that the User Interface has a toolbar that includes the Layer Settings Shortcut Menu Items command Administration Guide 199 Layer Shortcut Button ON OFF State Feature Exponare Configuration
78. bar window that appears on the top of Enquiry window Processing Print Please press ALT TAB to see if there is any MS WORD popup if there is no progress for sometime Cancel Depending on the selection and print area some printing processes make take long or involve some prompts which needs to be addressed by users These prompts are typically associated with data binds or spellchecks depending on the version of MSOffice used In such cases the printing progress would halt and thus a user is suggested to press Alt Tab and look for any prompts awaiting user action Once a user action is taken on this the printing progresses further This is also Exponare 5 1 Chapter 27 Print Templates suggested in the progress bar window Creating a HTML Print Template A HTML print template is a Microsoft NET ASPX page For those new to this technology a Microsoft NET ASPX page is a type of dynamic HTML page Microsoft NET ASPX pages can be created in any text editor eg Microsoft Notepad or Integrated Development Environment eg Visual Studio NET The process to create a HTML print template in a text editor can be found below While it is more common to create ASPX pages in an IDE the details of each IDE differ and so will not be discussed in this document Refer to the documentation for your IDE for further information To create a HTML print template in a text editor 1 Create a text file with a aspx extension eg prin
79. be configured in Exponare The SQL Query property An Application Link In receives a set of common keys in the form of a selection description These are used to select spatial Features in Exponare Enquiry by running an administrator defined Query The SQL query should have the format SELECT selection table mi key from table names WHERE lt condition gt The selection table is the name of the spatial table to select the Features from The lt table names is a list of all tables that are to be part of the SQL statement The lt table names must include the spatial table on which the Features are being selected The optional WHERE condition allows you to specify a join between the spatial table and any other SQL Support Tables open in the Work Context If the Link in id bind table configured above is different from the spatial table on which to be selected then the join between the two tables must be specified here Exponare 5 1 Chapter 28 External Application Links For example if the Work Context contains a spatial table called properties with a primary key called id and a non spatial table called property_data with a foreign key called property id and the keys being passed in from the external application match the values in the property_ data property_id column then an Application Link In SQL Query could be specified as SELECT properties mi_key FROM properties property_data WHERE properties id property da
80. com group mapinfo l Note Disclaimer While Pitney Bowes Software provides this database as a service to its user community administration of the MapInfo L mailing list is only provided by Bill Thoen To subscribe to Maplnfo L go to the information page listed above and either log in with your current Google account or click on Join to create a new one To unsubscribe from Maplnfo L go to the information page listed above sign in and click on My Groups and then click on Manage my Subscriptions To contact the list owner go to the information page listed above sign in and click on Help Joining and Subscribing and then How do contact the owner of a specific group To post messages to Maplnfo L send e mail to mapinfo l googlegroups com Any messages sent to the list can be read by anyone on the list GlSnet Online is a web page authored by our partner Bill Thoen There are many links to GIS information in general and specific links to Pitney Bowes Software resources You can reach Thoen s Web at http www gisnet com Administration Guide 11 Online Resources 12 Exponare 5 1 This chapter provides a brief overview of the modules that make up an Exponare installation and the key GIS concepts used in the Exponare products and this document In this chapter Exponare Server Introduction This section provides a brief overview of the modules that make up an Exponare installation and the key GIS concepts us
81. command line 74 Exponare Public 39 Start up settings properties in Work Contexts 114 Status Area tag in Exponare Public page 310 311 styles label 417 Workspace Manager 417 Stylesheets folder 50 support MapInfo Professional training 11 Maplnfo L archive database 1 1 T TAB files altering 56 Exponare 5 1 and SQL support tables 202 filename limitations 397 updating 56 tables remote database storing and retrieving spatial objects 160 storing coordinate values 164 tags Banners 309 Map 308 Menu and Toolbar 308 Panels 309 print 236 238 Status Area 310 311 Technical Support 8 1 1 Text Annotations 355 Annotation Panel 368 Themes 396 themes adding to User Interface 131 Green 131 Purple 131 Workspace Manager 406 415 thumbnail image 212 tile servers about 192 Toolbar Configuration Manager 93 94 images 129 tools Workspace Manager 407 409 Translucency 360 translucency enabling in Workspace Manager 414 Tree resizing 86 Tree View 95 troubleshooting MWS transparent backgrounds 400 Exponare Enquiry 74 Exponare Server 66 U uninstalling Exponare Enquiry 54 Exponare Server 54 sample data 54 upgrading Exponare Enquiry 52 Exponare Server 50 sample data 51 URL properties 101 User Guide 442 Exponare Enquiry 46 user impersonation 38 User Interfaces 127 configurable components 129 Exponare Public vs Exponare Enquiry 21 User Interface property in user profile 141 user types defined 138 users 137 143
82. database using the aspnet_regsql exe utility See Chapter 9 Web Farm Environments and Exponare Server aspnet_regsql exe on page 79 You will need to update the newly installed web config file with your SQL Server settings You can cut and paste the settings from your backed up web config file see above Sample Data The Exponare Sample Data is intended for verification and demonstration purposes only It is not intended to be upgraded If a newer version of Exponare Sample Data is desired uninstall the old version and install the new version Troubleshooting Map view zoom and center could not be reliably applied Map view zoom and center could not be reliably applied because the View has no associated coordinate system or Projection system categories not seen in configuration manager Symptom This issue occurs if the during the installation process MaplnfoCoordinateSystemSet xml has turned corrupt This would be faced by users either during upgrade or incase of fresh install where an older configuration xml is being imported Resolution 1 Copy MaplnfoCoordinateSystemSet xml this file from Prerequisites MapInfoCoordinateSystem Paste itin Common Files MapInfo MapXtreme 7 1 0 3 Import the configuration xml Save and check configuration manager and views Administration Guide 51 Exponare Enquiry Exponare Enquiry 52 To perform an upgrade of an existing Exponare Enquiry installation start the Exponare Enquiry v5 0
83. deployment network load balancing ASPNET session state management IIS web farm setup and configuration etc e Knowledge of any third party applications to be linked with Exponare eg databases such as Access Oracle or SQL Server property and ratings systems such as Authority Proclaim One or Pathway etc e The ability to create and maintain HTML and ASPX pages includes CSS JavaScript usage e The ability to perform advanced tasks in Microsoft Word eg configure mail merges create and maintain macros etc Administration Guide 7 Getting Technical Support Getting Technical Support Introduction Contacting Pitney Bowes Software Before You Call The Support Tracking System Software Defects Introduction Pitney Bowes Software offers free Technical Support for a 30 day period after the initial purchase of our Desktop products Outside of this time you need to hold a valid Technical Support Contract entitling you with the following technical support benefits With Developer and Server products you need to hold a valid Technical Support Contract at the time you purchase the product s to enjoy the benefits listed below Access to phone and email support Toll free support number Friendly technical support consultanis Coverage for all questions a user may have from installation to usability Remote access to end user PCs using Desktop Streaming allowing the remote demonstration of functionality Access to ou
84. in the prompt For example to start up Exponare Enquiry with a Work Context called Cadastre Melways you would run the command C Program FilesNExponareNEnquiryNExponareEnquiry exe context Cadastre Melways Troubleshooting 74 This section covers the following problems e Enquiry cannot connect to server Login with Enquiry always fails e Enquiry becomes inactive and cannot connect to server e You get an error when saving the configuration Exponare 5 1 Chapter 8 Client Administration Tasks Enquiry cannot connect to server Symptoms When Enquiry starts up but displays an error message prior to showing the login dialog or the default workspace if an automatic or command line login are used Resolution Check the web site hosting Exponare is running on the Server machine Restart the ASPNET process on the Server machine and try again Also check the server URL that is displayed during the connection attempt This can be altered by reinstalling Enquiry or by editing the Enquiry configuration file Check the Enquiry and Server Event Logs for information Login with Enquiry always fails Symptoms The login window displays in Enquiry but the login attempis always fail Resolution Check the username and password both are case sensitive Restart the ASP NET process Check the Enquiry and Server Event Logs Ensure the configuration file has no errors eg the original sample data or a backup of a working fil
85. install is recommended Administration Guide 31 Exponare Server 32 Before you install Windows Server 2008 R2 you will have to add few roles for Exponare Installation 1 2 10 11 Open Server Manager and Click Add Roles Click Next Add Server Roles dialog appears Click Server Roles and select the Application Server and Web Server IIS checkboxes A popup will appear Select the Net Framework 4 0 features and click the Add Required Features From Server Roles select Web Server IIS checkbox and click Next Application Server dialog appears Click Next Select Roles Services dialog appears Net Framework 4 0 should be selected from the checkbox Click Next Web Server IIS dialog appears Click Next Select Roles Services dialog appears Select the following from the checkbox E Web Seni 10 Common HTTP Features J Static Content Default Document af Directory Browsing X HTTP Errore HTTP Redirection Wet Pubs B Appication Development 9X ASP NET J MET Extereblts BGP rae J ISAP Externe d ISAPI Filter le nehj BE Heskh and Diagnostics J HTTP Legging Loggng look i Request Fonto Tr acciri IS Client Certificates Mapping Authentication URL Adthorzstan Jo BRaqgesFitenag IP and Doman Regiriclione Performance J Static Cartele Compression Dremi Content Compression Management Took J I Management Console 4 IIS Management Scripts end Took 3l Management Strata 4 195 6
86. it must do so in the form of a Link File A link file is a specially formatted file that either an external application must either know how to generate directly or that an external application must have a stepping stone helper application to build on its behalf Contact Pitney Bowes Software for assistance if you require a helper application Once generated the path to the link file can be passed to Exponare Enquiry with the following specific command line syntax ExponareEnquiry exe LinkFile link file name Where lt link file name gt is the path and name of a link file Note that if the path to the link file contains spaces the argument must be surrounded by double quotes For example ExponareEnquiry exe LinkFile My Link Configuring an Application Link In An external application can start Exponare Enquiry by running the Exponare Enquiry executable For this simple form of application integration that does not utilise selection synchronisation no configuration is necessary 256 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 28 External Application Links Configuring a Link In Using a Selection Description Some external applications have the concept of a selection set Exponare Enquiry is capable of being configured to be passed a description of a selection set when started by an external application In such an event Exponare Enquiry sets its current selection set to match the selection description Two things are required for selection descr
87. load eg Access to the path C Program Files MapInfo Exponare Server sampleData Cadastre mws is denied Resolution The ASP NET user requires read access to all of the data files For example if you use local data or move the sample data you may have to configure the appropriate permissions The simplest way to achieve this is to grant the ASPNET user read access to the sample data directory and then ensure that each of the sample data files and sub directories have the security property Can inherit permissions from parent enabled The security properties can be access by right clicking on your files in Windows Explorer choosing Properties then clicking on the Security tab See Setting File Permissions for the Server for information on checking and assigning file permissions Unable to display Map Projection system not found Symptoms This issue can arise under circumstances when EPSG code is missing against the current workcontext Projection String under Proj4jsCodes js which present under ExponareServer scripts RestPublic Proj4js directory User gets following error message in this case Unable to display Map Projection system not found Please add the Proj4js code file in Proj4jsCodes js Resolution User needs to add the following items in the Proj4jsCodes js present in the ExponareServer scripts RestPublic Proj4js directory using following steps Administration Guide T1 Troubleshooting 1 Add the EPSGcodeatt
88. location of existing features The Snap Tolerance setting specifies how far the tools will search for snappable nodes You can choose which layers use the Snap to Node feature For example you might want to turn on Snap To Node but only have the snap crosshair appear when the cursor is near a feature in a particular layer To turn the Snap To Node feature on or off for a specific layer select the layer in the layer tree then select or clear the Snap To Node check box in the Options tab Style The options in the Style tab enable you to control translucency and anti aliasing properties View Editing Tools Stile Coordinate Sy C Use Anti Aliazing Enable Translucency Administration Guide 413 Layer Control e Use Anti Aliasing Use this option to smooth jagged edges of lines curves and region borders when representing a high definition rendition at a lower resolution When you select Use Anti Aliasing Enable Translucency is also selected automatically Whenever Enable Translucency is deselected Use Anti Aliasing is automatically deselected e Enable Translucency Use this option to allow translucent values in style colors and layers when drawing the map onto the screen printer or file export When translucency is enabled you can use the translucency trackbar in style dialogs This property has no effect on raster translucency Note Rendering higher quality maps by enabling translucency and anti aliasing pa
89. noticeable Changing the Projection system of the Work Context 1 Open the required workspace file mws in Workspace Manager 2 If the work context includes raster layers go to the Raster Reprojection tab and check the Raster Reprojection option Note You can keep the re projection default settings or alter them to suit your need Exponare 5 1 Chapter 21 Tile Layer Go to the Coordinate System tab in lower left panel Select the Coordinate System button to choose Projections of the World gt Popular Visualisation Using the Map gt Change View option you can change the units for zoom window width from the default miles to any other preferred unit Save the mws file Reset IIS if the work context is already added to the Exponare server Configuring Tile Layer Setup You can configure the desired tile layers available from internal and externally hosted tile servers using the Configuration Manager and pointing to the tile server URL The steps for this are detailed below It is important to note that tile layer configuration is different in case of fresh and upgrade install Fresh Install In case of fresh install Tile layer comes with the 3 pre configured Bing Service Provider nodes The nodes added are as follows Microsoft Bing Aerial Microsoft Bing Road Microsoft Bing Hybrid a Menus and Toolbars amp IBy Print Templates H E RibbonTab EI EI i iR Microsoft Bing Aerial ia Microsoft Bing Hybrid
90. numbers that Exponare supports are e SQL Server 2008 e Oracle 10G R2 Oracle driver version used 10 02 00 04 e Oracle 11G R2 Oracle driver version used 11 02 00 01 160 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 18 Spatial Data Access Prepare your Connection and Database To work with your DBMS data in Exponare you need to set up your database connection by following the steps in the sections Creating an Externally Linked tab file Creating a Data Source Connection The first step to working with data in a DBMS is setting up a data source connection on your machine to the DBMS This is necessary for a DBMS installed on to your machine or on the network SQL Server requires an Open Database Connectivity ODBC connection and Oracle Spatial requires an Oracle Call Interface OCI connection Note Use an OCI connection to Oracle for spatial data You can use an ODBC connection to any ODBC compatible database and to older versions of Oracle with non spatial data You must have the ODBC driver or OCI installed on your machine before creating a data source connection For non Windows databases such as Oracle consult with your database administrator for information on how to obtain and install the driver provided with your database Before accessing an external database in Exponare you need to create a data source connection e Creating a Data Source Connection to SQL Server on page 161 e Creating a Data Source Connection to Oracle on page 165
91. of the data processing such as running a Query or drawing a new map is performed by Exponare Server It is possible to have a single Exponare server that handles the work for multiple Enquiry and Public clients Exponare Enquiry is a NET windows application that provides you with a traditional Windows application experience on your desktop computer Enquiry can easily interact and integrate with other applications on your client computer You also access the configuration tool for the Exponare product suite through Enquiry The Configuration Manager allows you to administer most aspects of your Exponare deployment remotely Exponare Public is an Internet application that runs through Internet Explorer or Firefox and thus does not require any deployment Public is similar to Enquiry but differs in a number of ways such as the layout customisation options and the tools that are available Despite the differences both Exponare Enquiry and Exponare Public interact with the Server in the same way Note that most of the configuration for Public is handled through the Configuration Manager in Enquiry The bulk of this Administration Guide applies to the setup of both Exponare Enquiry and Exponare Public The particular differences between the two clients are discussed in Chapter 3 Exponare Enquiry and Exponare Public Rest Public interface is based on OpenLayer architecture Rest Public is viewable in most recent web browsers with no server side depe
92. of the input parameter Database connection The Database Connection to access to run the SQL Query on Default value The default value shown to the user Description The description of the Query Parameter used as tooltip text when the mouse is hovered over the parameter E Information Queries E Print La Selects all sewer manhole with the given surrounding conditions Select all sewer manholes with a aad h Surrounding Condition Input type The input type of this parameter Drop Down List produces a list that is populated with items from the Static list items Dynamic Drop Down produces a list that is populated via the SQL select statement Text Input produces a textbox that the user can type into surrounding condition of Name Unique Query Parameters name SQL select statement This field is used in conjunction with an Input type of Dynamic Drop Down This SQL Query should produce a list of values that are shown to the user as options in the drop down list Only the values in the first column of the result set will be used to populate the list Static list items This field is used in conjunction with an Input type of Drop Down List The list should be in the form lt display gt lt value gt lt display gt lt value gt where display is the string to display to the user and value is the actual value to place into the resulting Query on the server For example Name name Pr
93. on the map as well as the Layer Visibility Layer Selectability and Layer Auto Labels state for each Layer Layer Settings Shortcut A Layer Settings Shortcut allows the user to quickly make a set of changes to the Layer Settings in a single action The Administrator defines what changes a specific Layer Settings Shortcut will perform Layer Visibility The setting that determines if spatial features in a given map Layer are visible if that Layer is within its Zoom Visibility Range Typically an Exponare user can change the Layer Visibility setting for various map Layers Legend A tool that displays information about the current Layer on the map and allows users to alter the current Layer Settings to cause changes on the map Eg Change a Layer s Layer Visibility setting Map context menu The menu that is displayed when the user clicks the alternative mouse button over a map Administration Guide 431 Mail merge A process or mechanism to create several documents based on a common document template and individual data Exponare offers a feature called Microsoft Word Mail Merge Map Scale The size of the map compared to the actual area it represents For example a Scale of 1 1000 means that viewed map is 1000 times smaller than the real life area it is represents MapInfo Workspace MWS File An XML file that is used by Pitney Bowes Software products to define a map or maps and associated features such as labels Legends etc As
94. out Query selected from a drop down list The Application Link Out will not appear in the Enquiry Link Out menu and or on the toolbar if the default of lt none gt is retained even if a database connection is not required If no connection is required select any Database connection Description The description of the External Link Out shown in the status bar when the mouse is hovered over a link Name or used as tooltip text when the mouse is hovered over the External Link Out icon on the toolbar Open a browser window with MapInfo s web site Administration Guide 263 Application Link Outs Link id in external An identifier that is passed to the external system to uniquely application identify this Link Out This parameter has different uses depending on the external application Name The name of the External Link Out shown to the user in the External Links Menu Items menu Favourites Help MapIntos wW SQL query m If present this SQL Query is executed on the database defined by the Database Connection and the result passed to the external application Appears as Toolbar w df True this link appears as a shortcut button on the toolbar Shortcut Requires that the User Interface has a toolbar that includes the External Links Menu Items command Icon The image to use for the shortcut button If no image is specified the default image is used Note Store custom Link Out images in the Themes Default folder 5
95. path or a UNC path If it is a relative path then a leading back or forward slash is not required The Layer this Watermark is associated with If no Layer is associated with the Watermark the Watermark will always be visible otherwise the Watermark will only be visible when the Layer associated with it is visible The name of the Watermark The text to display for this Watermark on the map Can contain newlines and other whitespace characters The colour of the Watermark text The font to use for the Watermark text 269 Adding a Watermark E Watermark text size The font size of the Watermark text X coordinate of the The x coordinate in screen pixels of where to place the watermark Watermark on the map image if the Display type field is set to Fixed A positive value refers to the number of pixels from the left hand side of the image a negative value from the right hand side of the image Negative values will be incremented by one pixel so that a value of 1 is flush with the right hand side of the image Y coordinate of the The y coordinate in screen pixels of where to place the watermark Watermark on the map image if the Display type field is set to Fixed A positive value refers to the number of pixels from the top of the image a negative value from the bottom of the image Negative values will be incremented by one pixel so a value of 1 is flush with the bottom of the image 5 Click Save and Activat
96. ratings system other GIS application or any other arbitrary application that can be started from the command line Bi directional application integration is offered in Exponare Enquiry through Application Link Ins and Application Link Outs In this chapter Application Linkin S Application Link Ins An Application Link In is a means of starting Exponare Enquiry from an external application Exponare Enquiry is also capable of receiving a description of a selection set when started by an external application In this event Exponare Enquiry updates its current selection set to match the incoming selection description Enquiry Command Line Arguments There are two Exponare Enquiry command line argumenis that relate specifically to Application Link In Enquiry startup Further details on command line arguments can be found in Chapter 8 Client Administration Tasks Starting Enquiry from the Command Line on page 74 The Reuse Command Line Argument When starting Enquiry via the command line or through an Application Link In you can specify that you would either like Enquiry to reuse an open window or to start a new window The default behaviour is to open a new window If you would like to reuse an existing Exponare Enquiry instance include the parameter reuse in the executable For example ExponareEnquiry exe reuse The LinkFile Command Line Argument If an external application is to pass a selection description to Exponare Enquiry
97. see Appendix D Workspace Manager for more information to create a workspace Exponare uses workspace files to define the maps on which it can operate However there is additional information such as the Queries that can be run and how the workspace should be printed that is not contained in the workspace Exponare uses the concept of a Work Context which is the combination of a workspace and the additional information required by Exponare A Work Context can also refer to SQL Support Tables that are external to the workspace When you create data to use in Exponare you first create a workspace and then configure one or more Work Contexts that use that workspace Exponare 5 1 Chapter 2 About Exponare Server and Clients Layers and Features As mentioned above a key part of a workspace is the definition of different map Layers Each Layer normally represents only one type of information For example a map for displaying residential areas might have separate Layers for properties roads sewerage electricity water and so on Each Layer has a set of Features that represent physical objects or other map data When working with a map the user can select Features from one or more Layers and view information about those specific Features SQL Support Tables SQL Support Tables are tables of spatial or non spatial data used in the processing of Data Binds and Queries SQL Support Tables can be part of the workspace file or loaded separa
98. specification of the concatenators such as and have or have etc The first row that the user adds can have a different set of concatenators to the subsequent rows Also the first row and all subsequent rows can have a default concatenator specified You must specify a set of concatenators and first concatenators The concatenators are specified as a set of key value pairs The key is the text that the user sees The value is used in the SQL template The list of concatenators should look like key value key value For example a common set of concatenators would be and where AND or where OR If an equals sign is required as part of the items use If a semicolon is required as part of the items use The first concatenators should generally be identical to the concatenators The SQL template for an Advanced Query should contain an ADVANCED parameter The ADVANCED parameter note that ADVANCED is case sensitive expands to SQL statements that correspond to all of the additional clauses that the user has added The parameter expansion is achieved by concatenating the clauses and replacing the user selected fields with appropriate SQL statements The advanced parameter should be added either as a continuation of an existing WHERE clause or as a complete WHERE clause if one does not already exist in the template Administration Guide 221 Query Types and Parameters 222 Any SQL clauses that normally come af
99. static list items The static list items are specified as a set of key value pairs The key is the text that the user sees The value is used in the SQL template The list of concatenators should look like key value key value The Static list items for the example opposite were written as Male M Female F If an equals sign is required as part of the items use If a semicolon is required as part of the items use Find dogs by gender Select all dogs with the given gender select all Female dogs Administration Guide 219 Query Types and Parameters Dynamic Drop Down List Parameter A Dynamic Drop Down list parameter is also presented to the user as a drop down list and has the same benefits as a drop down list parameter However a dynamic drop down list parameter gets its list of items by running a SQL select statement For example consider the Query Select all houses that have a dog of breed DOG BREED If there are many different dog breeds and if they are already available in a table then it is most convenient to refer to that table directly For this example the following SQL select statement might be appropriate Select breed from Dogs group by breed The group by syntax is used to obtain a list that has each breed listed only once If the statement contains a reference to another parameter within the query the filtering of the auto suggest list can be configured to take this dependency into account The
100. style bingTermsOfUse display none important lt style gt Note You can use mouse to pan the map and scroll to Zoom In Zoom Out the map and change its scale The current scale value is displayed under map as shown below e Scale 1 3385 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 27 Print Templates HTML Print Tags HTML print template can contain any typical HTML and or ASPX content It can also be populated with special Exponare HTML print tags The available print tags are HTML Tag Syntax Comments Custom table id tblTitle cellspacing 1 cellpadding 1 width 100 border 1 gt SET lt td style background color 000066 color T IT rtr Tde customPreldl lt td gt SUD table Where customFieldl is a Custom Tag name as defined in the print template configuration within Exponare Enquiry For more than one custom field it will add one more id cust omField to the table and so on For example lt td style background color 4000066 color ffffff id customFieldl gt lt td style background color 000066 color ffffff id customField2 gt The custom fields added will be in the same order as given in configuration manager For example If the Custom tag added in the Configuration manager is Map Title and Map Description then user need to add two tags in the Print template 1 For Map Title the user needs to add an himl tag with the 1d customFieldl 2 For Map Description the use
101. the aspx page See Chapter 36 Creating Exponare Public Pages Banners on page 309 The directory where the user help is stored This directory can be specified as either an absolute path or a relative path If it is a relative path it is treated as relative to the sub folder Help under the web application root directory See Chapter 32 Help The map context menu to use for this user interface selected the list of configured menus and toolbars This item only applies to Enquiry See Chapter 14 Menus and Toolbars The menu bar for this user interface selected the list of configured menus and toolbars See Chapter 14 Menus and Toolbars The unique name of the User Interface The tool bar for this user interface selected the list of configured menus and toolbars See Chapter 14 Menus and Toolbars The theme to use for this account when starting up the Public Module selected from available themes Exponare 5 1 Chapter 15 User Interfaces Work Panels To add Work Panels to the user interface 1 Select a Panels node 2 Click Add New Item to create a new panel 3 Complete the Panel properties General Command 4 Choose a command from the drop down list For the Left and Bottom panels this can be one of e Annotation e Feature Details e Address Search e Legend e Coordinates e Print e Data Bind Details e Queries For the Status Panel the only command available is Zoom width Description To
102. the mouse button Workspace Manager highlights all map objects that fall within that circle Rectangle Select Use the Rectangle Select tool to select objects within a rectangle By clicking and dragging using the Rectangle Select tool you create a dotted rectangle or marquee box around objects you want to select Note that the Rectangle Select tool selects all objects whose centroid falls within the rectangle The object does not have to be completely bounded by the rectangle To select objects within a rectangle 1 Choose Tools gt Rectangle Select to activate the tool The cursor becomes a hand when moved over the map 2 Clicka place on the map outside of the area you want to include in the marquee box 3 Hold down the mouse button and drag the mouse to form a dotted rectangle around the points you want to select 4 When you have reached the desired rectangle size release the mouse button Workspace Manager highlights all map objects that fall within that rectangle Polygon Select The Polygon Select tool selects map objects within a polygon that you draw on a map To select objects with the Polygon Select tool 1 Choose Tools gt Polygon Select to activate the tool The cursor becomes a pointing hand when moved over the map Administration Guide 409 Layer Control 2 Click the map location at which you want to place the first end point of the polygon Move the cursor over your map in any direction Workspace Manage
103. the name of the corresponding parameter plus an additional character first This is standard SQL syntax to indicate a parameter in the Query The SQL string for a Query should be in the format SELECT mi key FROM Table Names WHERE conditions A full Mapinfo SQL reference is provided on the Exponare CD ROM and in the documentation directory of the Exponare Server The Query is used to select spatial items on a map layer so there is no data returned from the Query apart from the mi key values which are used to select items on the map The Table Names list can contain any spatial or non spatial tables that are open in the current Work Context The Table _ Names list must contain the name of the spatial table to select from as this is the table from which the mi key value will be drawn The optional WHERE condition is the place to use the parameters You can configure a subset of the spatial objects to be selected depending upon the criteria entered by the user Exponare 5 1 Chapter 25 Queries For example assume your Work Context contains a spatial layer called property with a primary key field of id and a non spatial layer called property_data with a foreign key field of property id Also assume that the table property data has a field called street address To make a Query that allows the user to enter a street address value that will select all properties on the map create a Query linked to the property layer that uses t
104. transparent the Watermark is from being completely transparent and therefore invisible through to being completely opaque and so covering all of the map information underneath Each Watermark can be either set to always be drawn on the map image or be linked to a specific layer in the Work Context If a Watermark is linked to a layer then it will only be rendered when that layer is visible on the map ie when the layer is both set to visible in the Legend panel and is currently within zoom range You can move the Watermarks up and down in the list and the order they have in the configuration is the order in which they are drawn on the map Watermarks that are higher up the list will be drawn over Watermarks that are lower down the list You can define a Watermark as either an image by pointing to the image file you want to use on the server or define it as text by setting the text you want to appear You can also set other properties of the text such as the colour font to use and the font size You can define both an image and a text Watermark in the same Watermark configuration setting If you define a text Watermark be aware that the server will not perform any wrapping of the text If you have a lot of text you need to use newline and other whitespace characters to make sure that all the text is visible on the map image when rendered Similarly if you define an image Watermark with a very large image and set the display type to tile the
105. used to order the results in the Data Bind Details panel For example if a Query was written as follows Select PropertyParcels Selection mi key OwnerDetails ownersurname as Name of owner OwnerDetails owneraddress as Address of owner from PropertyParcels Selection OwnerDetails where PropertyParcels Selection propertyId OwnerDetails propertyId order by Name of owner ASC then the results will be ordered by OwnerDetails owner name in ascending order in the data bind details panel To order the results in descending order replace ASC with DESC The order by syntax decreases performance of the Query as more work is required by the query engine in order to sort the results Exponare 5 1 Chapter 24 Data Binds Uniqueness of Column Names The names of the columns returned in the select statement must be unique or the Data Bind results will not be displayed in the info panel If the names of the specific columns on the SQL Support Tables from which the data is being returned are not unique use the as syntax to rename columns to unique values For example the following SQL Query uses the as syntax to ensure uniqueness The columns PropertyParcels PropertyId and OwnerDetails PropertyId would clash as they both reference columns named PropertyiId however by aliasing them to Property Id and Owner Id respectively uniqueness is preserved Select PropertyParcels Selection mi key PropertyParcels Propertyld as Property Id OwnerD
106. where you can easily create a theme step by step To create a theme 1 Choose Map gt Create Thematic The Create Theme Step 1 of 3 dialog box appears 2 Select either a Feature theme or a label theme and choose the type of theme you want to create 3 Click Next The Create Theme Step 2 of 3 dialog box appears 4 Select the table you want to shade 5 Choose the data you want to use Select either a column from the table that contains the data or select Expression to use an expression to derive the data you want from the table 6 Click Next The Create Theme Step 3 of 3 dialog box appears Here you can customize theme type settings styles and the legend See How to Apply Translucent Effects to Themes on page 415 for instructions on applying translucency effects to a thematic map 7 Click Apply to apply the customized settings 8 Click OK when you are finished Theme Wizard The Ignore Zero check box in the Create Theme Step 2 of 3 in the Theme Wizard in Workspace Manager now works correctly This option is available when creating Pie and Bar chart themes and IndividualValue themes on Features or Labels Note that when this option is set the performance of the theme building operation in Workspace Manager may be affected Tools Menu Commands The Workspace Manager s Tools menu provides access to the map tools via menu commands These tools enable you to zoom in and out on the map change the position of the ma
107. whether information about the feature displays in a pop up when you hover over the feature with a select tool See Options on page 414 The Dynamic Selection Tools check box controls whether features are selected immediately while you are using the selection tool or selected when you release the mouse button to finish using the selection tool If the Dynamic Selection Tools check box is not selected selection tools do not actually select any features on the map until you finish using the tool For example the Radius Select tool will not select any features until you specify a radius and release the mouse button If the Dynamic Selection Tools check box is selected features become selected or de selected dynamically as you drag the mouse For example if you use the Radius Select tool you will see more features become selected as you drag the mouse to enlarge the radius If the Snap To Nodes check box is selected map tools such as the Select tool will automatically search for nodes that are nearby If a node is nearby a crosshair will appear to indicate the position of the nearest node For example you might want to select the Snap To Node check box if you are using the Radius Search tool and you want to make sure that the search is centered at the exact location of a point feature on your map The Snap To Node feature is particularly important in applications that provide drawing tools because users often need to draw features at the exact
108. which explains how to configure Exponare Enquiry and Exponare Public On line help for the Configuration Manager feature in Exponare Enquiry The Deployment Guide which covers everything in the Administration Guide and an additional section that explains how to use the Generic Link Framework application MapInfo SQL Reference Manual Note Most Windows installations will not let you open compiled help file pages from a network server therefore you may have to copy this file to a local hard drive to be viewed The Exponare Enquiry User Guide which explains how to use Exponare Enquiry using the sample data Exponare Release Notes which explains last minute changes and known defects that are not described in the Administration Guide Exponare Enquiry and Exponare Public Users e Exponare Administrator Exponare 5 1 Chapter 1 Introduction Exponare Enquiry and Exponare Public Users You require the following minimum skill sets to effectively use Exponare Enquiry and or Exponare Public e The ability to perform typical Windows application tasks eg start an application use a menu find and understand user help etc e The ability to use Internet based applications and understand associated concepts eg page history hyperlink usage etc e Knowledge of common spatial concepts eg Layers Features Legends etc In addition the following additional skill sets may be required dependent on the configuration chosen by
109. work by sorting the returned data Administration Guide 185 Layer Settings Layer Settings 186 To set layer properties 1 2 3 Ei Select a Work Context ii Select a Layer Settings node Complete the Layer Settings properties Layer has legend image Name Override Global Layer settings SQL Query Workspace layer name Custom legend URL Expand Custom roll down bal b al m True if the Legend should display an image for this layer To display an auto generated image set this property to True and leave the custom Legend URL field empty To display a custom Legend image set this property to True and set the Custom legend URL appropriately The name of this Layer Setting True if these Layer Settings should override those specified at the global level Default is False An SQL Query that produces results based on a selection in this layer The name of the Layer as it appears in the workspace Note This is the name of the layer Alias property which may be different from the name of the TAB File the layer represents The layer name is case sensitive The URL of an image to use instead of the auto generated Legend image To display a custom Legend image the Layer has legend image property must be True If this setting is blank and Layer has legend image is True then an auto generated Legend image is provided This URL can either relative to the Exponare virtual directory
110. x The default Work Context to load for this account selected from the list of configured Work Contexts If set to lt none gt the first Work Context found in the list of available Work Contexts is loaded See Chapter 13 Work Context Groups User Interface The user interface to load for this account selected from the list of configured user interfaces See Chapter 15 User Interfaces User Type Select the User Type from the drop down list See User Types on page 138 Can use Public If True users with this profile can log in to Public This field is True and read only if Is administrator is set to True 4 E a For Externally Authenticated User Groups adjust the priority of the authentication by using the position buttons in the command bar of the Configuration Manager For example a user logs in as hagworts hogrid He is a member of both the Animal Control Managers and Animal Control groups In this case he will get the settings for Animal Control Managers However if he is added to the Cadastre group he will get the settings for Cadastre as this user profile is higher in the list To add Work Context Groups to a user account 1 A Select the user s node 2 Click Add New Item 3 Complete the Work Context Group property EH A 2 m A A A di Users admin Guest User Public Cadastre Managers Cadastre Animal Control Managers A Animal Control Work Context Group x The Work Context
111. zi e Duenes EI ati Plan Search LY Advanced Query Franson As you can see in above picture Property Parcels layers is seen under global layers section because it is added by the global layer group Note Only one layer with same name will be available in drop down list between the local and global layer If the layer is available in work context layer section and global layer section also then layer available in the list is populating on the basis of Override Global Layer Setting There are three ways to add layers in query 1 Layer exists in workspace but deleted from workcontext layers listed in configuration manager Such that legend is rendered but not listed in legend 2 Layer available at layer settings section of workconext level and global layer groups level and uses Override Global Layer Setting set to false for particular layer Global layer given preference 3 Layer available at layer settings section of workconext level and global level both and uses Override Global Layer Setting set to true for particular layer Local layer given preference Troubleshooting Symptom After upgrade queries stopped working in work contexts which included global layers and queries defined with local layer of same name Resolution This problem would occur on upgrade when following conditions are met Administration Guide 157 Global Query Settings 1 Prior to upgrade workcontext had local and global layer 2 Qu
112. 0 00 AM a Authorised File Folder 10 23 2009 1 00 PM d Move this folder bin File Folder 10 27 2009 10 04 AM Copy this folder Config File Folder 10 27 2009 10 00 AM Publish this Folder to the Documentation File Folder 10 23 2009 1 00 PM web File Folder 10 27 2009 10 04 AM EZ Share this Folder File Folder 10 27 2009 10 04 AM e E mail this Folder s Files File Folder 10 23 2009 12 59 PM gt lt Delete this Folder File Folder 10 23 2009 1 02 PM Printing File Folder 10 27 2009 10 04 AM CD SampleData File Folder 10 23 2009 1 19 PM Other Places AR Scripts File Folder 10 27 2009 10 04 AM styleSheets File Folder 10 23 2009 1 02 PM Ga Exponare Ca System File Folder 10 26 2009 2 46 PM L My Documents Themes File Folder 10 27 2009 10 04 AM WY My Computer BrowserError htm 2 KB HTML Document 12 17 2007 9 33 PM LE My Network Places E Exponare asmx 1KB VisualStudio asmx 8 0 12 17 2007 9 33 PM ExponareError htrml 2KB HTML Document 12 17 2007 9 33 PM Global asax 1KB Visual5tudio asax G 0 12 17 2007 9 33 PM Details A InvalidServerName html 2KB HTML Document 12 17 2007 9 33 PM LicenceExceeded html 1KB HTML Document 12 17 2007 9 33 PM Ele Falder Login html 1KB HTML Document 12 17 2007 9 33 PM Date Modified Friday October Public 1KB Internet Shortcut 10 27 2009 10 04 AM 23 2009 12 59 PM E Public html 7KB HTML Document 1 14 2009 11 32 PM E PublicApplication2 aspx SKB ASPX File 7 15 2009 12 02 PM E PublicApplication aspx
113. 154 overriding 154 H Hardware Identity Generator 34 Help 283 284 Help files location 105 Help menu About 92 Help 92 Help Panel resizing 86 Helpers 439 Colour 97 Data Bind 97 Fill Pattern 98 Layer Settings 98 Line Styles 99 List 100 Multi Value 100 HTML Data in Exponare Public 22 HTML Print Tags 242 244 247 Hyperlink target 275 IIS reset 50 images banner 129 panel specific 130 thumbnail 212 Toolbar 129 importing configuration files 92 Index html 284 Informix database connection string 231 installing Exponare Enquiry 44 Exponare Server 27 sample data 43 Internet Explorer 27 K Key concepts 16 L Label tool in Workspace Manager 416 419 labels curved 418 419 priority expressions 419 420 styles 417 Workspace Manager 416 417 419 Layer Control Workspace Manager 410 414 416 Layer Settings 183 187 adding Data Binds 210 Helper 98 Layer Settings for Shortcuts adding to Layer Settings Shortcut 199 Layer Settings Helper 99 184 Layer Settings Shortcuts 197 199 start up parameter 317 Layer Shortcut 358 Exponare 5 1 Layers 396 duplicate 156 missing 156 order 184 overview 17 selectable state 397 Legend command 130 work panel 21 184 198 licence file 78 location 37 Line Styles 422 Helper 99 LinkIn Ids 259 LinkOut lds 262 Lists Helper 100 login process 142 property in user profile 140 machine config timeout setting 60 Map tag in Exponare Public page 308 Map
114. 157 Administration Guide V Chapter 18 Spatial Data Access ina 159 IV pi Le E ec i Lo g 4c ar OO E 160 Working with spatial data in a DBMS 2 0 eee ee 160 Overview of the DBMS Access Setup Process 0 000 eee eee eee 160 Creating an Externally Linked tab file ce 161 Creating a Data Source Connection to SQL Server 161 Creating a Data Source Connection to Oracle eee ees 165 Opening a DBMS table cirie 167 Adding Spatial Tables to Workspace Lei 169 Recommended settings for SQL Server 2008 llle ee 170 Troubleshooting s s masa paia patimi E EXTARE RR ii 170 Chapter 19 Catalog Browser Tool eereerren 173 Catalog Browser a iii ein o ac OR e 174 Getting Started 0000 crrrirrro eee hh hn 174 Configuring Catalog Search to access files from MapInfo Manager 174 View Metadata using Enquiry LL 179 How to configure CSW for Upgrade cases LL 182 Chapter 20 Layer Settings in 183 IIFOSUCIOEI siate RELA RR CIR OOD OSE RR RR A 184 TUB ENDE PR oraque V xS a ec eee eae eee ener 184 Layers and Selection Results ees 185 Dp e Bolo non 9 46645 444508044 TI OTT TTI TETTI TOTI TUTTI 185 ge UNI ici id A et aid cd d d Te inte dd e Aa ILE d at 186 Liver Group EXOGNG cae ea e miei a ame ERETTE rea 188 Chapter 21 T
115. 3 Click Add New Item to add a Watermark 4 Complete the Watermark properties Alpha value Client type Display type Image path Layer Name Watermark text Watermark text colour Watermark text font Administration Guide The alpha opacity value of the Watermark This is a value between 0 and 1 that indicates how opaque the Watermark is A value of 0 5 makes the Watermark half opaque on the map A value of 0 makes it completely transparent ie invisible on the map and a value of 1 makes it completely opaque ie it will cover the map image completely The type of client to display this Watermark for Enquiry means only show this Watermark in Exponare Enquiry Public means only show this Watermark in Exponare Public All means show this Watermark in both Exponare Enquiry and Exponare Public Indicates if the Watermark is to be tiled across the map resized to cover the map entirely resized to be as large as possible whilst maintaining the aspect ratio drawn at the centre of the map or be drawn normally at the specified point For a text Watermark the settings FullScreen and FullScreenStretched are equivalent to Centre The location of the image to use for the Watermark Must refer to an image file that is readable by IIS This file can be specified as a relative path relative to one of the directories in Application Settings Data directories or the Exponare virtual directory an absolute
116. 6 Administration Guide vii Map and Scale Bar dEUS cirio rissa tizi sare ni Sena era 4 239 Creating a PDF Print Template ees 239 Creating a Mail Merge Print Template eee eee 239 Tracking Printing Progress x docs a OK Re ERROR n a RO i n ica 240 Creating a HTML Print Template eee 241 IRUMI HI nk a eet DER 242 Creating Rest Public HTML Print Template LLes 245 FIENI TUE FAS age s ei ceata rat A 247 Configuring a Print Template iii 251 js poc ea bo ba ec iai le incl PRE RETRO aS eds te SETTATO 253 Chapter 28 External Application Links 255 ADPUOGIDN LINKS siii re ea 256 Enquiry Command Line Arguments nea 256 Configuring an Application LINK IN LL 256 Configuring a Link In Using a Selection Description LL 257 Creating an Application Link In LL 259 Application Link Outs io n semaca E E eee o oe ee i 260 Configuring a Link Out Using the Selection Description 261 Creating an Application LiNk OUt LL 263 Chapter 29 WatermarkS ees 267 About Watermarks 3 cei EE ristat REOR A TEENS RRS p RUE LOCA RR eS CR 268 Adding WaleiMafk excess wrrd reitit FRAG RICER SERRE 269 Chapter 30 Coordinate Export eleerrerren 271 Configuration of Coordinate Export eee 272 Coordinate Export ToolS i e e
117. 9 Setting the Server Timeout Value Setting the Server Timeout Value To alter the timeout of the server it is necessary to alter either the web config file of the Exponare Server virtual directory or the machine config file of the machine so that the httpRuntime element is present and that the executionTimeout is set to the appropriate value web config lt HTTPRUNTIME SETTINGS Uncomment the next line in order to set the executlon timeout for the Exponare Server The execution timeout is in seconds and the default value is 90 httpRuntime executionTimeout 90 gt gt machine config lt httpRuntime executionTimeout 90 maxReguestLength 4096 useFullyQualifiedRedirectUrl false minFreeThreads 8 minLocalRequestFreeThreads 4 appRequestQueueLimit 100 enableVersionHeader True gt The Exponare Enquiry client now sets the timeout value for individual calls to be 10 seconds longer than the execution timeout on the server Note There is an ASP Script timeout value that can be set in the property pages of the Internet Information Services console however this is not the correct way to specify the execution timeout for ASP NET web service applications Web Site Monitoring Exponare Server is a standard IIS ASP NET web server application You can therefore use a range of freeware and commercial tools to monitor the Exponare web site For example Power Admin Server Monitor is a freeware to
118. A map Print Template Tag would be replaced with the current Exponare map image 432 Exponare 5 1 Glossary Property and Ratings System The most common category of Application Links Such systems are mainly used by Councils Query A search for one or more Features and their associated textual information based on criteria specified by a user Query Parameter A Query Parameter allows the user to enter information to be part of a Query used to select Features on the map Remote Data Bind A Data Bind that brings information back from an external database rather than from a TAB File Scale Bar An Exponare feature that displays the current scale of the map graphically The Scale of the map indicates how large the displayed area is in the real world Selection Results The combined result of all Data Binds associated with selected Features SQL Support Table A TAB File that is not visible on the map but that is used as a data source for Data Binds and or queries A SQL Support Table is not part of the workspace that describes the map TAB File The file format that contains the description of a Layer the Features in a Layer and the data associated with those Features This format can be generated and updated by Maplnfo Professional This format has a file extension of tab Text Input Query Parameter A Query Parameter that allows the user to enter free form search criteria for a Query Text Watermark A Watermark to be
119. Accounts and click on Turn User Account Control On or Off The User Account Control checkbox should be unchecked Note Please ensure that Windows Update is on 10 You should restart your Windows Server 2008 machine after setting the User Account Control Settings Administration Guide 33 Exponare Server 34 11 Install Exponare on your system For installation refer Installation Exponare Installation on Windows Server 2003 Standard No specific settings are required for Windows Server 20083 except the standard pre requisite installs and net framework settings Exponare Server License Application Exponare Server is copy protected by a licensing system For the first 60 days after installation a trial license will allow use of Exponare After this time the copy protection system will prevent the use of Exponare Server until a full license file is obtained from Pitney Bowes Software Given that it can take several days to receive a license file it is advised that you make an application for a license prior to installing Exponare Server An application for a license can be made through the following process 1 Use the Exponare Hardware Identity Generator to gather the information necessary to make an application This wizard can be launched from the Register option on the Exponare CD main menu or under the Exponare Server start menu folder after installation 2 You can copy the harware identity details to clipboard and email
120. Action Comments Coordinate Export Menu Items Exponare Public only See Chapter 30 Coordinate Export Exponare Public on page 273 ip be External Links Menu Items Exponare Enquiry only List of links to external applications See Chapter 28 External Application Links Application Link Outs on page 260 n a Favourites Menu Items Exponare Enquiry only Lists the available Favourites T Layer Settings Shortcuts See Chapter 22 Layer Settings Shortcuts Menu Items Queries Menu Items Exponare Enquiry only iii ul See Chapter 25 Queries Views Menu ltems See Chapter 33 Views Work Contexts Menu ltems See Chapter 12 Work Contexts e lil 126 Exponare 5 1 This chapter discusses Exponare User Interfaces and how they can be configured for different users For new user interface introduced in Exponare 5 0 refer In this chapter Introduction The user interfaces of the Exponare Enquiry and Public clients are configurable and each different user can be provided with a separate interface Home Back Forward Info Tool Legend Polyline Select A Polycon Select Rectangle Unselect Selet Radius Select All Select Sele Layer Name Fouse Numbers i Stations Essex er Road Names A1 Roads Overview Railways Centrelines Suburb Suundaries 3 Crainage Property Parces Eze Road Grey Parks E Carbage 4 Stations Road
121. Allowed Connection on ISAPI and CGI Restrictions i NOLANOZISI WI Pahari Use this feabare to specity the BAPI and OGI exterasons that can nan on the Web server DD Application Poot aa Sita Group by Me Greuping a Deauk Web Se Description x Restriction Path pos Active Server Pages Alerta mdi pben ureters ap alll A Al log ASP MET w2 0 50727 alice Sandi Sions HET Frameword w0 50727 aspret_isapidil E ti et ASP MET 4 030719 Hot Arme CAMWwdew dde reat HE T Frame ribs O0 3037 9 aspe rapidi B Mi script ASPET 40 303153 Allowed ColMindovet Microsoft HE Ti Framesi al 3031 aspret_icapi di H wi bat Webley Aliowed ewandirSupestem 32 eten eee bdan dil DA aspnet_clieni Exponare ExpanareCild CA images JR sfrevomobilesamplebrowser Ub sfmvcpdfvieweramplebrowser sframplebroaser Ub shwebsempdes Note This setting is not applicable for 64 bit integrated mode install Existing virtual directories The virtual directories from previous installations of Exponare or other products may be left behind after uninstallation Before installing the current version of Exponare review the virtual directories that are registered in IIS and remove or rename any that will conflict with your preferred Exponare virtual directory name The virtual directories are not checked by the installer and conflicts may Administration Guide 29 Exponare Server cause the installation to partially or completely fail Pre Install
122. As a result these files are not removed when the Exponare Server is uninstalled CAUTION Any files that were installed by Exponare Server and that you have changed will be deleted To protect against data loss you may wish to perform a backup of the Exponare Server directory prior to uninstalling the Server Exponare Sample Data To uninstall Exponare Sample Data use the standard windows Add Remove programs application available through the Windows control panel Exponare Enquiry To uninstall Exponare Enquiry use the standard windows Add Remove programs application available through the Windows control panel 54 Exponare 5 1 Installing configuring and administering Exponare involves working with Windows Server operating systems Internet Information Services NET and ASP NET This chapter describe some common tasks that may need to be performed to get the most out of Exponare Server and discuss troubleshooting Exponare Server problems In this chapter Altering Live Workspace and TAB Files Altering Live Workspace and TAB Files Changes made to Workspace definition files and or their underlying TAB Files are not immediately applied throughout Exponare Enquiry or Exponare Public For example a change to a map Feature s style may immediately become visible in your map but not in your Legend image associated with that Feature s map layer To update workspace and TAB files used by Exponare Enquiry and or Exponare Pub
123. Bank Holidays Germany Phone 49 0 6142 203 400 Fax 49 0 6142 203 444 E mail support mapinfo com Hours Monday Friday from 9 00am 5 00pm MEZ excluding Public Holidays To use Technical Support you must register your product This can be done very easily during installation To receive more information about our technical support programs contact a representative in your area or one of our technical support offices In the United States call 800 FASTMAP for more information To purchase technical support or renew your current contract please contact Customer Service at 800 552 2511 or send an e mail at custserv mapinfo com Extended support options are available at each of our technical support centres in the United States United Kingdom and Australia Administration Guide 9 Getting Technical Support 10 Before You Call Please have the following information ready when contacting us for assistance 1 Serial Number You must have a registered serial number to receive Technical Support 2 Your name and organization The person calling must be the contact person listed on the support agreement 3 Version of the product you are calling about 4 The operating system name and version 5 A brief explanation of the problem Some details that can be helpful in this context are a Error messages b Context in which the problem occurs c Consistency is the problem recurring or occurring erratically The Su
124. Control gt Cats gt Cat Registration Details Animal Control gt Dogs gt Dog Details Animal Control gt Dogs gt Dog Registration Details Animal Control gt Unregistered gt Unregistered Animal Details Animal Control gt Unregistered Unregistered Animal Registration Details Sewerage gt Sewer Lines gt Classification Sewerage gt Sewer Lines gt Rating Sewerage gt Sewer Lines gt Sewerlines Connections Sewerage gt Sewer Manholes gt Access Sewerage gt Sewer Manholes gt CoverSurrounds Sewerage gt Sewer Manholes gt Dimensions Sewerage gt Sewer Manholes gt Inspections Sewerage gt Sewer Manholes gt Maintenance Fill Pattern Helper The Fill Pattern Helper is used when selecting the Selection interior fill pattern see page 110 16 II di See Work Contexts Selection interior fill pattern See Appendix E Line Styles and Fill Patterns Fill Patterns on page 424 for a complete list of available patterns Layer Settings Helper New Work Context When creating a new Work Context a helper is provided that does most of the fiddly work for configuring the individual Layers The helper reads the Layer Settings from the workspace file and sets up appropriate Exponare layer configuration information You can then just add the Exponare specific settings that are required Each new layer setting created contains default information for the layer in the map and also has a def
125. E External Authenticaton Domain pbi User Credentials su001 dh A8ckBCOWLYbszraQ V 4 Cax T hagk Z7 xL q uTP3505LJ08FH TAB M LE os 7nk T zFM zZibJ H sxu EO General Auto login expiry time 10 Customer name Saurabh Data directariez C Program Files aplnfoXE xponare Server S ampleD ata Maximum back forward steps 10 N000 5000 500 di enolate ale ophon LII Use External Authentication True Provide the following credentials to effectively administer Exponare e Domain and User credentials should be the same that has been specified while creating the new user Field Use External Authentication should be set to True After saving all the respective Configuration Manager changes open Exponare Enquiry and it should get loaded automatically according to the OS credentials of the logged in windows user User need not to specify username and password for login now on the machine Note Incase as a user you need to login through admin you should Log Off first and then specify the administrator credentials for login or through different user Login through Command Line Administrator User can also login through command line by specifying the respective directory of Administration Guide 145 Single Sign On 146 Exponare and providing corresponding credentials cx E WINDOWS system3z cmd exe Microsoft Windows XP Version 5 1 2660 m Copyright 1985 2001 Microsoft Corp C Documents and Settings sudhingr gt cd C
126. EJA1 Roads Overview Record Detail 181 Administration Guide How to configure CSW for Upgrade cases How to configure CSW for Upgrade cases 1 In the Configuration Manager under the Full Menu gt File section add another node E Menus and Toolbars E amp File 24 amp Open Work Context amp Save Map amp Copy Map 4 amp Mew Window Print S4 Separator Change Password 74 Reset Session 71 amp LogDff 4 E amp wit P P PS dl 2 With the added node configure the following settings by choosing the command for Search CSW Catalog El General Caption Search COW Catalogs Command Search CSW Catalogs Description Rectangle Select Reset Session Save Map To File Search CSW Catalogs Separator Show Label 3 Save your settings This feature is available only in Enquiry You can reset the Enquiry window and access the functionality from the File menu 182 Exponare 5 1 By default each layer that is defined under a is automatically displayed in the panel This chapter describes the Legend panel and discusses Layer settings In this chapter Introduction Introduction To make the Layers in the workspace file visible to users you must create a layer settings node The layer settings node contains properties such as the layer name selectability and the icon to use in the Legend layer panel You use the Update Layer Settings button see page 94 to create the layer settings for a
127. ER Microsoft Jet OLEDB 4 0 DATA Source lt PathToAccess mdbFile gt Administration Guide 231 Database Connection Types Oracle Information about the values that can be given to the connection string for an Oracle connection type can be found on the Microsoft website The following example illustrates a typical connection string to an Oracle database Server myServer Integrated Security True where myServer is the name or IP address of the server hosting the Oracle database When connecting to an external Oracle database it is sometimes necessary to perform extra steps to allow the ASP NET user ASPNET or Network Service accounts to access the required components to access the Oracle Database If the Oracle connection is not working and an error message similar to the form Unable to load dll or System Data OracleClient requires Oracle client software v8 1 7 or v9i is seen in the Event Log then the permissions on the Oracle home directory need to be set to allow the ASP NET user ASPNET or Network Service accounts read and execute permissions on the Oracle software See Restarting the ASP NET Process for the details of this procedure Troubleshooting MSDAORA provider is not registered on local machine 64 bit Symptom While running Exponare on 64 Bit machine error MSDAORA provider is not registered on local machine is displayed Resolution MSDORA Oracle provider is not supported on 64 Bit machine so ORAOLEDB provider is r
128. ET v4 0 30319 only Running the utility The example command line shown is based upon the following scenario e You are logged on to the machine which is running SQL server e Your username is sa e Your password is blank C WINDOWS Microsoft NET Framework v4 0 30319 gt aspnet_regsql exe ssadd S localhost U sa P For help with additional options enter aspnet regsql exe After running the aspnet_regsql exe utility you must grant the ExponareUser execute access to all objects in the ASPState database If you have used the sstype p option to specify persisted session state support you must also add the ExponareUser to the do datareader and db datawriter roles in the ASPState database The ExponareUser must also be given read write access to the tempdb database Updating web config Assuming a default installation the web config file can be found in C Program Files MapInfo Exponare Server To update the web config file for an ExponareServer instance you need to alter two sections Administration Guide 79 Web Farm Setup The first section is the appSettings section and typically looks like this when initially installed lt appSettings gt l Use this setting to turn Session pooling on off True false lt add key MapInfo Engine Session Pooled value True lt Use this setting to save Session state automatically HttpSessionState or manually Manual gt add key MapInfo Engine Session State value
129. Ensure IIS v5 0 or v6 0 or v7 0 is installed via Add Remove Programs Windows Components Ensure FrontPage server extensions are installed via Add Remove Programs Windows Components 4 Register ASP NET by running the following at your command prompt use C WinNT if appropriate C WINDOWS Microsoft NET Framework v4 0 30319 Naspnet regiis exe u C WINDOWS Microsoft NET Framework v4 0 30319 aspnet_regiis exe i Once ASP NET has been re installed you will need to re configure the custom HTTP extensions used See Public Menu toolbar map is non operational page 69 for further information 5 If you are using IIS v6 0 or v7 0 ensure that ASP NET v4 0 is enabled in the IIS manager by checking the item Internet Information Service gt local computer gt Web Server Extensions gt ASP NET v4 0 30319 is set to Allowed 6 Testthe Exponare asmx page by loading the following in your browser substituting the correct virtual directory name http localhost Exponare Exponare asmx The Exponare asmx page displays a formatted list of function names if your ASP NET system is Identity Impersonation A common setting is IUSR_MACHINENAME Intermittent errors on the client when using a pooled MapXtreme environment Symptoms Users experience occasional and intermittent failures when using either Enquiry Public or RestPublic The server error log contains errors with the following message In case of any of the below errors e COM activation fa
130. Exponare Version 5 1 ADMINISTRATION GUIDE Information in this document is subject to change without notice and does not represent a commitment on the part of the vendor or its representatives No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without the written permission of One Global View Troy New York 12180 8399 2012 All rights reserved Maplnfo the Pitney Bowes Business Software logo and Exponare are registered trademarks of and or its affiliates United States One Global View Troy NY 12180 Phone 1 800 327 8627 pbsoftware sales pb com Europe United Kingdom Minton Place Victoria Street Windsor Berkshire SL4 1EG United Kingdom Phone 44 800 840 0001 pbsoftware emea pb com Asia Pacific Australia Level 7 1 Elizabeth Plaza North Sydney NSW 2060 Australia Phone 61 2 9437 6255 pbsoftware australia pb com pbsoftware singapore pb com www pitneybowes com au software Canada 26 Wellington Street East Suite 500 Toronto ON M5E 182 1 800 268 3282 pbsoftware canada sales pb com Contact information for all Pitney Bowes Software offices is located at http www pb com software contact us Products named herein may be trademarks of their respective manufacturers and are hereby recognized Trademarked names are used editorially to the benefit of the trademark owner with no intent to infringe on the tradem
131. Exponare Enquiry that is added to the menu of any Exponare Administrator It can also be accessed by starting Exponare Enquiry using a command line argument See Starting Enquiry from the Command Line for details Only one Exponare Configuration Manager can be used on a computer at a time Attempts to start a second Exponare Configuration Manager will cause the original window to come to the front of all other windows The Exponare Configuration Manager must be logged into before it can be used Only Exponare administrator accounts can be used to log into the Exponare Configuration Manager If Exponare has not been activated the Exponare Configuration Manager will be automatically started when Exponare Enquiry is started by an administrator See Activation Keys for how to activate Exponare The Exponare Configuration Manager consists of a menu bar toolbar tree of configuration items grid of property settings and a context sensitive help message panel Exponare Configuration Manager Menu Toolbar Address Search Settings E Annotaton Adhoc Layer Annotation font Arial r9 ENTE Detault Annotation fil colour White ty Database Connections Default Annotation fil style E38 Database E da Settings Default Annotation font size 10 Global Laper Groups Default Annotation foreground colour mi Block Zis Menus and Toobars Default Annotation ine style 3 2 Dy Print Templates Default Annotation ine width 1 User Interfaces Default Annota
132. HVDOIIHES Lasse Edi eR rani A e et REA ea 211 Chapter 25 Queries seama 66 see ba e iai AER eat a i dn EXP a n ie bes 213 Query Processing Overview iii 214 Running a Query on a Remote Server ellen 216 Query Types and Parameters eee eee 216 Parameterless Queries 217 EA pri hha de ded pe dai deere O 217 Query Parameters tea mo d 4 33309 3 3 39 X 3 eed pie den dedico dde qw EA 217 Advanced Queries eee rns 221 Advanced Query Parameters eee 223 Running a Query on a Remote Server eee eee 223 CIGAUNG 8 GUOTU id a ks aR RO ORIENTE TOES ENE CAE RL 223 Chapter 26 Database Connections eee 229 nului E oc eli 036450005 trea EO ETT IT STP IRI RR E A ORI RTR 230 Configuring a Database Connection Li 230 Database Connection Types eee 231 duca 231 4t TX ee a OES S EEE E EER es ee ees es 231 CEE e ea bea Nea ee P EEE E E E T EE 231 EN PH 7 PP 232 E SENE oss eife v 44 RC 9E RC 8 A Dn e ed do e IONE TOTTI 232 Chapter 27 Print Templates es 235 is dock do ew ol RE N RC RE Cacao CR S SHORE PNE eee CR 236 Creating a Microsoft Word Print Template LLL 236 MICIDSDIT Word Print ESOS Lau usc oae mao E Ro CX Rc io RE e c C Idm CR os 23
133. Info SQL 6 Reference Manual 6 MapInfo Workspace format MWS 402 Maplnfo L Archive Database 11 MapMarker 277 MapXtreme licence files for web farm environment 78 pool size 56 Maximum Back Forward Steps 105 maximum selections settings in Work Contexts 111 Menus and Toolbars 119 configurable components in the User Interface 129 Exponare Public vs Exponare Enquiry 21 mi_key 185 205 214 Microsoft NET Framework 28 Microsoft Word Templates location 105 Microsoft NET files InstallSqlState SQL 79 Multi Value Helper 100 mws MapInfo Workspace format 402 440 N named connections types 404 O OLE connection string 231 Oracle connection string 232 Overriding Global Layer Settings 154 Overview Map properties in Work Contexts 112 P Page Public start up parameter 316 Panels tag in Exponare Public page 309 panels Exponare Enquiry vs Exponare Public 21 in User Interface 130 parameters Query Drop Down List 219 Dynamic Drop Down List 220 Text Input 218 Start up Address Search 316 Context 316 LayerShortcut 317 Page 316 Query 315 View 317 passwords admin user 138 changing from Manager 91 Exponare proxy user 106 Guest user 138 Public user 138 Public user 138 User 138 Pitney Bowes MapInfo FTP Site 10 Maplnfo L Archive Database 11 Technical Support 8 11 training 11 platform requirements 27 Point selection 353 Exponare Configuration Exponare 5 1 Print 365 command 130 Print Map to PDF 367 Print Prev
134. L will be saved in a backup folder corresponding to that date Users can copy and replace over the xm1 file to carry on with settings saved for catalogue browser in new Enquiry install Search within a Map Window To search for metadata records within a Map window follow the steps listed below a In Enquiry set the map view to a location showing the area where you would like to search for metadata records b Inthe catalog search use the Search Within option By default the value in this option is None Change this to Map Window Press Search g Catalogs X Clear EA Search Catalog ill TEST Search Within Map Window zx Text n2 Search Advanced e i Exponare 5 1 Chapter 19 Catalog Browser Tool Text based Search Searching with text is as simple as entering search terms into the text box and clicking the Search button Every field in the metadata records are searched for the term s specified LI Catalogs X Clear E Search fal Test Search Within zNane ext w Advanced AddressStreets Scope dataset Date 5 10 2011 Drainage Scope dataset Date 5 10 2011 10 Click on Launch it will download the layer from the server 11 On clicking at green status bar a dialogue box will appear as shown in below image Catalog layer download complete Click on the progress bar below to apply Yi 4551879 453197 BU 12 If the same layer has be
135. LIT TT T IT E eee i Fa tif E a I i TL am c WF i Point Selection Info tool Rest Public allows users to select all the features under a single point by using Info tool You can see information of the features selected by Info tool in the left pane called search results Info marker is drawn exactly at the location where you click on the map Multiple Selections It includes Rectangle selection and Polyline selection The Rectangle selection selects all the features that lie within a rectangle and Polyline selection selects all the features that lie within polyline In case of multiple selections the active selection can be distinguished by using color and marker Note Please wait for the map to load completely before making selections You can perform selections once the map loading is complete Administration Settings Given below are selections administration settings for Rest Public Color Settings for Selection The color settings are picked from the Configuration Manager for the selected work context The settings are Active Selection highlight color and Selection Highlight color The other setting for the selection i e the selection line width style interior style fill are not honored in Rest Public application Other Settings e The Active Selection is displayed on the basis of the drop down change of databind The marker is moved to the active selected geometry and the color of the active selection geometry cha
136. M bel ua Printers T UH canfig E 4 Explore Help cs Open C Images d mas CH installer il C Log ga ew ELogin g f All Tasks obi Bd view printing CIG E scripts E Delete E StyleSheets bl Refresh I System B f Esport List GI TabFiles It J Themes Properties AssemblyInfo cs 3 ErowserError htm s Default aspx La EJ ie Help c Click on Properties Administration Guide 61 IIS settings to configure Rest Public Exponare Properties Local Path 5 Custom Errors ASP NET Documenta Directory Security CO A share located on another computer A redirection to a URL Script source access Log visit Read Indes this resource Cwrt Dire e ctor browsing E DevelopmentWE ponare 5 eurce E xp Application Settings Application name Application Protection Medium Pooled w Unload d Click on Configuration Application Configuration Mappings Options Debugging e Click Add for adding 62 Application Mappings Exen Executable Path Vebs A ad C AWINDOWS Microsoft NET Frame GET HEA adproto C WINDOWS Microzoft NET Frame GET HEA CAWINDOWS systems Minetsrv asp dil GET HEA CAWINDOWS Microsoft HETXFrame GET HEA C WINDOWS Microsoft ME TYFrame GET HEA C WINDOWS Microsoft NET WFrame GET HEA CAWINDOWS Microsoft NE TYF rame
137. Management Compatibility TG 6 Metebese Compstiblcy 7 0S 6 WHI erei X IIS 6 Scripting Took d I5 6 Management Console ETP Server FTP Service FIP Exteracbility TS Hostabie Web Core Click Next gt Install After completion of the installation process click Close Go to User Account Control Settings The User Account Control Settings should be Never Notify minimum For further details on User Account Settings goto http technet microsoft com en us library cc772207 WS 10 aspx Note Please ensure that Windows Update is on Exponare 5 1 12 13 14 Chapter 4 Installing Exponare You should restart your Windows Server 2008 R2 machine after setting the User Account Control Settings Go to IIS Manager gt Application Pool click on Set Application Pool Defaults set value as True for Enable 32 Bit Application Install Exponare on your system For installation refer Installation Windows Server 2008 Standard 1 2 6 7 8 9 Open Server Manager and Click Add Roles Click Next Add Server Roles dialog appears Click Server Roles and select the Web Server IS checkboxes From Server Roles select Web Server IIS checkbox and click Next Web Server IIS dialog appears Click Next Select Roles Services dialog appears Select the following from the checkbox J Appicaton Dersogment Ingtaled Click Next gt Install After completion of the installation process click Close Goto Control Panel User
138. Manual gt lt Use this setting to preload a workspace on Session creation lt lt add key MapInfo Engine Session Workspace value c my workspace mws gt gt lt Use this setting to force the ASP NET process to shutdown when the application s AppDomain is unloaded gt add key MapInfo Engine Session ExitProcess value false add key MapInfo Engine Session UseCallContext value True gt add key ConfigurationManager UseSqlServer value false lt add key ConfigurationManager ConnectionString valuez ServerzSqlServer Database Exponare User ID ExponareUser Password password gt lt appSettings gt The items we are interested in are marked in bold You must ensure that each of these two keys are not commented out comments are started with lt and end with Check the following value attribute settings Key Value attribute settings ConfigurationManager UseSqlServer True ConfigurationManager ConnectionString The correct connection string for your chosen instance of SQL Server Typically you will have to replace Sq1Server with the name or IP Address of your SQL Server Instance and replace password with your chosen password Refer to Microsoft documentation regarding connection strings You also need to change the section that looks like sessionState modez InProc stateConnectionString tcpip 127 0 0 1 42424 sqlConnectionString Server SqlServer
139. Measure Area Info tool Line Selection Rectangle Selection Fullscreen ue Restore A Clear Selections Exponare 5 1 Chapter 44 Rest Public Toolbar Icons Name Clear Annotations Views List Layer Setting Shortcut Help Working with Toolbar Option You can use following toolbar options while working on maps Selections Selectability Annotations Text Annotations Measurement Back Forward Layer Shortcut Views Selections There are following types of selections available in Rest Public 1 2 Point selection Info tool Selects all the features under a single point Multiple Selections It includes Rectangle and Polyline selection Administration Guide 353 Rest Public Features 354 Property Parcels E ad ook SODA AR o uM ae s 273 1 of 80 Occupier Resident Details Property No 273 nitiala A Surname Person 0408 11xxx5 Property Owner Detail Property 273 Na nitats A Surname Person Phone 0417 11x30 lt T ALI LL TI T EE eire f rk if i Pa E ijl it ry TTH UTT Cites T ili a x FK i i IT E EX ny FE Fyi TES Mi n x Tus m j Gp mare Ere IT ie uu l nel nad Fa Pif li LX a ie E ge ee A TP ue F 7 Search Ib LITT Sess SS A ac d ff Coordinate Export LLLI eM I hes i 0 b f Mie One a Ae z J ri el Jod Ni i i 7 sed
140. Melways Standard Interface Cadastre 2 The configuration is exported 3 n Exponare Enquiry Anna changes her password to cheese Administration Guide 07 Configuration Files 4 An administrator makes some more changes Work context User Password Default Work Context User Interface group Anna cheese Aerial Photography Full Interface All Bob bob Trees Minimal Interface Simple Helena helen Animal Control Minimal Interface All Luke luke Vegetation Full Interface Simple Sanmay sanmay Street Furniture Full Interface All Note Bob is a new user The Vegetation Work Context is renamed as Trees e Helen was initially entered as Helena if a user s name is changed their password becomes invalid and must be reset e The user Luke is deleted as he has left the organisation The Standard User Interface and the Cadastre Work Context Group are deleted as they are no longer used e Anew Work Context Street Furniture is created Sanmay is promoted and now has administrator privileges 5 The file exported in step 2 is imported without password information The configuration tree is updated to reflect the imported configuration as described in step 1 6 Theconfiguration is saved The tree is updated to reflect the merged configurations 88 Work Context User Password Default Work Context User Interface Group Anna cheese Aerial Photography Full Interface All Bob bob none M
141. NET user account has nothing to do with the accessing of these files Administration Guide 37 Exponare Server 38 Direct Access Files Files that are accessed directly by the Exponare Server are All workspace definition files mws All MapInfo Professional TAB Files tab e All images that are used by raster Layers in workspace files eg jpg ecw If the data files are on the same machine as the Exponare Server then you must ensure they are readable by the ASP NET user However if some or all of the data files are on a network machine then you may need to change the ASP NET user to be a network recognised user account first and then ensure that the ASP NET user can access those network files this is discussed below Configuring ASP NET Impersonation Changing the ASP NET user account is called User Impersonation and is a feature of IIS and NET The ASP NET user can be changed on a machine wide basis by editing the machine config file however this is not generally recommended A preferred solution is to alter the ASP NET user account for Exponare only User Impersonation With IIS Choose a network user to run the ASP NET process Where possible limit the permissions of this user to prevent unexpected or malicious access to data As an example assume that the username is MYDOMAINNExponareUser With a password ExponareUserPassword Setting Up User Impersonation For IIS 1 Make a backup copy of the Exponare web config
142. Note The name in the Bind column setting is case sensitive and must match the name of the column in the TAB File exactly The SQL Query Syntax The SQL Query is executed on the remote database rather than inside Exponare As a result the syntax of the Query must be that used by the database server and not the Maplnfo SQL syntax used for internal Exponare SQL processing This means that the MapXtreme tables such as the 1ayername Selection table are not available to be accessed by this Query as the external database does not have access to the MapXtreme tables Also Maplnfo SQL functions cannot be used in a Remote Data Bind as the external database does not implement Maplnfo SQL but its own flavour of SQL Note The first column returned by the SQL Query must have the same name as the Bind column This can be done by aliasing ie use of the as syntax if the column name in the database does not have the same name as the Bind column Administration Guide 209 Configuring a Data Bind 210 The Exponare lds Flag The special key Exponare Ids is used to represent the IDs of the selected items on the map in the SQL Query This key must be present in the SQL Query and when the Query is processed the key is replaced with a list of all the values from the Bind column of the selected items on the map As an example assume a map layer has a Bind column called PropertyId The following SQL syntax would return Data Bind information from a SQL
143. Public print template 1 Createatextfile with htm or html extension e g Custom htm 2 Putthe htm file in the Exponare Server directory Printing RestPrintTemplates 3 Include generic HTML document structure tags as shown below into the text file lt HTML gt lt BODY gt lt FORM gt lt FORM gt lt BODY gt lt HTML gt Note HTML Print Templates using the historical snippets must be changed to use the new code shown below specifically for Rest Public print template For using you own print template you should include following JavaScript files in the order given below lt script src scripts RestPublic OpenLayers lib OpenLayers js type text javascript script script src scripts Proj4js proj4js combined js type text jJavascript script script sSrco scoripts Proj4js Proj4jsCodes js type text javascript gt lt script gt lt script src scripts RestPublic MapInfoRESTHandler js type text javascript gt lt script gt lt script sre scripts RestPublic Utility ExponareXmlParser s type text javascript gt lt script gt lt script exos i 5c0ripts RestPublic jQuerfy query 1 6 1 mim s type text javascript gt lt script gt lt script src scripts RestPublic Features print printInit js type text javascript gt lt script gt Apart from these there are two more files which you should include in custom files For sample refer to Expona
144. SKB ASPX File 7 21 2009 2 50 PM E PublicApplication_1280 1024 aspx 9KB ASPX File 7 21 2009 2 50 PM E PublicApplication_1400 1050 aspx QKB ASPX File 7 21 2009 2 50 PM E PublicCustomLayout2 aspx 8KB ASPX File 7 21 2009 4 42 PM E PublicCustomLayout2_1280 1024 aspx BKB ASPX File 7 21 2009 2 50 PM E PublicCustomLayout2z 1400x1050 aspx BKB ASPX File 7 21 2009 2 50 PM E PublicCustomLayout aspx SKB ASPX File 7 21 2009 4 42 PM E PublicCustomLayout_1280 1024 aspx 85KB ASPX File 7 21 2009 2 50 PM E PublicCustomLayout_1400 1050 aspx 8KB ASPX File 7 21 2009 2 50 PM E PublicInvoker aspx 2KB ASPX File 1 16 2009 8 15 PM PublicLinkoutTest aspx 3KB ASPX File 1 16 2009 8 15 PM Web config 7KB visualStudio config 3 1 2009 1 13 PM Screen shot of Log file B Changelog txt Notepad File Edit Format wiew Help ksql server connection zSQLSserver admin 25 06 2010 17 26 40 amp House Number 1234 SOL Statement Update OwnerDetai ls set House Numbers amp House Number where PropertyID amp PropertyID PropertyID 31544 where fields of the log are given below oa A U N Server Name SQLServer Connection Server Type SQLServer admin 25 06 2010 17 26 40 User Name Date Time Table Name OwnerDetails Column Name House Number g Exponare 5 1 As a user you can open an adhoc layer user defined layer so that it can be shown on the map and in the Legend of Exponare Enquiry In this chapter Overview Overvi
145. Search when starting up the application As with any other use of the Address Search functionality they require the configuration to be set up to point to a valid live geocoding server without this the Address Search functionality cannot be used The values that can be passed in are any or all of the 13 input parameters available to the Address Search functionality The exact values that can be entered for each of these parameters depend on how the external geocoding server is configured and therefore cannot be fully detailed here For a complete explanation of which values can be passed into these parameters please refer to the accompanying documentation for the MapMarker Server or the Envinsa geocoding service Name Value ASO The building number parameter ASI The building name parameter AS2 The street directional prefix parameter AS3 The street type prefix parameter AS4 The street name parameter AS5 The street directional suffix parameter Exponare 5 1 Chapter 37 Public Start up Parameters Name Value AS6 The street type suffix parameter AS7 The primary postcode parameter AS8 The secondary postcode parameter AS9 The municipality parameter AS10 The municipality subdivision parameter AS11 The country subdivision parameter AS12 The country secondary subdivision parameter Run View This parameter tells the server to run a specific View on start up Note If the View is not in the def
146. StreetMap http tile openstreetmap org LEVEL ROW COL png e NearMap http www nearmap com kh v 57 amp x ROW amp s amp y COL amp z LEVEL amp nml Vert Note In case the Exponare server is using proxy setting then please talk to your IT team for granting the access to various tile servers 196 Exponare 5 1 In this chapter Introduction Introduction A Layer Settings Shortcut is a quick way to invoke a group of changes to the layer settings shown in the Legend panel including Layer Visibility Layer Selectability layer order and auto labelling For example you can define a Layer Settings Shortcut to bring all the roads Layers to the top of the layer list and make them visible Another example is a shortcut that toggles the visibility of a number of raster Layers Creating a Layer Settings Shortcut 1 Ei Select a Work Context Select Layer Settings Shortcuts Click Add New Item Complete the Layer Setting Shortcut properties El Appears as Toolbar Shortcut Change layer ordering Description Name Work Context auto labelling bal bal If True this Layer Settings Shortcut appears as a shortcut button on the toolbar Requires that the User Interface has a toolbar that includes the Layer Settings Shortcuts Menu Items command If True this Layer Settings Shortcut alters the position of one or more Layers which may affect the map display and the Legend ordering To cause layer re
147. TE E soreness es 322 Ribbon Toolbar Configuration Options eee 322 Chapter 39 Application Menu eee 327 uf PRO ET TOPO 328 Configuration Settings es 329 l pBas c iii e RIE a RIN 330 Chapter 40 Quick Access Toolbar eee eee 331 luis orase est oii Noi a eee el PI 332 Default Settings in Quick Access Toolbar eee 332 Customizing the Quick Access Toolbar 333 Chapter 41 Themes eee 335 Lf RO i ra ORO O OT 336 Customizing Themes rina 337 Chapter 42 Improved Panels eee eee eee eee 339 MPC PPP OR E sot deed OT ROIO COTE 340 Improved Panel controls Lr 341 cing o siii ERRORE eee ae ni 341 Chapter 43 New Icons 0 0 cee es 343 INIFOGUGIHON scia n pci bea at RATE RR AE ARI 344 Large and Small New IG6NS iii e e a a 344 Configuring New ICONS Li E E RI E 345 Part 7 Rest Public and Mobile 347 Chapter 44 Rest Public iii Ria 349 InIrDOU IO uu lita RASTA Sai 350 Rest Public Features ina 350 Map Toolbar 391 Working with Toolbar Option cas cae aac a aana o eei e p ek am en 353 Lett Panel OSII uuu pao pda dedo OR Do ROREM OE AUR die do a p ERE OS 359 TONGS e e sie oo e oil di e e n 8 beers 369 Administration PIODOFIOS siriani ERRE LARE 369 Configurable PERO rip
148. The same invocation can be run as a POST request using the following HTML lt form action http localhost Exponare PublicInvoker aspx gt lt input type text name page value PublicApplication aspx gt lt input type text name Context value Sewerage gt input type text name View value Footscray gt input type submit gt lt form gt Note If you require your user to login to Public specify a page in the Authorised folder This will redirect the user to the Login Page then once the user has logged in the PublicApplication page will be loaded using the arguments passed in The parameter names and the values they can be given are described in detail below In all cases the values passed in to the parameters must conform to HTML standards for passing in Query parameters eg white space characters escape characters and other characters that are considered special to an HTTP request must be correctly escaped The names of the parameters are case insensitive however the values to be passed in may not be The documentation for an individual parameter describes which are and which are not case sensitive The parameters can be put in any order and any combination of parameters can be used subject to individual requirements specified for a given parameter Duplicate parameters are not supported and if used behaviour varies depending on the parameter that is duplicated Exponare 5 1 Chapter 37 Public Start up Parameters Ru
149. This script can be found in the System ExponareDatabase subdirectory of each Exponare Server installation This script creates a database called Exponare that contains a small number of tables that are required by Exponare in order to synchronise data between servers Pre Installation task It is strongly recommended that you change the password that is used by the ExponareUser to connect to the database by altering the following line exec sp_addlogin N ExponareUser N password N Exponare Replace password with your chosen password The single quotes must remain around the password eg to change the password to p 55w0rd the line would read exec sp addlogin N ExponareUser N p 55w0rd N Exponare This password is needed when Updating web config see page 79 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 9 Web Farm Environments and Exponare Server Running the script To run the script you need to e Open SQL Query Analyzer e Connect to the chosen SQL Server Instance using an administrator logon e Open the InstallExponare SQL script e Execute the script aspnet_regsql exe The aspnet_regsql exe utility is found in the directory Swindir s Microsoft NET Framework v4 0 30319 The utility is used to install and uninstall ASP NET features on a SQL server The aspnet_regsql exe utility must come from the v4 0 30319 directory as different versions of NET may use slightly different versions of this utility Exponare Server is designed for N
150. Users can now preview the print template before printing Users can perform Pan Zoom in and Zoom out functions on the map in the print preview window Mozilla Firefox and Google Chrome have built in capabilities that allow the map to be printed to PDF format also Apply Layer Shortcuts The new Rest Public allows users to invoke a group of changes such as layer visibility layer selectability and layer ordering to the layer settings shown in the Legend panel by defining their own layer shortcuts Views Rest Public users can now access named views to go quickly to an area of interest Views are configured by the administrator in the Exponare Configuration Manager and provide a quick way to 4 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 1 Introduction set the zoom and pan of the map to a predefined area Once configured the list of available views can be accessed from the Exponare Rest Public toolbar Text Annotations Exponare Rest Public now supports text annotations Users can customize text properties like font type font size font style alignment and color from the Text Annotation pane available on the Left Control Panel Custom Legend Roll downs To offer a greater level of detail about each layer users can now expand and collapse legend items underneath a layer It contains a small image for each unique visual feature in the layer and a short textual description about it called the custom legend image Administrators can determine whether a legend i
151. View button in the Configuration Manager This button is only available when a View node is selected To create a View 1 E Select a Work Context node to add the View to 2 Select the Views node 3 t Click Add New Item to add a new View node 4 E Optionally click Populate View to open the Enquiry Selector window so that you can choose a map from which to populate the View properties 286 Exponare 5 1 5 Updatethe View properties E Appears as Toolbar N Shortcut Coordinate System N Description Name X coordinate of the map centre Y coordinate of the map centre Zoom width of the map Zoom width unit of the a map Chapter 33 Views Exponare Enquiry only If True this View will appear as a shortcut button on the toolbar This also requires that the User Interface has a toolbar that includes the Views Menu Items command The View s coordinate system Exponare Enquiry only The description of the View shown in the status bar when the mouse is hovered over a View Name in the Views menu and used as tooltip text when the mouse is hovered over the View icon on the toolbar n ii i Pi v Ta La Ed dg E Spurling Reserve Possum Sanctuary The name of the View as shown to the user in the Views menu The new X coordinate of the map after this View has been triggered The new Y coordinate of the map after this View has been triggered The new zoom width of the map after this View has been triggered
152. You will need to update the following attribute settings Attribute Setting mode InProc sqlConnectionString You may wish to delete this for security reasons Restart IIS Start Configuration Manager Select Configuration Menu Import From File to import the configuration file exported in step 2 Enter the Activation Keys that were noted in step 1 Save the configuration Exponare 5 1 Part 3 Configuration Manager Essentials The look feel and content of both Exponare Enquiry and Exponare Public is configured by an Exponare administrator Configuration settings are typically stored in a configuration file on the machine hosting Exponare Server An installation of Exponare Enquiry includes an application called the Exponare Configuration Manager that enables remote changes to be made to the Exponare configuration The chapters in this section are designed to get you up and running with Exponare See Part 4 Additional Configuration Manager Features for optional features that can be configured Topics Overview Application Settings Work Contexts Work Context Groups Menus and Toolbars User Interfaces Users 9 This chapter explains how to open and work with the Exponare Configuration Manager window In this chapter Starting the Exponare Configuration Manager Starting the Exponare Configuration Manager The Exponare Configuration Manager can be started using a menu option in
153. a e ne cat ice pet n e e Aa a r eee i m de dd d e e 272 Coordinate Export Exponare Enquiry eee ees 273 Coordinate Export Exponare Public elles 273 Procedure D PPr P 274 The Hyperlink Target Field iaa occas anes bee eee e do Ra ORE A 275 Passing the Coordinates to the External Web Application 275 Accessing the Information Through Javascript 275 o1 di de E a Ree pal PENA OG Mai POTITO 276 Chapter 31 Address Search rin 277 General Properties 000 ee 278 input Field Labels rsa ivi a 66540 RARE EORR eR RR n al di e ze e OER pl ae d ES 279 Mandatory FIGS i ct pe Petece arma a i e st d a RC a 279 Search Behaviour Properties 00 2c cee eee eee 280 Communication With The Server eee ees 280 viii Exponare 5 1 Table of Contents CADI E ABORTI NINE 8 Ro dle 283 IVPOQUCIION toca RO RER ade a Oh eee RR N INN ee TTET TETS 284 Customizing Exponare Help 0 284 CRV iaia 285 luisse RR REI A ene 286 Creanga VIGW droit ERRE al ial dl 286 Chapter 34 Data Editing ees 289 OvervieW a circadian 290 Configuration Manager SettingS 000 cece eee 290 Log Functionality under Editing 0000 cece eee 294 Chapter 35 Adhoc LayerS 0c ees 297 IHRE u aci e
154. a map Y Gel Pond Cociekeua eri a a E Bsnsral Capon Cinram a Ire Sane Ribbon Gram Shee polso Copie Tha costoro deploy lo lito vidi im di Eu pai Homa Hama Harnt rio anal pan be hm digna jn L ge Image biamo gt Ul Mavagation Tom Depending on whether user wants large or small icons image size can be set accordingly to Large or Small Image C Exponare Configuration Manager File Configuration Help HE BE S DA E General Adder Seach Settings C Adhoc Layers 9 Application Settings SHF Dalabate Cornections Database Edit Setting Global Layer Groups Menus and Tooban Command Descnphon e a z Home Reset zoom and pan to the original position Large Image Save the settings in Configuration manager and new set of icons of new size can be seen on ribbon toolbar Administration Guide 345 Configuring New Icons 346 Exponare 5 1 Part 7 Rest Public and Mobile The chapters in this section explain how to configure and start Rest Public and Mobile Topics Rest Public e Exponare Mobile This chapter describes the Rest Public interface based on OpenLayers architecture In case you are a win 2003 user you would need to alter the current IIS settings to use Rest public For IIS settings refer to In this chapter Introduction Introduction Rest Public interface is based on the OpenLayers architecture It can be viewed on most recent web browsers wi
155. able Features Table below displays the configurable features Administration Guide 369 Administration Properties Configurable controls for Rest Public S No Configurable features What can be configured Default work context Layer ordering Layer visibility settings Layer visible in legend Layer legend icons Layer groups 1 Work Context Level 2 Info Tool All data binds 3 Queries e Advanced query e Basic Query 4 Measurement Work context level measurement unit Default area measurement unit Default length measurement unit Measure tool color Measure tool width 5 Coordinate Export e Marquee color settings 6 Layer shortcuts Change selectability Visibility Layer ordering 7 Views e Zoom width e Zoom unit e Map center settings 8 Custom Roll Down e Layer has legend image settings Expand Custom Roll down Custom legend URL 9 Visibility amp Selectability User can change selectability User can change visibility setting Public Vs Rest Table below lists Exponare Public vs Exponare Rest Public features Features Public Rest Public 1 Tile based map rendering No Yes 2 Set layer translucency on the fly No Yes 3 Drag and drop to order layers No Yes 4 Draw and print Annotations No Yes 5 Intuitive dock able panels No Yes 6 Print measurement records No Yes 370 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 44 Rest Public
156. added to the map that consists of textual information This text overlaid on the map in as defined by the Administrator Thematic Layer A Layer on the map that has had its visual style altered to represent data associated with that map Layer For example a Layer might contain suburb boundaries and have associated information about the total population of each suburb A Thematic can be applied to this Layer so that each suburb is displayed in a different colour depending on how large the population of the suburb is Thematic Map A map that contains one or more Thematic Layers Administration Guide 433 User Interface Configuration The collection of settings in the Exponare Configuration that define the make up and visual style of an Exponare Enquiry or Exponare Public session User Profile User profiles specify the connection information such as login name authentication method and administrator status for a user or group of users User Profiles also specify the user interface user interface theme and the available Work Context Groups View A unique description of an area of a map The user can select a View and go directly to that part of the map without having to use any of the map navigation tools Visual Theme A collection of artwork such as toolbar images mouse cursors and application banners used to give an Exponare a certain look Watermark A visual image or text that is overlaid on the map Typically Wa
157. alled on machine where 32 bit Exponare is already installed It is not recommended environment as the old Exponare could get corrupted Exponare Sample Data The Exponare Sample Data is a separate installer that can be launched from the CD browser after the Exponare Server has been installed It acts as an add on to the Exponare Server placing files on the system as may be seen in a typical installation It is designed to both verify that an installation of Exponare has been successful and to demonstrate Exponare functionality Installation Install the Exponare Sample Data from the CD ROM by inserting the Exponare CD in the CD drive and following the links in the CD browser which is displayed see page 26 The Exponare Sample Data installer can also be accessed directly by running the setup exe file in the Exponare Sample Data folder on the Exponare CD By default the Exponare Sample Data is copied to a directory under the Exponare Server directory Post Installation Task Before you can use the sample data you must import the sample data configuration file To configure Exponare to use the sample data 1 In Exponare Configuration Manager select Configuration gt Import from file 2 Browse to the location of the sample data folder and select Configuration xml the default path is C Program Files MapInfo Exponare Server SampleData 3 You will be asked if you want to import password information Answer Yes if you are installing
158. ame gt input type text name ParamValue2 value County Council gt input type submit gt lt form gt Note If the Query is not in the default Work Context then the Change Work Context parameter must be used to change to the required Work Context for the Query Name Value QueryName The name of the Query as specified in the configuration This is case sensitive ParamName0 The name of the first Basic Query parameter as specified in the configuration This is case sensitive ParamValue0 The value to enter for the first Basic Query parameter This is case sensitive ParamName 1 The name of the second Basic Query parameter This is case sensitive ParamValue1 The value to enter for the second Basic Query parameter This IS case sensitive additional name and value parameters as required Administration Guide 315 Page To Load Page To Load Change Work Context Run Address Search 316 This parameter specifies the name of the main page to load for the Public Application This field is compulsory when using the PublicInvoker Page Name Value The name of the ASPX page to load to run the main application The name of the page is case insensitive This parameter specifies the name of the Work Context to load when starting up Name Value Context The name of the Work Context to change to This is case insensitive These parameters are used to run an Address
159. anel This should contain instructions for the user on how to use the particular address panel the administrator has configured The colour of the symbol used to display a found address point The font size for the symbol used to display an address point A common setting is 24 The maximum number of matched addresses to return The password to log into the Address Search server with If the Address Search server is of type MapMarker this field is not required The URL of the Address Search server This should be either a valid URL for a MapMarker Java servlet or a valid URL for an Envinsa Location Utility service The username to log into the Address Search server with If the Address Search server is of type MapMarker this field is not required The unit of the zoom width selected from a list of MapXtreme units The zoom width to use when displaying a found address point Exponare 5 1 Input Field Labels Chapter 31 Address Search Exponare allows the user to enter search terms into up to 13 different fields To configure the Address Search interface decide which of the input fields to display to the user and what text label to place beside each input field Each of the above mentioned input types has a field in the Address Search configuration for setting the text the user sees If the user text property for a search field is left blank that input field is not shown to the user Building name text Buildi
160. ark November 21 2012 Table of Contents Part 1 Getting Started llll 1 Chapter 1 INIFOGUGHOM siii eee 3 What is Exponare n e see ema auth eens eden i a bee eed a Whats New in Exponare 5 1 seama mata nea RETE ERR UE wows da a 4 New Features and Improvements eee 4 Exponare Documentation Set ri 6 MGEQUINGG SIS o oriali ELLE ele ie 6 Exponare Enquiry and Exponare Public Users ri Exponare Administrator cu seu acd acd ERE a PR SEA AROMI Pi Getting Technical SUpport iii in 8 WII iride 8 Contacting Pitney Bowes Software clip iI OR CA HER OR eR 8 Before TOU LUE usa en tar ct pa t ia XX IERI EY Y EE 10 The Support Tracking System 2 66 ccc eese a a ahh 10 Solware USMS Luo ate ae dior ed DER de dioi Pede 11 Gening AU sites a d es 00 o ae CENE rd E dca olo c E ICE is d id 11 sig RI P E de DUE aie e td i 11 Maplnfo L Archive Database 0c cee eens 11 Chapter 2 About Exponare Server and Clients 13 NOUL ici i AERE RARI TERRA S 14 EDON O SEPI io sase PELI ATTRA LOTTE 14 Exponare CUGING nm se rea d oi a tea CR RC d e t daia aia OR OE RC RR EROR CR in s 15 Key Concepts mi atace e 4 9 9 2 9 9 ie 978 7308 e e a d a a in at a o ded a a pi e de aa 16 Workspaces and Work Contexts LL 16 Layers and POBUIOS ae x mace bide a d Gee bet Eek deeds e Re d e dle e Ra ae ad vi 17 SQL SUPPORTA deer hk e e e Re en ones a
161. arks a ee Trena mcm Road Grey VII The order of the Layers in the Configuration Manager has no effect on the display of the map or the Legend panel Active indicat Label Layer Default Adhoc Apply Reset Moveup Move down 184 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 20 Layer Settings Layers and Selection Results Feature Details IE Queries Print A Li Feature Details IE Queries Print 3 stations 3 r stations 3 Parks 5 Railways 10 FOOTSCRAY WEST STN Stations 3 FOOTSCRAY WEST STN Suburb Boundaries 3 MIDDLE FOOTSCRAY STH TOTTENHAM STM The Feature Details panel has a drop down selector to choose the layer and the Feature for which information is shown The layer name is shown in the layer selector The Feature selector shows the names for the Features which are taken from the SQL Query configured for that layer The SQL Query An SQL Query is written to produces results based on a selection that has been made on the layer The second value in the Select list is displayed in the Feature selector in the Feature Details panel The SQL query is run against all currently open spatial tables and SQL Support Tables and must comply with the format for MapXtreme A special table is available called LAYER _Selection that provides the users selection set drawn from the workspace table where LAYER is the name of the layer as it appears in the workspace The first value produced by th
162. ars Click OK Oracle ODBC Driver Configuration Data Source Mame ODBC_ORACLE Description ODBC connection for oracle Hel TNS Service Name URCLTIS iw User ID exponard Application Oracle Workarounds SQLServer Migration Enable Result Sets Enable Query Timeout Read Only Connection _ Enable Closing Cursors Enable Thread Safety Batch Autocommit Mode Commit only if all statements succeed ka Numeric Settings Use Oracle NLS settings w 7 If you test the connection User Name and password would be asked for 8 In the Maplnfo Oracle Connect dialog box MapInfo Oracle Connect User Name exponare Password n Server Mame orcii ig e User Name Enter the username for accessing the database e Password Enter the password for accessing the database e Server Name Enter the name of the Oracle database that you want to connect to Click OK Opening a DBMS table Settings for the connection to your SQL Oracle Server should be ready To open a SQL Oracle Server table 1 From the File menu select Open 2 In the Open dialog box from the Files of type list select the DBMS type to work with The remote tables available on the selected data source display in the list Note Your connections are at the bottom of the Files of type drop down list and contain a sequential number indicating the order in which the connection was added Administration Guide 167 Opening a DBMS table 168 41
163. art up so that the User is given a different starting point in the system than the default behaviour For example you might want to start the application on a different Work Context than the default when starting it from a particular web page or you might want to perform a particular Query when the application starts up so that a selection is present from the beginning You can do this by specifying certain parameters when starting up the Public Application that cause it to perform specified actions before returning the first page to the user These parameters are added to the URL request the web browser sends to the server in one of two standard ways 1 Asa GET request where the parameters are appended to the end of the URL that is typed into the browser or set up as a link from another page 2 Asa POST request where an HTML input form on the page is used to send the request to the server and the additional parameters are added in as input fields in the form To send these parameters to the Public Application run an invoker page that passes the parameters through to the Public Application start up page you require This invoker page is an ASPX page that is installed in the web root of the Exponare Server Web Application and is invoked using the GET request as follows lt a href http localhost Exponare PublicInvoker aspx page PublicApplication aspx amp Context Sewerage amp View Foot scray gt Invoke public application lt a gt
164. at panels may behave differently depending on the client Exponare Exponare Panel Enquiry Public Legend d af Queries Feature Details Data Bind Details Print Note Public only uses HTML Print Templates Address Search Coordinates Edit Data NERA amp A amp KIK XIS Sx Annotations User Interface Layout Exponare Public allows greater freedom of layout for its components than Enquiry Public also allows the possibility of embedding the public components within a different ASP NET web application The process for creating or modifying the layout of the Public application is described in Chapter 36 Creating Exponare Public Pages Menus and Toolbars The same menu and toolbar structures can be used for Enquiry and Public However if a menu or toolbar command is not relevant or not supported for one of the clients it is silently ignored For example Public does not support the inclusion of Queries Menu Items onto the toolbar If it is included it is skipped In Public putting the Views Menu ltems and Layer Shortcut Menu Items directly onto the toolbar results in a drop down button that lists each of the Views or shortcuts whereas Enquiry displays one toolbar button for each item Administration Guide 21 HTML Data in Exponare Public HTML Data in Exponare Public All data that is displayed in Public such as administrator defined labels or the results of Data Binds is
165. ata users are referred to in the Exponare Enquiry User Guide User Password User Exponare 5 1 Chapter 16 Users Guest Password none Configuring External Authentication By default Exponare uses Active Directory for external authentication However an alternative external authentication method can be used Contact the Pitney Bowes Software Professional Services Group for further information To configure Active Directory authentication it is recommended that you follow the steps below 1 Create an Exponare proxy user account on your Active Directory server with permissions to authenticate only 2 If necessary load the Exponare Configuration Manager 3 Select the Application Settings node 4 Setthe Use External Authentication property to True El Use External Authentication True 5 Complete the External Authentication properties Server The name of the Active Directory server User Credentials r7 Click the button to open the User Credentials dialog box and enter the account name and password created in step 1 6 Click Save and Activate Settings Administration Guide 139 User Profiles User Profiles 140 To add or update a user profile 1 A Select the Users node 2 Click Add New Item to create a new user profile or a Click the User node to update an existing user profile 3 Complete the User properties The Enquiry Module properties do not apply to the Public use
166. atabase connection in Adhoc Layers and can perform selections on it j Exponare Configuration Manager h ani i Be GES a T Cafea eal Bn Ca Delak mm Gi If External database is used for adding databinds in Adhoc Layers then users can also perform Data Editing functionality on it but setting needs to be configured under Database Edit settings for the same Exponare 5 1 Chapter 35 Adhoc Layers Administrator has a flexibility to drag layers from Work Context Layer Settings to Adhoc Layers but not from Adhoc Layers node to Layer Settings Once administrator drag layers then their respective databinds will also move which further needs to be modified by the administrator for settings like Layer Path SQL query for which an identifier needs to be placed as Exponare AdhocLayer in place of Layer Selection For eg Select mi key Propertyld From Cat Selection Order By Propertyld ASC will be replaced with Select mi_key Propertyld From Exponare AdhocLayer Order By Propertyld ASC Adhoc Layer Command E G a gt PropeslyP arcelt gA SeveeLines 2 Derah arios 1 elhruys i A Database Connections 4 Database E dit Settings Global Layer Gioups Menus and Toolbars H Print Templates ri Leer pia sca B Fuliriesace f Bottom Panels EC let Panel gt f Legend TH Information CS Queries A Frnt DI Ace ations CS Coordinate Dells ES Address Seach i
167. atial Data Access Creating a Data Source Connection to Oracle Before you begin you will need the following installed on your machine e Oracle Client connects to an Oracle database e Oracle 10G R2 or 11G R2 e Microsoft ODBC driver for Oracle e Oracle SQL Net for performing SQL queries to the database optional Have your database administrator check that the e tnsnames ora file is correctly configured on your machine for the server you want to connect to e Service to the database is configured they may need to run the Net Configuration Assistant utility that Oracle provides to configure the service e TCP IP working properly using ping exe Environment variable TNS ADMIN is correctly set to your client 1 path the Oracle Client installation directory To create a new Oracle Spatial data source connection set up your Oracle Driver 1 From the Start menu select All Programs Oracle Configuration and Migration Tools Microsoft ODBC Administrator 2 In the ODBC Data Source Administrator under the User DSN tab click Add 3 In the Create New Data Source wizard a From the driver name list select the Oracle in OraClient driver and then click Next b Click Finish to install the driver 4 Inthe ODBC Text Setup dialog box set the following Data Source Name Provide a name for this data source This is the name you will see after setting up this connection in the Select Data Source dialog box
168. ation Tasks 64 bit Install Exponare 64 bit should not be installed on such environment where 32 bit Exponare is already installed In this environment both Exponare installations could get corrupted Thus user should perform and complete uninstall of existing Exponare server sample data and Enquiry also including the backup files A fresh install should be taken up only after a complete uninstall Exponare Installation on Windows Server 2008 R2 Before you install Windows Server 2008 R2 you will have to add few roles for Exponare Installation 1 Open Server Manager and Click Add Roles Click Next 2 Add Server Roles dialog appears Click Server Roles and select the Application Server and Web Server IlS checkboxes A popup will appear Select the Net Framework 4 0 features and click the Add Required Features 3 From Server Roles select Web Server IIS checkbox and click Next 4 Application Server dialog appears Click Next 5 Select Roles Services dialog appears Net Framework 4 0 should be selected from the checkbox Click Next 6 Web Server IIS dialog appears Click Next Select Roles Services dialog appears Select the following from the checkbox 30 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 4 Installing Exponare i web Server F Common HTTP Features Static Content Default Document Directory Browsing HI i Errors HTTP Redirection WebDAV Publishing a fa a a O Applcacon Development 4 ASP NET if MET Extensibility
169. ation menu looked like this E Fle Tools Views Queries Shortouts Unks Favourtes Hep Configuration The entry point into the Application Menu is a distinctive blue button that appears as the first item in the top left corner of the Enquiry window When clicked this button displays the rich menu that is shown in the following screen shot Open Work Context L Te col File p View File menu p a piane d Kew Window Shortcuts LI Print Links b Search CSW Catalogs our Change Password Tile Layers I E Session Hels b Log OF Configuration Manager The application menu comes with an enhanced tooltip feature This allows the Exponare administrator to provide information to the users such as the name and description of each tool or command 328 Exponare 5 1 Configuration Settings Chapter 39 Application Menu open Work Conte Tools d Save Map Quenes Li Copy Map uts Prir Copy the current map image to the Linka k Cap clipboard Favourites k ch p j Tile Layers k Reset Session Help P Log Of Themes LI Exit Configuration Manager The arrangement of commands under the Menus and Toolbars Full menu is honored The commands appear in the same order as configured for the user bi I Esponore Configuration Manager Fie Configuration Re GA te Adde Search Settings C Adhoc Layer y 4 Map Mere 4 Retncted Torby ai ij Print Template 53 RibbonTab a PS H
170. ault Data Bind associated with it to retrieve information from that layer when items in the layer are selected Exponare 5 1 Chapter 10 Overview To activate the Layer Settings Helper 1 E Adda new Work Context 2 Configure the workspace file 3 Click Update Layer Settings Existing Work Context You also use the Layer Settings Helper if you add or delete layers in the underlying workspace To add delete layers in a workspace 1 EA Run Workspace Manager and add delete layers as required 2 Reset IIS 3 Login to Exponare Configuration Manager 4 Select the Work Context that uses the workspace modified in step 1 Gi Click Update Layer Settings 6 Layer settings and data binds are created for the new layers and layers in Global Groups You will be advised if any layers have been deleted Note The Layer Settings Helper orders the layers in the Configuration Manager in point line polygon order See also Configuring a Work Context step 7 Line Style Helper The Line Style Helper is used when selecting the Selection line style see page 110 E See Appendix E Line Styles and Fill Patterns Line Styles on page 422 for a complete list of available line styles Administration Guide 99 Property Grid 100 List Helper Some properties may only take certain values In many cases the Configuration Manager uses a list helper so that you can conveniently select one of the legal values For examp
171. ault Work Context then the Change Work Context parameter must be used to change to the required Work Context for the View Name Value View The name of the View to run This is the name of the View as specified in the configuration and is case sensitive Run Layer Shortcut This parameter tells the server to run a specific layer shortcut on start up Note Ifthe layer shortcut is not in the default Work Context then the Change Work Context parameter must be used to change to the required Work Context for the layer shortcut Name Value LayerShortcut The name of the layer shortcut to run This is the name of the layer shortcut as specified in the configuration and is case sensitive Administration Guide 317 Run Layer Shortcut 318 Exponare 5 1 Part 6 New Enquiry Interface The chapters in this section explain how to use the Enquiry Interface launched 5 0 onwards Topics Ribbons Application Menu Quick Access Toolbar Themes Improved Panels New Icons 9 This chapter discusses the new and rich Ribbon user interface for users In this chapter Introduction Introduction Ribbons are the modern way to help users find understand and use commands efficiently and directly with minimum number of clicks A ribbon is a command bar that organizes various features into a series of tabs at the top of a window Using a ribbon increases usability of features and functions enables quicker learnin
172. auses Features to be selected A Data Bind must be configured for information to be displayed regarding the selected Features Data Binds Data Binds are links from Feature identifiers to Feature information Any loaded SQL Support Table can be used for a Data Bind For example on a map containing a set of roads we may have information about each of the roads such as Name Maintenance schedule and Current condition To set up the Data Bind each road is given a Feature ID and a database table is created that has a primary column of Feature IDs and associated columns for Name Maintenance schedule and Current condition and other information Whenever a set of roads is selected the set of Feature IDs is obtained and the database table can be consulted to access the associated information Administration Guide 17 Key Concepts 18 Exponare 5 1 The Exponare clients Exponare Enquiry and Exponare Public are broadly similar but have certain distinguishing characteristics This section describes the major differences and other points of interest Note Exponare Enquiry and Exponare Public are also referred to as Enquiry and Public in this publication In this chapter Features Features The key features of the Exponare clients are summarized in the table below Feature Customisable commands and panels Exponare Enquiry af Exponare Public a Adjustable location of toolbar me
173. authorised If not PublicApplication2 aspx IIS will redirect to PublicCustomLayout2 aspx Login aspx ExponareW ogin Login aspx The login page On a successful login the PublicApplication aspx page in the Exponare Authorised is loaded Note We recommend that you use SSL to encrypt the communication for the Login virtual directory as without SSL the username and Password will be sent as clear text By default Exponare uses Forms based authentication so that multiple browsers can be supported However if you are deploying Exponare Public on an intranet you could consider using Windows authentication with Internet Explorer e The login aspx page can be modified so that users are redirected to an alternative page upon successful authentication This is done by modifying the DestinationPageUrl property on the login control on the login aspx page 306 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 36 Creating Exponare Public Pages Login to Public Named Users http MyServer Exponare Login html http MyServer Exponare Authorised PublicApplication aspx Redirected by IIS http MyServer Exponare Login Login aspx Exponare m rre en Sn i ee ess Un Gne repro Wa Wi SIL Riti ni aed ios Had pape Ha Thess Danus cl Pai mE be The ga Deas BUE Jalaja au L NT ani Exponare Public Administration Guide 307 Exponare Public Page Tags Exponare Public Page Tags e Map e Menu and Toolbar
174. ave dropdown values True and False The administrator can select any value from the dropdown list Note False is the default selected value File Configuration Help E Eee B B Al e Address Search Settings a 4 Application Settings i Expand t Database Connections Database E dit Settings E Legend Settings 9 Global Layer Groups HyperLink target URL gl Menus and Toolbars Icon Bh Print Templates 2 User Interfaces Al Users Work Context Groups Work Contexts 4 Aerial Photography E7 Animal Control fe Application Link Ins E Application Link Duts Eb Coordinate Export T argets Global Layer Groups El Groups Communication Residence 2 Layer Settings I 1 Roads Overview SY Cats I Centrelines FR Dogs 2 Ifthe administrator sets the value of the row Expand as True then that group will appear auto expanded in the Exponare Enquiry as well as in Exponare Public All the added layers under that group will be visible E E CD FE 188 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 20 Layer Settings an Exponare Configuration Manager File Configuration Help Aa E E I Address Search Settings TE Application Settings H E Database Connections H E Database Edit Settings Global Layer Groups BEL Menus and Toolbars H E Print Templates H iB User Interfaces Bh Users H E Work Contest Groups ES Work Contests H E Aerial Photography 5 3 Animal Con
175. ay the User can access an external website or web application from Exponare Passing the Coordinates to the External Web Application As well as being able to invoke an external website or web application you can also configure the Hyperlink Target to pass out information about the Feature drawn on the map by the User This is done in one of two ways Keywords You can access information about the current Feature by placing special keywords into the Hyperlink Target value These keywords will be replaced by the actual values when the hyperlink is rendered to the client and so can be passed to the external web application as Query Parameters to the URL The keywords available are e EXPONARE_X this keyword will be replaced by the x coordinate of the point object drawn on the map If the object on the map is a polyline or polygon it will be the x coordinate of the centroid of the Minimum Bounding Rectangle of the object e EXPONARE Y this keyword will be replaced by the y coordinate of the point object drawn on the map If the object on the map is a polyline or polygon it will be the y coordinate of the centroid of the MBR of the object EXPONARE_EPSG this keyword will be replaced by the EPSG coordinate system of the map An example of how to use these keywords to pass the data in to an external web application is as follows http www external server com WebApplication aspx id Exponare amp xCoord EXPONARE X amp yCoord
176. ayers into a folder that Exponare Server can access You should ensure that your hardware and network configuration allows the Exponare Server fast access to these files Also ensure that the directory containing the workspace files is listed in the Application Settings Data directories property The general Work Context settings describe information required to work with the map such as zoom widths selections and the Overview Map If the Overview Map setting is left blank then the same mws file used for the Work Context is also used for the Overview Map for that Work Context To configure a Work Context 1 Create a workspace file mws and store it in one of the directories specified in Application Settings Data directories 2 Create a separate workspace file for the Overview Map if required 3 Elf Configuration Manager is running click Refresh Drop Down Lists otherwise load Configuration Manager 4 Select the Work Contexts node 5 Click Add New Item to create a new Work Context Complete the Work Context properties The only mandatory properties are Name and Workspace definition file E Active Selection highlight The colour to use to highlight the Active Selection on the colour map See Chapter 10 Overview Colour Helper on page 97 Marquee colour The colour to use for the marquee drawn over the map with a spatial tool such as Rectangle Select or Zoom In Measure Tool Colour x The colour to use when measurin
177. b Boundaries Road Grey 4 Base Layer BENE icing seria With Labels EE Aerial Base Layer Choice Base map layers provide map layer functionality designed to enhance visualization experience by underlying reference layers In Rest Public there is an option for base layers inside layers tab The image below highlights the user selected base layer 4 Base Layer gt RASTA Bing Aerial With Labels i CRE Aerial deum egies Bing Road None Right click an layer to set translucency Note Only one layer at a time can be applied by clicking on the checkbox Choosing a Bing layer as reference would change the projection system of the map to Popular Visualization If no base layer is required from the available list of Bing layers user can switch to None option Layer Ordering The order of layers can be changed by dragging and dropping a layer Administration Guide 361 Rest Public Features 362 Right click an layer ta set translucency Road Names House Numbers gt L 183 v Easements e Albion Je Stations Al Roads Overview WESTERN A1 Roads Overview eai fori Property Parcels LL Suburb Boundaries Planning Zone Park lv Parks JIvIRoad Grey 4 Base Layer GO sing Aerial With Labels Bing Aerial Note Layer can be reordered with in the group but layer cannot be added to a previously created group by drag and drop No layer can be added to Base Layer group Below
178. be spp sisi ia oc The print preview window allows you to 1 Pan the map 2 Zoom in and zoom out of the map by scrolling the mouse Note The zoom seen in the Print preview window is dependent on the size assigned to map division div This value can be altered by the administrator to match the default map zoom requirements 5 Click Print to print the map Print Map to PDF You can Print your map to PDF from supported browsers like Chrome and Mozilla Firefox 14 0 and above Chrome To print the web page you re viewing in Chrome press Ctrl P For more information on Printing Administration Guide 367 Rest Public Features through Chrome browser refer to their website Note Once you select print to pdf option in the Chrome browser it does not allow further zooming and panning in the print preview window Firefox 14 and above To print the web page you are viewing in Firefox click on the Firefox button at the top of the Firefox window File menu in Windows XP and select Print For more information on Printing through Firefox browser refer to their website Annotation Panel The text annotation pane allows you to change the properties for text annotation To change the properties for annotation 1 Clickonthearrowatthe bottom of the left pane to open the annotation dialog box The annotation box appears Set style for annotation Text Properties Font Family Arial Font Size 10 EJ Styl
179. ble fonts With the exception of Annotation font the default properties can be overwritten if an Annotations Panel is included in the User Interface see Work Panels Annotations Annotation Properties Fill Colour E SX Fill Style H Line Style E aM Line Symbol amp Text Colour i Text Properties Font Size 10 Text Angle 90 a Style Bold Italic Shadow Align Left fe Centre f Right Annotation font Default Annotation fill colour Default Annotation font size Default Annotation foreground colour J j Holland Park csed site for ferris wheel SOUTH KENSINGTON SIN The font to use when adding text Annotations selected from the available fonts on the server machine Note that the Annotation font cannot be altered by users The default fill colour to display when the users opens the Annotation Panel See Chapter 10 Overview Colour Helper on page 97 The default font size to select when the user opens the Annotation Panel The default foreground colour to display when the users opens the Annotation Pane Exponare Public Point Export Property Coordinate export symbol size 104 The size of the symbol drawn on the map for the Point Coordinate Export functionality in Exponare Public Must be greater than zero Exponare 5 1 Chapter 11 Application Settings See also Chapter 30 Coordinate Export Note The symbol colour is specified in th
180. causes the main map to recentre around that point Dragging a rectangle on the Overview Map causes the main map to show the selected area Toggle Scale Bar Displays hides a Scale Bar for the map Unselect All Clears the current selections so that there are no currently selected items Zoom In Allows more detail to be seen on the map Clicking on the map doubles the size of the map and will centre the view on the point clicked Dragging a rectangle on the map causes the selected area to fill the display The minimum zoom for the Work Context cannot be exceeded and attempting to move outside the bounds of the Work Context cancels the action Zoom Out Allows more of the map to be seen Clicking on the map halves the size of the map and will centre your view on the point clicked Dragging a rectangle on the map causes the current map view to be resized to fit inside the selected area The maximum zoom for the Work Context cannot be exceeded and attempting to move outside the bounds of the Work Context cancels the action Zoom to active selection Adjusts the zoom view to fit the extents of the currently active selected item ae ae Zoom to Selections Adjusts the zoom view so that all currently selected items fit within the map window 2A Zoom width Exponare Enquiry only Allows the zoom setting to be set manually To add a basic command to a menu or toolbar 1 EL Select a Menu or Too
181. chine and try again Also check the server URL that is displayed during the connection attempt This can be altered by reinstalling Enquiry or by editing the Enquiry configuration file For ASP NET v4 0 30319 in IIS 7 0 by default ISAPI and CGI Restrictions setting is not set to be allowed Set this to allow troubleshooting this error For IIS 6 0 this setting is set to allow through WebService Extensions Check the Event Log for information Exponare hardware licensing problems If Exponare Enquiry Exponare Public and or the Workspace Manager cannot be started it may be the result of Exponare Server hardware licensing issues If you have already obtained a hardware license check the Event Log on your Exponare Server for more information Any errors that indicate that a COM error has occurred typically indicate licencing problems If this is the case please contact Technical Support see page 8 If you have not yet obtained an Exponare hardware license see the Register section on the CD for details Exponare Server process re starts and loses all session information Symptoms The Enquiry client no longer allows any state changes to be made The map image is not re rendered after a Pan or zoom selections are not made etc An error may or may not be shown to the user at this point Resolution The ASP NET worker process on the server has re started This causes all session cache and application information to be lost
182. commands can be used together to toggle back and forth between two views of your map These commands are also available as tools on the toolbar Preserve Scale Zoom Use the Preserve Scale and Preserve Zoom commands to keep the zoom and or the scale the same as you change the size and shape of the map Redraw Use the Redraw command to redraw the map View Selection Use the View Selection command to zoom in or out on a selected object or objects Create Thematic You can create feature themes and label themes via the Map gt Create Thematic menu Feature themes include ranged individual value dot density graduated symbol and pie and bar charts Label themes include ranged and individual value If your map includes at least one set of labels which are displayed in a label layer you can create a Exponare 5 1 Appendix D Workspace Manager label theme A label theme assigns different label styles different colors etc to each label based on the data in your table For example use a label theme to show the prominence of locations over others A ranged label theme groups labels based on a similar data value such as population Cities that fall within a certain population range are labeled using one style while cities in other ranges are labeled in another style typically a less prominent style to indicate city size without having to label using the population value The Create Thematic command opens the Create Theme wizard
183. ction strings are resolved when the workspace is opened You can set up named connections directly in the Workspace Manager File gt Manage Named Connections Workspace Manager Menu Commands This section explains each menu command available in the Workspace Manager File Menu Commands The commands in the File menu provide all the standard File menu capabilities such as opening saving and printing files as well as some features unique to the Workspace manager Each command is described below New Creates a new empty map to which you can then add tables using either the Add tool in layer control or the Open Tables command from the File menu If changes have been made to the current workspace you will be asked if you want to save the changes before the new workspace is created Open Workspace Opens an existing workspace If changes have been made to the current workspace you will be asked if you want to save the changes before the existing workspace is opened Open Tables The Open Tables command enables you to open one or more tables and add them to your map Save Saves your map as a workspace Save As Save a copy of the workspace to a new filename Administration Guide 403 Workspace Manager Menu Commands Close All Tables The Close All Tables command closes all of the open tables Manage Tables The Manage Tables command displays a dialog box that lists the tables that make up the map and enables you to op
184. d be listed in the second window of the panel You can either copy the coordinates to the clipboard or use the Export button to copy the coordinates to an xml or csv file Procedure The Hyperlink Target Field Coordinate Details s Coordinate System of the map MGA Zone 55 GDA 94 Location 1 X 315 214 530124104 Y 5 813 798 74917208 Location 2 X 315 238 926972066 Y 5 813 752 30132632 Category Longitude Latitude T Coordinate System Longitude Latitude Convert Location 1 X 144 900995587013 Y 37 80451548017 Lacation 2 X 144 901260698952 Y 37 8042587 8801 Export Coordinate Export Exponare Public e Passing the Coordinates to the External Web Application Accessing the Information Through Javascript Test Stubs Administration Guide 273 Coordinate Export Exponare Public Procedure To create update a coordinate export for Exponare Public 1 Add Coordinate Export Tools as discussed above Note When activated the tools allow the User to draw the appropriate shape on the map The User can re draw the shape as many times as they like until they are happy that the correct area has been identified The shape is removed from the map as soon as another map tool eg Zoom In is used 2 Add a Coordinate Export Menu Items command to the Public menu and or toolbar oee Chapter 14 Menus and Toolbars List Commands on page 126 Note The menu option toolbar button will
185. d to change the data of a different feature user is supposed to change the active selection so that data can be viewed in the Edit Tab Administrator will select the command Edit Data under user interface gt Full Interface gt Left Panels gt Edit data to show a seperate edit data panel in Enquiry Administration Guide 293 Log Functionality under Editing E Exponare Configuration Manager File Configuration Help 28 E A av Gi Address Search Settings A General F5 Application Settings Command Edit Data D atabase Connections Description Edit Data Database Edit Settings Name Edit Data 9 Global Layer Groups EL Menus and Toolbars B Print Templates 08 User Interfaces Full Interface Bottom Panels Left Panels E Legend E Edit Data E Information FY Queries FY Print E Annotations 8 Coordinate Details FY Address Search Status Panels Minimal Interface Public Interface BE Users Work Context Groups E Work Contexts Command The command to call when this panel command is triggered Log Functionality under Editing Administrator can enable the settings of creating a log file in case there are any changes updates made using Edit feature by the user as shown below In Application Settings node under General sections there are 2 rows for Log One is for the name of the log file with txt extension and other is for enabling the log with a Boolean value true The default Enable Log value is False
186. d with a particular template or spelling errors prompted before printing Typically this pop up might get hidden behind because of the user working on some other application and may remain unaddresed resulting in this error Printing u Exponare Enquiry could not generate your print out Contact your Exponare administrator regarding this issue Advanced Details Message 1610 Exponare Enquiry could not replace escape characters in your print out It is possible that one or more print tags are broken Your print out was based on the Print Template Printing CadastreMailMerge dot The message filter indicated that the application is busy Exception from HRESULT 0x80010104 RPC E SERVERCALL RETRYLATER at Microsoft Office Interop Word DocumentClass Activate at MapInfo Exponare Enquiry WordPrintEngine Find ndReplaceExponarePlaceHolders PrintTemplatesR ow template PrintScaleMode printScaleMode Double onelsToScale Hashtable customTags Hide Details Copy to Clipboard OK Resolution If you notice a halt in printing progress then it is advised to press ALT TAB to check if any word popup is already open After responding to the prompt Word printing would resume Administration Guide 253 Configuring a Print Template DA Exponare 5 1 Exponare Enquiry features functionality that enables integration with one or more external applications An external application may be a document management system property and
187. de has no properties If required the property grid can be operated using the keyboard only Common Tasks The following processes describe common tasks for working with the Configuration Manager Working with the Configuration Manager Property Grid To enter and edit properties 1 2 Select a configuration node in the tree view Click on the property that you wish to edit or select a property using the keyboard shortcuts shown below Enter the new details After entering the new details select a different node in the tree view or click Save If there are any problems with the data you have entered a message is displayed Property entry helpers Most of the property items take a simple text value Others require you to select from a list of available options or to specify multiple values In most cases these more complex properties have helpers to aid you A property helper is available whenever the property text entry field has a drop down arrow or an ellipsis button The various property helpers are described fully in Property Grid Input Helpers Property Grid Keyboard Shortcuts TAB Move to the next property and immediately enter editing mode Shift TAB Move to the previous property and immediately enter editing mode Ctrl Alt DownArrow Open a drop down property list when in viewing or editing mode Applies only to properties that display a drop down arrow Function key F4 Open a property edit
188. e Ensure the sample data is installed correctly Check that the ASPNET user has write permissions to the Server s Config directory Enquiry becomes inactive and cannot connect to server Symptoms Enquiry has been working correctly but then every attempt to access a function causes an error message Resolution Close and restart Enquiry If the problem persists Restart the ASP NET process on the server Administration Guide 75 Troubleshooting 76 You get an error when saving the configuration Symptoms Clicking the save configuration button generates the error below An error occurred while your configuration was being saved The live configuration was not updated It is possible that the configuration is read only or that the ASPNET user account on the Exponare Server does not have write access to the configuration Resolution The most common problem is that the ASP NET process does not have the required file permissions to alter the files in the Config sub directory Refer to Setting File Permissions for Your Data for details on setting permissions correctly Exponare 5 1 Exponare Server is capable of running in a web farm environment When configured for a web farm environment Exponare Server uses a SQL Server database to store information that needs to be shared among servers By default Exponare Server is not configured to run in a web farm environment In this chapter Web Farm Environment Requirements
189. e Exponare Framework 4 0 e Managed Pipeline Mode to Classic 3 Goto Set Application Pool Defaults of Exponare e Set value as True for Enable 32 Bit Application e Change the Identity to Built in account Network Services Click Ok to save the settings 4 Goto Sites gt Default Web Site gt Exponare e Change the Application Pool to Exponare via Advance Settings 5 DollS Reset 6 Start Exponare Enquiry for further configuration settings For improved performance refer section Switching to integrated mode and increase application pool size Switching to Integrated mode IIS 7 amp above For improved performance it is recommended to switch to integrated mode in IIS versions 7 and above To set up integrated mode please follow the below steps Exponare 5 1 Chapter 4 Installing Exponare 1 Run through the steps above for Classic mode installation 2 Copy the web config file from Prerequisites Web_Config IntegratedMode folder from Exponare CD 3 Replace the web config file under server directory with the copied one 4 Access the IIS Manger 5 Change the Application pool s which is mapped to Exponare server Manage Pipeline Mode option to Integrated 6 Reset IIS Copying Your License File 1 Copy your Exponare Server license file to the Common Files MapInfo MapXtreme 7 1 0 folder 2 Restart your ASP NET process This process is called either aspnet_wp or w3wp depending on your operati
190. e 101 Property Grid URL as Entered URL Interpretation http myhost myfile txt http mybost myfile txt ZwyEfile txt http eerver myfile txt data myfile txt Enquiry http server exponare data myfile txt data myfile txt Public http server exponare publictemplates data myfile txt File Path Properties A number of settings in the Exponare configuration have values that are paths to files or directories In many cases these paths can be either absolute file paths or relative file paths In the case of relative file paths the paths configured will be searched for in two places on the server file system e Relative to the web application root directory on the server e Relative to any of the directories specified in the Application Settings Data directories property Help Panel The help panel is located at the bottom of the property grid and displays a short description of the currently selected property 102 Exponare 5 1 This chapter describes the Application Settings properties In this chapter Annotation Properties Annotation Properties Annotations properties control the default values for foreground colour fill colour and the text typeface and size The Annotation font setting is a drop down list populated with the available fonts on the Exponare Server The Server controls the rendering of Annotations text and so the fonts on the Exponare Enquiry client have no bearing on the availa
191. e 415 Layer Control il WADA N INEemational IRR f an Airport E 4 i n M N Il ON LOI Ex sa Albany_NYTGityBdy by PopCode 2 5to3 EN 2 25 lS 1 to1 5 TD em r River If translucency is enabled you can select a translucent value for the start and end theme ranges bins and automatically spread the color This will also automatically spread the translucent value between the start and end theme bins For example the theme in the above map has a translucency value of 75 for the start bin gray and 50 for the end bin red Since this theme has 3 bins the middle bin is automatically given a translucency value of 6396 50 through 75 spread equally Label Settings 416 When you select a label layer in the layer control window the Visibility tab is available When you expand the label layer to see the label sources additional tabs display that control the appearance and content of labels in label sources AutoLabel Style Text Position and Rules Visibility When a label layer is selected the options in the Visibility tab control the display of labels Select the Visible check box to display labels clear the check box to turn off label display Select the Display Within Range check box to specify either a zoom range or scale range in which the labels display If you select a zoom range specify the minimum and maximum zoom distance Your labels display within this range If you se
192. e Bar selected from a list of available fonts on the server The colour for the scale bar font See Chapter 10 Overview Colour Helper on page 97 The size in points of the text that will be used within the Scale Bar The minimum height of the Scale Bar in screen pixels Must be greater than zero If this setting is too low the Scale Bar will be drawn at the minimum size possible The unit that the x and y coordinates are specified in The units are the same as those listed under Scale bar border unit The colour of the top left block of the Scale Bar The colour of the bottom left block of the Scale Bar The unit that the width and height are specified in The units are the same as those listed under Scale bar border unit 113 Configuring a Work Context Scale bar unit Scale bar unit display location Scale bar unit display style Scale bar width Scale bar X coordinate Scale bar Y coordinate Overview map visible on load Scale bar visible on load The distance type that the Scale Bar will display kilometer mile link etc If Imperial is chosen the most appropriate out of mile yard foot and inch will be used for Metric the most appropriate out of kilometre metre and millimetre Where to display the unit on the Scale Bar Choose from Right or Bottom The form of the unit to display eg Long kilometre short km The preferred width of the Scale Bar in screen pixels Must b
193. e Bold _ ttalic _ Alian Left Center C Right C HEN Search Results 2 Under Text Properties you can change Font Family Font Size Style of the text It allows you to align your text to left center and right You can also change font color By default it is brown Note Font options listed here do not comply to the setting mentioned in configuration manager 368 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 44 Rest Public Themes Maplnfo Exponare provides Themes also called Skins at the bottom left corner of view port It provides three new themes with each theme having different colors and skins You can change colour of panels and controls with Themes option 7 Mapinfo Exponare Ql Pitney Bowes gti cick on wee lo ped Irseeriacency Eoad Names IM Default me xponane 2012 Piney Bowes Software Al rights reserved MapInfo Exponare Rest Public provides following three themes 1 Blue 2 Default 3 Gray When the map is loaded for the first time Default theme is applied to the Exponare Rest Public You can select and apply different Themes from drop down list Note Themes are controlled at CSS level More themes with different colors and styles are configurable at the administrative level by editing styles available at Exponare Server StyleSheets restpublictheme Administration Properties Given below are the administration properties e Configurable Features Public Vs Rest Configur
194. e Settings 270 Exponare 5 1 Exponare has tools to allow the user to draw an arbitrary shape on the current map view and export the coordinates describing that shape to a file Exponare Enquiry or to an external web application Exponare Public The user has the choice of three types of shapes to draw a point a polyline or a polygon This chapter discusses how to set up and export coordinates from Exponare In this chapter Configuration of Coordinate Export Configuration of Coordinate Export Coordinate Export Tools For both Exponare Enquiry and Exponare Public you will need to add the relevant map tools to the Menu or the Toolbar or both These are the tools that the User activates to define the coordinate s to be exported The commands are at Coordinate Export Point ci Coordinate Export Polygon ct Coordinate Export Polyline 272 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 30 Coordinate Export Coordinate Export Exponare Enquiry To configure a coordinate export for Exponare Enquiry 1 Add Coordinate Export Tools as discussed above 2 Add a Coordinate Details Panel to the User Interface it can appear in the left or bottom panel See Chapter 15 User Interfaces Dropdowns for Category and Coordinate system allow users to choose the desired coordinate system After selecting the coordinate system user can convert coordinates by clicking on Convert button As the user clicks on this button results woul
195. e Work Context s Marquee colour property General Properties Auto login expiry time Customer name Data directories Maximum back forward steps Print template scale options Use External Authentication Administration Guide The auto login expiry time is the number of days that may pass without a user being asked for their login name and password This only applies to User Profiles that have can auto login Enquiry set to True and to users that check the Remember my login checkbox during login The name of the registered customer This field must contain a value for the application to run This value is case sensitive and must be provided when requesting Activation Keys Changing this value may cause your existing Activation Keys to be invalid A semicolon separated list of directories where the workspace files mws are to be found Each path must be an absolute path or a UNC path A trailing slash is not necessary The Internet user must have permission to access that directory and the files within Example C Temp E Data Project2 MyServer Maps Other data files such as help files or Microsoft Word templates may appear in any directory that is accessible to the Internet user account on the server machine The name of the Internet User is dependent on your operating system and a variety of IIS settings If you only require access to data files on the Exponare Server machine you can typically gran
196. e entire world called Popular Visualization CRS Spherical Mercator coordinate reference system EPSG 3857 The extents of all tiles as well as the zoom levels resolution in meters per pixel are predefined for the whole Earth For more details about this projection system refer to OpenLayers website This coordinate system uses the Mercator projection with a spherical parameter instead of an ellipsoid This allows map data to properly align with map tiles in Virtual Earth and Google Maps and other web and visualization applications Thus to properly overlay workspace data on top of the maps provided by the tile server providers it is necessary to use this projection Impact of changing workspace to Popular Visualization The Mercator projection has the following advantages 1 Itis a conformal projection which means that it preserves the shape of relatively small objects This is especially important when showing aerial imagery because we want to avoid distorting the shape of buildings 2 Itis acylindrical projection which means that north and south are always straight up and down and west and east are always straight left and right Although the Spherical Mercator projection significantly distorts scale and area but the maximum impact of this is particularly near poles and its advantages outweigh the scale distortion The Spherical Mercator projection causes approximately 0 3396 scale distortion in the Y direction which is not visually
197. e exists in the Exponare selection when this template is printed an Exponare administrator can add the Data Bind name to the configuration of the print template in Exponare The macro is the name of a Microsoft Word macro in the print template The macro can be used to format the inserted table When started the inserted table is selected 237 Creating a Microsoft Word Print Template 238 Print Tag Parameters Description Tables macro Inserts all tables in the Feature Details panel into the document The macro is the name of a Microsoft Word macro in the print template The macro can be used to format the inserted tables The macro is run once for each table inserted When started the current table is selected UserName No parameters Inserts the Exponare user name ZoomUnits No parameters Inserts the units of the zoom width ZoomWidth No parameters Inserts the zoom width only the number A ZoomWidth tag must only be used after a map print tag If used before or without a map print tag the zoom value may not be accurate Note Microsoft Word Print Templates can be stored anywhere on the Exponare Server that is accessible to the ASPNET user For example the sample Print Templates are stored in the directory ExponarelISDir Printing by default e To use Microsoft Word templates the Exponare Enquiry client needs to have full access to the user s Documents and Settings folder as is standard for a Windows ap
198. e greater than zero If this setting is too low the Scale Bar will be drawn as a hatch pattern The x coordinate in screen pixels of where to place the Scale Bar on the map image A negative number indicates the number of pixels between the right hand side of the Scale Bar and the right hand side of the map image A positive number indicates the number of pixels between the left hand side of the Scale Bar and the left hand side of the map image A value of zero places the left hand side of the Scale Bar at the left hand side of the map image The y coordinate in screen pixels of where to place the Scale Bar on the map image A negative number indicates the number of pixels between the bottom of the Scale Bar and the bottom of the map image A positive number indicates the number of pixels between the top of the Scale Bar and the top of the map image A value of zero places the top side of the Scale Bar at the top of the map image If True the Overview Map is visible when this Work Context is initially loaded If True the Scale Bar is visible when this Work Context is initially loaded Click Update Layer Settings to create default layer configurations and default Data Binds Before you can view your new Work Context you must add it to one of the Work Context Groups see page 117 114 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 12 Work Contexts Work Context Nodes Additional configuration options are available for a Work Context and are discu
199. e indie e rre RACER d ru E Y ap d 369 PODIO VS EB seca ot E 43 56 3808 E TITTI e Odaii e Yl E dol odes dfi 370 X Exponare 5 1 Table of Contents Chapter 45 Exponare Mobile elles 373 pulpe ca tel Le an aas RR RER eke ee er RC CRUCE ERE eo 374 I ee ee ee ee ee eee ee AA de de ee 376 Ee UN Pcr ar LIU WA ii PETALI ALLEA e 379 Colocar P eee es obese de dt tie OEE e a d Ee de i dl A n el 381 Search Peste Tab e su a ao ia EA ERSAGAR ATRUG RE ie prik tinatu REE GR 382 Part 8 Supporting Information 385 Appendix A Feature Usage Guidelines 387 Feature Usage Guidelines eee eee 388 Appendix B Raster ImageS 00 cee eee 391 About Raster Images sass eke dire ees dienes 392 Supported Raster Imagery File Types eee 393 Appendix C Support for Workspace Files 395 MWS Features Supported by Exponare ellssee 396 Dinei MWS FESIUIBS 1ewawe d cea a OR a Rene 396 Limitations on Names of MapInfo Professional TAB Files 397 Creating MWS files in MapInfo Professional 397 Selectable State of Layers llli eee 397 PUDE LITEIOIOBE ose Le 9 d dur satana s i aia n e a a aid n are dai 458 398 TIOUDIESNOOING e se ea simta te ERROR RR a rn 400 Transparent background fills not displayed as transparent
200. e prefixed with an E Remote server the Query must be in the syntax required by the server The Query must return a set of values that can be bound against the values in the Bind Column to select items on the map Advanced Query only the location of Advanced Query Parameters within the template must be specified using ADVANCED this is case sensitive User text template m The text string that will be displayed to the user This should be a natural language version of the Query Input parameter place holders are defined by the name of the parameter surrounded by the and characters 6 Complete the Remote Database Query properties if running a query on an external database Bind Column The column of the map layer that contains the values to bind the database table s against This field is only required if the a Native Database Connection is not being used Database Connection The Database Connection to access for running this Query See Chapter 26 Database Connections T Click Save and Activate Settings 8 If creating a Basic or Advanced Query add parameters as described below Creating Advanced ParametersCreating Basic Parameters Creating Advanced ParametersCreating Basic Parameters 1 Select a Basic Query or Advanced Query 2 UU Select Query Parameters Click Add New Item Complete the Query Parameters properties Administration Guide 225 Creating a Query E Data type x The data type
201. e query must be the MI Key from the selection table but this is not displayed to the user For example the SQL Query Select mi_key Name from Railways_Selection order by Name ASC creates a Data Bind that displays the names of the selected railway stations in the Feature selector of the Feature Details panel and orders them by the name column in ascending order All layer and column names should match those in the workspace file The SQL Query can be used to create a display item that is a concatenation of two or more columns or is created from a SQL Support Table For example the SQL query Select PropertyParcels_Selection mi_key OwnerDetails House Number OwnerDetails Street Name OwnerDetails Street_Type as Address from PropertyParcels_Selection OwnerDetails where PropertyParcels_Selection PropertyId OwnerDetails PropertyId can be used to create a Feature identifier that is made up of parts of the address of the property Note Concatenation of columns does result in decreased performance as the querying engine has to do more work on the fly The SQL Query property can include an ORDER BY clause as mentioned above The ORDER BY can be ascending ASC or descending DESC An example of a descending order by clause is Select mi key Name from Railways Selection order by Name DESC The use of ORDER By clauses will have an impact on the performance of queries This is because the query engine is required to do more
202. e resulting PDF document You can now track the progress of print fired to PDF by the progress bar window that appears on the top of Enquiry window The user need not to manually install this feature It is automatically installed with the setup In case of any problem User can manually install it from installed folder using this path ENG Prerequisites SaveAsPDF SaveAsPDFandXPS exe A PDF document will be created which looks similar to the template created but has the date and user name included as a header instead of under the document s title Important Note If Microsoft Word 2007 or 2010 is not installed on system then this feature is not available and button will be disabled in that case Creating a Mail Merge Print Template A mail merge print template produces a multiple page document each of which is specific to a particular selected Feature You must understand Microsoft Word mail merging to configure mail merging in Exponare Microsoft Word mail merging involves a master document and a source document Administration Guide 239 Creating a Mail Merge Print Template The master document is a print template This print template may use the same elements as a normal print template The source document is created by Exponare Enquiry each time a mail merge template is used The source document is automatically populated with the information for each Feature contained in a single Data Bind as well as two additional special column
203. e section on advanced queries unless you need queries that can have a variable number of parameters Query Parameters e Basic Query Parameters Text Input Parameters e Drop Down List Parameters e Dynamic Drop Down List Parameter Administration Guide 217 Query Types and Parameters 218 Basic Query Parameters A Basic Query Parameter is an item in a Basic Query that can be specified by the user For example a Query of the form Select all the Feature type within Suburb Name has two basic parameters Feature type and Suburb Name If the example Query shown above was for a roadways map the Feature types might be one of five values streets roads highways intersections or traffic lights The various Suburb names might not be known and the user could be required to type in the name Alternatively the set of suburb names could be defined in a database table These three different situations use three different Basic Query Parameters types We discuss each below Each Basic Query Parameter is associated with a single Query and appears in the Configuration Manager as a child node of that Query Each Query Parameter has a Name field which must be unique for its parent Query Text Input Parameters A Text Input parameter is displayed to the user as a textbox The user can type whatever they like into the textbox Optionally the administrator can declare the data type such as numeric or date Text Input parameters are the mo
204. e was drawn this is helpful on street layers to indicate the proper addressing sequence Display these elements when you wish to edit map features The Editable checkbox is located on the Options tab Options The Options tab check boxes facilitate editing and customizing a feature layer Exponare 5 1 Appendix D Workspace Manager e Selectable When the Selectable check box is selected objects in the layer can be selected using either the Tool menu commands or the Selecting tools in the toolbar Clear the Selectable check box for any layer you do not want to select from e Editable Select the check box to make the layer editable e Drawing Tools can add features to this layer Select this check box if you are preparing this workspace for use in an application that provides drawing tools and you want the drawing tools to create new features in this layer e Show InfoTips Select the Show InfoTips check box to display InfoTips when you hover over map objects in the selected layer The InfoTip text consists of the result of the expression in the InfoTip Expression field For example if the expression is a column in your table the InfoTips comprise the values from that column If the expression is a calculation that uses column information in your table the InfoTips comprise the results of that calculation e Snap to Nodes Select to turn the Snap To Node feature on or off for a specific layer select the layer in the layer tree then sel
205. ecial ASP NET tags are used to include the core components of the Public application these are listed under Exponare Public Page Tags on page 308 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 36 Creating Exponare Public Pages Exponare Example Public Pages This section explains the example pages that are installed with Exponare Server Please review these before attempting to create a new Public application page Public User The Public User can access Exponare Public pages without providing user credentials By default the following files can be found in C Program Files MapInfo Exponare Server Filename Public html Explanation The shortcut to Exponare Public found under Exponare Server 3 0 launches Public html The page contains links to the pages listed below PublicApplication aspx Windows Application Style A visual style with a similar look and feel to typical Windows applications This is achieved through colour scheme choices inclusion of a menu toolbar and status bar as well as allowing the application to expand to fill the entire window Additionally this visual style is consistent with Exponare Enquiry in its positioning of its banner and panels making it ideal for minimising training for users who utilise both Exponare Enquiry and Exponare Public PublicApplication2 aspx Windows Application Style in a New Window This visual style is identical to the Windows Application Style above in all aspects except t
206. ect or clear the Snap To Node check box Extents For a layer the Extents tab shows the extents of the selected layer Click the View Entire Layer button to see all of the layer or click View Default Area to see the default view of the layer Information The Information tab provides information about the selected layer It gives the name of the table and its path the type of table and its coordinate system Theme Settings Visibility When a theme layer is selected the Visibility tab options control the display of the selected theme Select the Visible check box to display the theme layer clear the check box to turn off the theme display Select the Display Within Range check box to specify either a zoom range or scale range in which the theme appears If you select a zoom range specify the minimum and maximum zoom distance Your theme appears within this range If you select a scale range specify the closest and farthest scale Your theme appears within this scale range Theme The Theme tab indicates the type of thematic map and the expression used to obtain the values The Theme tab also enables you to modify your thematic map Click Modify Theme to change the styles or legend How to Apply Translucent Effects to Themes You can apply translucent effects to thematic maps The following example shows a ranged theme applied to a city boundary layer The layer is positioned on top of the rest of the layers Administration Guid
207. ect the modernised controls Print Capability Demo HTML Ld A document containing the range of Exponane Print Tags available in HTML printing Print Seale Aa Quen man Foce Custom Text Fiap Tithe Print bo PDF Port Rese ES Legend Information F queries Bottom Panel In Exponare Enquiry 5 0 the bottom panel has been modified so all data binds are now visible in a single view Administration Guide 341 Bottom Panel ER t et MEI hinges i ae Il data binds readily ing a data binds maki IOUS tes the need to scroll through the var IMina This el accessible Exponare 5 1 342 This chapter discusses new icons pack that has been added to compliment the ribbon toolbar In this chapter Large and Small New Icons Introduction With Exponare Enquiry 5 0 onwards new icons pack with new sizes has been added to compliment the ribbon toolbar Only the icons have been replaced with the old ones and there is no change in functionality User can choose from additional two types of icons 1 Ribbon Large 2 Ribbon Small Large and Small New Icons These two set of icons are available at default path of Server Server Themes Default RibbonLarge and Server Themes Default RibbonSmall Below is the screenshot of new set of Large icons for Ribbon toolbar available at server by default hA eaxGAUBARREA Feba Ane AnnchgkeP AnncbwP Aois Annobw xy Amolafior Oac C
208. ection Types 234 Exponare 5 1 This chapter discusses for use with Exponare Printing from Exponare means the automatic creation of either a Microsoft Word document or an HTML web page and PDF If a Word document is created it can be saved edited or sent to a printer If an HTML document is created the user can see and print the document using Internet Explorer Chrome or Firefox In this chapter Introduction Introduction Microsoft Word and HTML Print Templates can be added to 7 queries EI Print E7 annotations a Work Context Users select the template from the drop l down list in the Print Panel and enter any additional Capability Demo Word information that the template is designed to use Ar ulei al Alea MEE nai The template will usually contain special tags that are printing replaced with information by Exponare Mm Creating a print template is a two step process Use current map zoom 1 Create a new print template file dot for Microsoft Word a templates or aspx for HTML templates Print at scale 1 25000 2 Configure the print template for use in Exponare Custom Text Title Creating a Microsoft Word Print Template Microsoft Word Print Templates are created using Microsoft Word 2003 2007 and 2010 The Print Template can contain any regular Microsoft Word formatting and content There are two exceptions to the creation of typical Microsoft Word documents that must be followed
209. ed and other layer settings will remain as it is Click Reset Features button to view the whole layer on which query was fired along with the selected features Back Lot Plan Search Search for a property using the Lot number and Flan number select all properties with a Lot number 4 and Plan number LP55259 The results are displayed in both selection results panels and the map will now reposition itself to display the results in the map The map repositions itself by changing the zoom width to best fit the result as well as centring the map frame to the result Administration Guide 379 Quick Info Tool EN Exponare Mobile i 14 Clear The drop down menu displays the same list of queries available in the Queries menu 4 Back Lot Plan Search Lat Flan Search Open Query PFI Number Search Railway Station Search SFI Humber Search Surrounding Property Search Find Park by suburb mE spire Plan number LP55258 380 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 45 Exponare Mobile Measure Tab Measure tab is used to measure both Distances and Area on the map A blue line will appear representing the distance or area to be measured The distance is shown on the status bar which is located at the top of the window ra I Exponare Mobile i 4 Clear Distance 1 353 km NH ice n P grootse E 9 Sirs 4 E RA c E gt E XA eT E L J3 azi
210. ed in the Exponare products and this document Exponare consists of an Exponare Server and a number of Exponare Clients Exponare Enquiry and Exponare Public Exponare Enquiry Exponare Server Exponare Public Exponare Overview Exponare Server Exponare Server is a web service written for Microsoft NET and running under Microsoft IIS It communicates with Exponare Enquiry across a TCP IP network using HTTP and SOAP WSDL Typically you deploy Exponare Enquiry across an intranet although it can also be used across the Internet The Public client can be used either on an intranet or the Internet All you need is a TCP IP and HTTP connection between the clients and the Exponare Server The Exponare Server machine typically also holds the spatial and non spatial data sets If preferred you can host the files spatial and aspatial databases and datasets on a remote machine with a sufficiently fast network The diagram below shows a more complex multi tiered solution using an external database server 14 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 2 About Exponare Server and Clients e p Server I Database Server Spatial Data Files Remote plinti iene Database ala Files Server Exponare Server Overview Exponare Clients When you use Exponare your access is through Exponare Enquiry Exponare Public Exponare Rest Public or Exponare Mobile which are collectively called the Exponare clients Whether you use Enquiry or Public most
211. egend in the Template It is given under lt div gt Similarly like information results you can also change with other html tag which has innerhtm attribute Innerhtml content will be displayed as the legend information The font settings applied to the Legend header could also be changed to customize the color font and other styles lt font color ffffff gt Legend lt font gt Exponare 5 1 Chapter 27 Print Templates HTML Tag Syntax Comments Main Map Coordinate System Administration Guide lt table id tblCoordinates bordercolor 000066 cellspacing 1 cellpadding 1 width 100 border 1 gt lt tr gt lt td width 505 bgcolor 000066 gt lt font color ffffff gt Coordinate Details lt font gt lt ud lt tr gt lt tr gt lt td gt lt div id coordHeader gt lt td gt SET lt tr gt lt td gt lt div id coordinateDetails gt There are no selected items lt div gt lt td gt 0 lt table gt The coordHeader and coordinateDetails id are used to display all the coordinate related information including projection system and x y coordinates for the selection done coordinateDetails idis displayed when we do a coordinate export tool on the map coordHeader id is displayed with the value for the current map projection 249 Creating Rest Public HTML Print Template HTML Tag Syntax Comments Map lt table id mapDiv cellspacing 1 cellpaddin
212. el is positioned The longer the Note polyline s the more predictably the labels display Exponare 5 1 418 Appendix D Workspace Manager Repositioning Curved Labels You can use the Label tool on the Main toolbar to reposition curved labels Make sure you have already selected the Parallel to multiple segments option on the Position tab for the label source you want to change 1 Highlight the layer you want to move the labels for in the list 2 Inthe Options tab select the Selectable check box 3 Highlight the label source where you want to move curved labels 4 Click e the Label tool on the Main toolbar 5 Click the line on which you want to reposition the label Click the new location for the label until the label is positioned where you want it Note Ifthe segment you select does not have a label name associated with it in the data no label is displayed Rules The Rules tab enables you to set certain conditions for displaying labels on your map Allow Duplicate Text Select the Allow Duplicate Text check box to allow duplicate labels for different objects to display e g Portland OR and Portland ME This option is also used with street maps to label street segments individually Allow Overlapping Text Select the Allow Overlapping Text check box to allow labels to be drawn on top of each other Some labels do not display because they overlap labels that have been given higher priority on the map Label Par
213. elative URLs If there is a leading forward slash then the URL is treated as relative to the Web Server root If there is no leading forward slash then the URL is treated as relative to the Web Application root For example if your machine server name is myServer and you have installed Exponare under the virtual directory Exponare then URLs will translate as follows mylmages image jpg gt http myServer myImages image jpg my Images image jpg gt http myServer Exponare myImages image jpg If you wish to create hyperlinks that are different for each record you may find that using dynamic columns in your SQL Query is the best solution A dynamic column is one that is calculated rather than read directly from an SQL Support Table For example if you wish to have a hyperlink for each Feature that opens an external web form for that property you have two options Option 1 Create an explicit column in an SQL Support Table that has the appropriate hyperlinks For example a TAB File might contain the following data ID URL Link ID1 htip server page aspx feature ID1 Link to external form ID2 http server page aspx feature ID2 Link to external form ID3 DE http server page aspx feature 1D3 Link to external form and then create a special Data Bind with active column URL and display column link Administration Guide 211 Data Bind Hyperlinks Option 2 Create dynamic columns by
214. emedy common problems To assist administrators in determining if their system meets the Exponare Server software requirements the Exponare Server installer will test for most requirements All requirements discussed below are tested except ASP NET activation and existing virtual directories Microsoft NET Framework version 4 0 The NET Framework version 4 0 is required An installer for Microsoft NET 4 0 is provided on the Exponare CD ROM IIS Exponare requires IIS v6 0 v7 0 v7 5 To install IIS use the Add Remove Programs tool and select windows components Locate IIS and ensure that the FrontPage Server Extensions item is also selected For IIS 7 0 FrontPage 2002 Server Extensions FPSE 2002 needs to be installed If given the option select ASP NET for installation For more details refer Pre Installation Tasks FrontPage Server Extensions The FrontPage Server Extensions component is required for IIS v6 0 v7 0 See IIS above for installation details Note that it is necessary to register or re register the ASP NET system after installing FrontPage Server Extensions See ASP NET registration for details ASP NET registration The ASP NET system must be registered for use Typically this is performed when the NET Framework is installed but manual installation is sometimes necessary particularly if IIS or FrontPage Server Extensions have been manually installed Ensure NET Framework IIS and FrontPage are installed and then run
215. en additional tables for possible inclusion in the map Click Open to display the Open dialog box and open a table The table you opened is added to the list of open tables in the Manage Tables dialog box Then you can add the table to the map using the Add tool which is located over the Workspace Manager layer control window Il xj Open T ables Grid Open Ocean Robinson World 25 Major Cities world Capitals Hase World Countries To close a table click a table from the list to highlight it The Close button is activated Click Close to close the table Layers referencing the table you closed are removed from the map Manage Named Connections A named connection describes a connection to a data source using an alias You can create the following types of named connections FilePath DatabaseSource ODBC or Oracle OCI After you specify the connect string or file path you can save it as XML for later retrieval You can set a default connection so that when you run Workspace Manager the connection to your data source is available Named connections are also saved to the workspace Named Connection Manager Bl x Mamed Connections Load SaveAs Ag Renee uc 0 Mamed Connection File Exponare 5 1 Appendix D Workspace Manager Page Setup The Page Setup command enables you to specify the paper size orientation and margins of the printed map You can also use t
216. en already downloaded at server a dialogue box will appear if you want to overwrite click on YES otherwise click on NO This allows you to reuse your downloaded files Administration Guide 177 Getting Started Ovenwrite Catalog Layer This layer already exists on Ehe server Are vou sure you want to overwrite the laver 13 After clicking on YES button layer will be visible on the map and added to legend 14 In order to view meta data click on SHOW CSW META DATA as shown in below image Legend Laer Mame Group I a Aibion ies ESTERI a1 Roads Overvi agag m 1 Record Detail q RL All T AH Ir Metadata Date Time 5 10 2011 Metadata Version 1 0 Metadata Character Set uta File Identifier 3e amp 3f5c 152e 3430 8235 3318c23185535 Schema 50 19115 2003 19139 Metadata Responsible Party Data Identification fata Tuna mihliratrr 15 To clear the layer applied click on the Clear Catalog Layer option Troubleshooting Tips After session reset layer will be no longer visible on the map and needs to again referred via confi If you are a windows 7 user you need to ensure that you have write access to temp folder to be initiate the process of downloading files Please ensure that the shared location from which the data is being downloaded allows other uses the rights to access this drive Exponare 5 1 178 Chapter 19 Catalog Browser Tool e While a user can search f
217. ens a new Exponare Enquiry window applying the current window settings a Coordinate Export Point Allows the export of point coordinates Chapter 30 Coordinate Export Coordinate Export Polygon Allows the export of polygon coordinates Chapter 30 Coordinate Export Coordinate Export Polyline Allows the export of polyline coordinates Chapter 30 Coordinate Export av CO OL Copy Map To Clipboard Exponare Enquiry only Copies the map to the clipboard so that it can be pasted into another program See also Save Map To File Draw Circle Draws a circle Annotation E E Draw Ellipse Draws an ellipse Annotation f Draw Polygon Exponare Enquiry only Draws a polygon Annotation See Chapter 11 Application Settings Annotation Properties on page 104 Administration Guide Draw Polyline Exponare Enquiry only Draws a polyline Annotation See Chapter 11 Application Settings Annotation Properties on page 104 121 Configuring Menus and Toolbars 122 Button Command Action Comments Fi Draw Rectangle Exponare Enquiry only Draws a rectangle Annotation See Chapter 11 Application Settings Annotation Properties on page 104 Draw Symbol Draws a text Annotation st P Draw Text Exponare Enquiry only T Draws a text Annotation See Chapter 11 Application Settings Annotation Properties on page 104 Edit Annotations Click this to select individual annotat
218. equired To use this add following string Provider ORAOLEDB ORACLE OLEDB NET true Data Source EXPONARE Password EXPOTEST User ID EXPOTEST SQL Server 232 Information about the values that can be given to the connection string for an SQLServer connection type can be found on the Microsoft website The following example illustrates a typical connection string to a SQL Server database Integrated Security SSPI database northwind server mySQLServer where mySQLServer is the hostname or IP address of the machine that hosts the SQL Server database This can be localhost if the SQL Server database is installed on the same machine as the Exponare Server Replace the name northwind with the name of the database you want to access inside the SQL Exponare 5 1 Chapter 26 Database Connections Server database Note If you are running the SQL Server on a different machine than the Exponare Server then there will be problems with using the setting Integrated Security SSPI This is because the Exponare Server runs inside IIS as a special user called ASPNET which the SQL Server does not recognize therefore the SQL Server does not allow a connection to be made by this user One way to resolve this issue is to configure the Exponare Server process to impersonate a different user that is recognized by the SQL Server See Configuring ASP NET Impersonation for details on how to do this Administration Guide 233 Database Conn
219. er Groups Heru and Toobait E Prnt Templates NoD ph LE FE Map 99 Draw 8 Shortcuts ES Links 322 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 38 Ribbons 3 Give a suitable name to the tab Exponare Configuration Manager Fie Configuration Help Hoan EAH ai a f Address Seach Setting E General lt gt Adhoc Lage Dasenpion CO Application Settings Tab Home GF Database Connectors Database Edi Settings Global Laver Groupe BL Menus and Tooberi Eh Port Templates 5 RibbenT ab 8 Home Map x CS Due 89 Shewtcuts 9 Links CS Test E Tie Layer D ta Uber Dnieri mce1 E d Users Wok Contest Groupe Work Conbests E Cadastre Melemy 2 Garbage TE Sese GE Vegetation E Cirie snra Tab Hame Specdy the Tab nane to tech rewia command eil be staged 4 Add new group under the newly defined tab Users can add multiple groups under a single tab e g Group1 and Group2 5 As a next step a user needs to pick commands from the toolbar listed in the Menu amp Toolbars and assign them to the respective tabs groups 6 Open Full toolbar or Toolbar corresponding to the user interface type corresponding to which the Ribbon Toolbar is to be created ii Exponare Configuration Ma rage Fie Configuration Help Hea 2 9 amp amp Adhoc Layers C9 Appicaton Settings If Database Connection Database Edt Settings Global Lapa Groupi Menus and Topia o E p
220. er gt Banners Two types of banners are allowed one that fills horizontally and one that fills vertically The banners are essentially the same as for Enquiry To make a banner visible you must also set the banner visibility in the Configuration Manager Tags lt ccl TopBannerScripter gt lt ccl LeftBannerScripter gt Banner Mandatory Attributes Id Unique Id for the control eg TopBannerScripter1 Runat Server Required by the ASP NET Framework Example 1 lt cel TopBannerScripter id TopBannerScripter runat server gt lt ccl TopBannerScripter gt Example 2 lt ccl LeftBannerScripter id LeftBannerScripterl runat server gt lt ccl LeftBannerScripter gt Panels This tag causes Exponare to add the panels configured in the administration tool to the web page There are currently no bottom panels for Exponare Public so no Bottom Panel Scripter tag is provided Tags lt ccl LeftPanelScripter gt Panel Mandatory Attributes Id Unique ld for the control eg LeftPanelScripter1 Runat Server Required by the ASP NET Framework Administration Guide 309 Setting Up Pages for Different Screen Resolutions Example lt ccl leftpanelscripter id LeftPanelScripterl runat server gt lt ccl leftpanelscripter gt Status Area A status area that displays messages to the user can be included Status bar commands such as View Set Zoom cannot be included in the Public Statu
221. er s Auto Label has only Visibility options This gives the following scenarios Auto Label Visibility Result Bode MM Wa O n On Off Auto Labels are not available n O On Off Auto Labels are not available However if you open a MapInfo Professional MWS file in the Workspace Manager Create Labels Automatically will take on the setting of Auto Label and Visible will take on the setting of Visibility This gives the following scenarios Maplnfo Professional MWS file After opening in Workspace Manager Auto Label Visibility Visible Create labels automatically On Off MD On 9 Off m E On Off No label layer E On 9 Off Administration Guide 399 Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Transparent background fills not displayed as transparent Symptoms When an MWS file is created in MapInfo Professional and a layer uses a style which has a transparent background no background once the MWS is loaded into Exponare an opaque background is applied to the style Resolution The workaround for this problem is similar to the selectability problem You must open the MapInfo Professional MWS in the Workspace Manager and set the style to have a transparent background again and re save the configuration 400 Exponare 5 1 The Workspace Manager is an additional component that is installed with Exponare Server It is not part of the Exponare suite of products but is a separa
222. erface Full Interface i H A admin Externally Authenticated User Group i Bea Guest E Public Module i peu User Can use Public True RA Public B j S da i PA phissu001dh Ii Al H E Work Context Groups Note Incase of Externally Authenticated User Group also it will work through command line Exponare 5 1 Chapter 16 Users Troubleshooting Login htm page showing blank screen in IIS7 and above Symptom If Login htm page is showing blank screen there could be a problem of Http redirection unavailability in IIS7 or above Resolution A manual installation of HTTP Redirection is required if during installation of IIS7 user forgot to check HTTP Redirection check box under Common HTTP features To rectify follow below mentioned steps 1 Open Control Panel Programs and Features 2 Goto Turn Windows features on or off 3 Select Internet Information Services World Wide Web Services Common HTTP features Il Internet Information Services a 1p FTP Server a l Web Management Tools Bl World Wide Web Services a ll Application Development Features 3 V jj Common HTTP Features V di Default Document V Directory Browsing V HTTP Redirection V I Static Content V WebDAV Publishing 4 Check HTTP Redirection and press OK 5 System will enable HTTP redirection option Administration Guide 147 Single Sign On 148 Exponare 5 1 Part 4 Additional Confi
223. eries were defined with local layer 3 Override global layer setting is set to False As a consequence in case of upgrade to Exponare 5 1 user can see the none option against the selection layer name like given below 4 Advanced Concatenator oparatons Default Advanced Parameter Default concatenator operator Default first concatenabor operator First concatenator operators 4 General After query n run zoom to Selection Description Search for a property using the Lot number and Plan number Lot Plan Search Selection layer ione SOL template Select mi_bey from Property Parcela where Lot_Number Lot Humber and Plan Homber em User text template Select all properties wih a Lot number Lot_Number and Plan number Plan_Mumber 4 Remote Database Bind column Native Appears as Toolbar Shoriciut True loon Upon upgrading to 5 1 onwards the local layer will not be seen against Selection Layer User will find the selection layer set to lt none gt Thus user would have to re define the relationship of the query with the global layer by choosing the layer available in global layer section 158 Exponare 5 1 This chapter provides the instructions for accessing data from a SQL Server or Oracle database for use with Exponare which requires setting up a database connection Exponare lets you access data where it lives on your machine or on the network as native tab files or in a Database Management System DBMS In this cha
224. es B a Users i Fd admin Ha Guest ma User ma Public El pbissu001 dh ed All H 5 Work Context Groups E ES Work Contexts F ESi Aerial Photography E i Animal Control E i Cadastre E E Application Link Ins e E Application Link Outs F mb Coordinate Export Targets be D Global Layer Groups E Groupe El Coordinate Export El External Authentication El Raster Quality Annotation font Tahoma Default Annotation fill colour White Default Annotation fill style Ed 8 Default Annotation font size 10 Default Annotation foreground colour Bl Black Default Annotation line style 2 Default Annotation line width 1 Default Annotation symbol angle Default Annotation symbol font Haplnio 3 0 Compatible Default Annotation symbol size 10 Default Radius 1 Coordinate export symbol size Domain pbi User Credentials A General Auto login expiry time 10 Customer name Saurabh Data directories C Program FilesXM aplnfoXE xponare 5 erverk5 i Maximum back forward steps Print Template scale options Use External Authentication Lr User Credentials User Mame sudo dh mb Laver Settings Enquiry printing raster quality ESO emunt III EI Laver Settings Shortcuts Enquiry raster quality E Print Templates Public printing raster quality Ea EI Queries Public raster quality ngi SOL Support Tables E Selection Hi Views Zoom to Selection buffer width 2 Esme Watermarks Zoom to Selection minimum width
225. es To access near map tiles for upgrade and fresh User you need to do the following steps 1 Selectthe Service Provider as NearMap in the Configuration Manager 2 Putthe valid Tile Server URL for Near Map as http www nearmap com kh v 57 amp x ROW amp s amp y COL amp z LEVEL amp nml Vert in the Configuration Manager 3 The User need to replace the customername with the valid user name and customerpassword with the valid password field in the Web Config file present in the server as given screen shot in order to access NearMap tile service Near Map Authentication URL Please change customername and customerpassword value in order to access nearmap gt api c iord customerpasswordiamp nnf ml gt add key NearMap value https app nearmap com api 0 checkaccess username customernames amp pass 194 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 21 Tile Layer Adding a Tile Layer If you want to add a new tile server URL refer the following steps As an administrator you will need to create a Tile Layer under the Tile Layer node tree list 1 Selectthe Tile layer node 2 Click Add New Item to create a new Tile Layer 3 Tile Layer Licensing and Copyright dialog appears Tile Layer Licensing and Copyright Are vou appropriately licensed to use the tile layer you are configuring te Please ensure au specify any necessary copyright information as required by the tile layer vendor Do not alter the Bing copyright info
226. ess the selected items in the SQL Query you define For example if the PropertyParcels layer contains non spatial data in the columns propertyId owner name and property_type that you want to view you would configure a Query as follows select mi key propertyld owner name property type from PropertyParcels Selection Then when any selections are made on the PropertyParcels layer the information from the propertyld owner name and property type fields are displayed in the info panel for all the selected items Exponare 5 1 Chapter 24 Data Binds The mi key Field In the sample Query defined above the first column name specified is a column called mi key This is a required column that must be the first column specified in all Data Bind SQL Queries as it is used to identify the spatial Feature information If this column is missing from the SQL Query or is not the first column specified in the SQL Query then the Data Bind will not return any information to the Feature Details and or Data Bind Details panels The mi_key data is not displayed in the Feature Details or Data Bind Details panels Table Joins Your SQL Query is executed against all the SQL Support Tables currently open These include all tables that are part of the workspace file as well as all tables configured as an SQL Support Table so your SQL Query can perform a join and return information from any of these tables For example if you have a table called Ow
227. etails PropertyId as Owner Id OwnerDetails owner name as Name of owner OwnerDetails owner address as Address of owner from PropertyParcels Selection OwnerDetails where PropertyParcels Selection propertyId OwnerDetails propertyId Data Bind SQL Example The following Query is a relatively complex example of a SQL Query for a Data Bind Select PropertyParcels Selection mi key PropertyParcels Selection PropertyId as Property No PropertyDetails SPI as Parcel ID PropertyDetails PFI as Folio ID PropertyDetails Lot Number as Lot No PropertyDetails Plan Number as Plan No From PropertyParcels Selection PropertyDetails Where PropertyParcels Selection PropertyId PropertyDetails PropertyId Configuring a Data Bind To configure a Data Bind 1 El Select a Work Context 2 E Selecta Layer Setting 3 Click Add New Item Administration Guide 207 Configuring a Data Bind 4 Complete the Data Bind General properties Description Execution Mode Maximum Rows Name SQL Query The description of the Data Bind as shown to the user when the mouse is hovered over the Data Bind Name Information SpatialInfa 3 Address Details 3 Apply roperty spatial information On Demand means the databind is executed when the Enquiry user performs an action to view the data of that databind Always means the databind is executed as soon as the feature is selected on the map The maxim
228. eters Inserts the Legend Map width Inserts a map image in the document height Use width height and units to specify the physical size of units the map image and dpi to specify the map resolution See dpi below for valid units selection Set selection to off or on to specify that selections Bonus should be shown highlighted Set active to off or on to specify that the Active scalebar Selection should be shown highlighted The active scalebarwidth parameter is used in mail merge templates see Creating scalebarheight a Mail Merge Print Template for details scalebarsizeunits Set scalebar to off or on to specify that the Scale Bar scalebarx should be shown on the map If this tag is omitted the scalebary Scale Bar will have the same visibility as the current scalebarpositionunits Exponare Enquiry instance Use scalebarwidth scalebarheight and scalebarsizeunits to specify the physical size of the Scale Bar on the map image Use scalebarx scalebary and scalebarpositionunits to specify the physical position of the Scale Bar on the map image ScaleText No parameters Inserts the scale of the printed map eg 1 500 A ScaleText tag must only be used after a map print tag If used before or without a map print tag the scale text may not be accurate Table table Inserts a single table macro The table parameter is an Exponare Data Bind name that Administration Guide identifies the table to insert To ensure this tabl
229. ettings You can also set the center of the map window or change the rotation angle The Change View dialog box allows you to choose the units miles kilometers etc for the zoom width and for the center X Y coordinates meters degrees etc Whatever units you choose in the Change View dialog box are also used in the layer control For example if you want all distances in the layer control to be displayed in kilometers instead of miles display the Change View dialog box and choose kilometers from the units list that appears next to the Zoom field Administration Guide 405 Workspace Manager Menu Commands 406 x Zoom window width 0 000000 Map scale 1 0 00000 Center of window 1 00000 degrees ES 1 00000 Rotation angle o deg carca View Entire Layer Use the View Entire Layer command to see an entire layer or all the layers in the map The View Entire Layer dialog box shows a list of the layers that make up the map Select the desired layer from the list or choose All Layers so that all the layers are completely in view and click OK The map redraws to display the entire layer Previous View Use the Previous View command to return to the previous view of your map Next View The Next View command is available after you have used Previous View Use it to redisplay the view of the map that was on the screen before you used the Previous View command The Previous View and Next View
230. ew Under the Adhoc Layers node administrator can configure the user defined layers that needs to be shown on the map and in the legend Configuration Manager Settings 298 In Configuration Manager administrator can configure the user defined layers under Adhoc Layers nodeAdministrator configuring Adhoc LayersAdministrator configuring Adhoc Layers amp Exponare Configuration Manager Be Configuration iiep l Bas CAH wen rmi o emn File name Lal Layer has legend mage True Laver Path C Piogram FilesskMaplnloAE sponae Vs envers ampleD at a thes Hame Cal Ca Regataton Details SUL Query Select ma key Propertyld From Exponare Adhocld Order By Propertyld A ie Cat Deta EI Legend Setting Dog Custom legend LAL Hyperink target UAL hen Legend labels column Tren E User Control x p Database Connections Uter can change autclabaling Falte Database E di Serio Usa can change selectahity True Global Layer Groups User can change vetbalty True Menut and Toolbars User can see sper in Engu Legend True 2 ER Peni Tamelutas Administrator configuring Adhoc Layers Administrator needs to configure Adhoc Layers by clicking on button on the toolbar The admin needs to provide full path of the folder in Layer Path field under which added layer tab files are present File name should be same as layer tab file For eg Cat as Adhoc Layer Administrator can also add databinds using Native or External D
231. extension An ASPX file is an HTML file that includes special tags for processing on the server Exponare Public has a set of special tags that are used to position the various components such as the map the toolbars and so on Because the ASPX files are basically HTML files other HTML or ASP NET data can be added to display other information or images such as company banners sitemaps or documentation If you are editing or creating Public application pages keep the following points in mind Cascading stylesheets CSS files are used to manage most of the structural and visual settings for the page components All Public application pages require a CSS file that defines key settings The Public application pages are ASP NET pages and are processed by IIS and the ASP NET Framework An ASP NET page can include regular HTML data The TagPrefix setting at the top of the ASPX file defines the prefix used for the special ASP NET tags this is a standard ASP NET setting Both the menu and the toolbar control use extensive JavaScript to modify their appearance after being rendered This modification can affect properties such as borders of the images and so can result in a change in size of the menu or toolbar after the initial rendering For this reason it is important to check your ASPX page and css settings to ensure there is no visible jump in the page as a result of the menu and or toolbar re sizing after the page has loaded Sp
232. f the service independently of Exponare before configuring the Address Search functionality Administration Guide 281 Communication With The Server 282 Exponare 5 1 This chapter describes how to set up on line help for Exponare Enquiry In this chapter Introduction Introduction Exponare Enquiry includes a Help command which can be added to a menu and or toolbar When the user requests help the file Index html in the Help directory specified in the user interface is opened The Help command is not available for Exponare Public Customizing Exponare Help When Exponare Server is installed a default help system is provided in Exponare Server Help Default and can be viewed when working with the sample data To customise Exponare Enquiry help 1 Create a directory in which to store the file Index html 2 Create Index html this is the page that is opened when the Help command is invoked In the supplied Help this page is not seen by the user the browser is directed to load Overview html lt DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC W3C DTD HTML 4 0 Transitional EN gt lt html gt lt head gt lt title gt Exponare Online Help lt title gt lt meta http equiv REFRESH content 0 url Overview html gt lt head gt lt body gt lt body gt lt html gt 3 Create the rest of your help system The files do not need to be saved in the same directory as Index html 4 Ensure that you have a menu and or toolbar
233. file 2 Add the following line in the lt system web gt section of the Exponare web config file identity userName MYDOMAINNExponareUser password ExponareUserPassword impersonate True 3 Restart the Exponare Server The only problem with this approach is that the password for the named user is stored without any form of encryption and it may be possible for someone to access the web config file and obtain this password A more secure method is described below Encrypted Password To use an encrypted password references to special entries in the Registry are used instead of plain text information in the web config file The additional security is achieved by 1 Storing the password in an encrypted form in the registry and 2 Restricting access to the registry entry Full details can be found in MSDN Exponare 5 1 Chapter 4 Installing Exponare Testing the installation of Exponare Server If you have upgraded your existing Exponare installation you can access Exponare Public from the Start menu For new installations you must install Exponare Enguiry see page 44 before you can access Exponare Public The Workspace Manager and Exponare documentation are available from the Start menu after Exponare Server installation is complete Note The Exponare Server version 5 1 installation process will not upgrade versions of Exponare Server prior to version 4 1 Earlier versions must either be upgraded to Exponare ver
234. fying that the cities with the largest population should have the highest labeling priority As a result the most populous cities will be labeled first while other cities will be labeled only if there is enough room left over Per Table Priority Expression This expression field is optional A label layer can contain multiple label sources for example you might have one label source representing a set of labels for World Countries and another label source representing a set of labels for World Capitals cities By default the label source at the top of the list has the highest priority If you want to assign a higher priority to a label source you can either move that label source up in the layer control s list of label sources or you can specify a Per Table Priority Expression for each label source For example if you give the World Countries label source a per table priority expression of 10 and give the World Capitals label source a per table priority expression of 5 country labels will have priority over capital city labels 420 Exponare 5 1 In this appendix Line Styles Line Styles 422 Line Style J CO O OD n2 NO n5 C1 NOUA EEE Number 3 21 24 27 33 ele pe e 39 eee o pe o pe fos e a e ee o em LLI tt nta eg og ge 60 Exponare 5 1 Appendix E Line Styles and Fill Patte
235. g Measure Tool Width Select from 1 to 7 pixels During measuring the width will always be 1 pixel Selection highlight colour The colour to use when highlighting selected objects on the map Selection interior fill x The fill pattern to use for selections pattern See Chapter 10 Overview Fill Pattern Helper on page 98 Selection line style The line style to use for selection borders See Chapter 10 Overview Line Style Helper on page 99 Selection line width The width of the above in pixels Exponare 5 1 Can user reorder layers Description Font for auto generated legend Font size for auto generated legend Maximum selections for Enquiry Maximum selections for Public Maximum zoom width Maximum zoom width unit Minimum zoom width Minimum zoom width unit Name Workspace definition file Administration Guide bal b al bal Chapter 12 Work Contexts If True the user can reorder Layers on the Legend Panel The Work Context description displayed in the Status Panel when the cursor is hovered over the Work Context in the Work Context menu The font to use when auto generating the Legend image for the Layers selected from a list of available fonts on the server The size of the font to use when auto generating the Legend image for the Layers must be a value between 6 and 24 The total number of selections that can be made on the map across all Layers from the Enquiry clie
236. g 1 widths L00e border 1 gt lt tr gt lt td valign top gt lt table id Table1 cellspacing 1 cellpadding 1 width 100 border 0 gt lt tr gt lt td bgcolor 000066 gt lt font color ffffff gt Map lt font gt lt td gt lt 7 gt lt table gt lt td gt lt tr gt lt table gt The mapDiv id is used to display same view of map on the main screen with all selections measurements and projections You can pan zoom in and zoom out the map using mouse movements The font settings applied to the Map header could also be changed to customize the color font and other styles lt font color ffffff gt Map lt font gt Scale Text lt td gt lt div id mapScale gt lt div gt lt td gt This tag will give the Scale value of current view of Map below the map section It will change as you zoom in zoom out the map Measurement Text lt td gt lt span id measurementDiv gt lt span gt lt td gt This tag will display the measurement value of selection done on Map below the map section Measurement can be of distance or area in the units selected on main screen map Coordinate Sys 250 lt td gt Coord Sys lt span id coordSysDiv gt lt span gt lt td gt This tag will display the coordinate System of current view of Map below the map section Exponare 5 1 Chapter 27 Print Templates HTML Tag Syntax Comments Send Template to Printer for printing i
237. g of the program as a whole and makes users feel more comfort with help of rich user experience Below is the image of ribbon toolbar in freshly installed Exponare 5 0 In a fresh setup commands have been logically grouped together under various tabs o a 9 ire Tele a a l c Cesc Uer Folygon Select A Reset Casson Home info Rectangle i Search CP j Tool alert Radius Select Bee For upgrade users all the commands are seen to fit in a single tab called Default Administrator can configure these tabs for different users using the Configuration Manager Refer the section Ribbon Toolbar Configuration Options for further details Below is the image of ribbon toolbar after upgrade 20 083 2 Default HY Home Pan Polline Select X Mesure Area amp Toggle overview map B M en 4 c it zomin ront select Polygon Select Measure Distance ui Toggle auterlabels Get Point Coordinates E pA vir gd Zoom Out Rectangle Select Radius Select 7 vel Show Label Toggle scale bar 27 Get Polyline Coordinates pf of Chat pun Ribbon Toolbar Configuration Options Below are the steps for adding new tab and underlying commands 1 Goto Configuration Manager 2 Goto ribbon toolbar and click on plus sign in order to add new tab as shown in the below image Has Bea Gta B f Address Search Settings 9 Application Settings A Database Connections F Database E dit Settings Global Lav
238. ging live workspace and TAB files 56 user passwords 91 column names in SQL queries 207 COM error 67 commands 120 126 corresponding to work panels 130 Exponare Enquiry vs Exponare Public 20 configuration files 87 437 importing 92 Configuration Manager menu bar 90 Configuration menu 91 File menu 90 Help menu 92 toolbar 93 94 Configuration xml cannot set permissions error 39 empty configuration 57 coordinate export 271 276 symbol size 104 coordinate systems 396 Coordinates work panel 21 130 coordinates tile servers 192 copying Data Binds 156 creating Global Layer Groups 152 workspaces using Workspace Manager 402 curved labels creating 418 repositioning 419 Custom Legend URL 362 customer name specifying 105 D Data Bind Details command 130 Data Bind Hyperlinks 209 adding 212 Data Binds 203 212 copying 156 Helper 97 overview 17 Data Binds and Global Layer Settings 154 data directories and network shares 67 specifying path for 105 Database Connections 159 191 229 232 DBMS dDrivers 160 DBMS tables spatial index columns 164 storing and retrieving spatial objects 160 storing coordinate values 164 Delete History dialog box 92 deleting configuration files 92 438 layers from a workspace 99 dialog boxes Delete History 92 documentation 6 changes from Exponare v2 5 6 Release Notes 6 drop downs recommended maximum number of options 388 E EnableTranslucency property 414 Enquiry User Guide 138
239. gt cd Program Files MapInfo Exponare Enquiry C Program Files MapInfo Exponare Enquiry gt ExponareEnquiry exe username pbisubl idh password 7 ee Note Password is not in the encrypted form In case administrator user input incorrect username or password login window dialog will appear asking for user credentials again Also when an administrator provides User Type as Externally Authenticated User Group any user who falls under that group will be allowed to login appropriately Provide the credentials of that new user for the fields Default Work Context Provide the default work context such as Sewerage Login Provide the login as a Group such as Noida All where SU001DH UserID belongs to the above group User Interface Provide the user interface such as Full Interface User Type Externally Authenticated User Group The user will be authenticated against external system such as Active Directory es Exponare Configuration Manager File Configuration Help Bie BEES sB av f Address Search Settings E Enquiry Module Application Settings Can auto login Enquiry True Hi fi Database Connections Can store panel state True Ea Database Edit Settings Can use Enquir True 1 Global Layer Groups A General B zi Menus and Toolbars Default Work Context Sewerage Gh Print Templates ls administrator False B User Interfaces Login Noida All ES Users User Int
240. guration Manager Features In Part 3 Configuration Manager Essentials the essential Configuration Manager topics to get you up and running fast were explored In this section optional Exponare features are described so that you can deliver a powerful GIS to your internal and public users See Part 5 Exponare Public for further features that apply only to Exponare Public See Part 6 New Enguiry Interface for further features such as the Ribbon toolbar Aplication Menu and Quick Access toolbar Topics Global Layer Groups Layer Settings Layer Settings Shortcuts SQL Support Tables Data Binds Queries Database Connections Print Templates External Application Links Watermarks Coordinate Export Address Search Help Views Data Editing 9 Exponare allows you to group together common layers which are presentin multiple work contexts into Global Layer Groups Work contexts can then reference these groups This allows configuration of these common layers to be done once and inherited by all work contexts which reference the group This chapter uses the sample data to illustrate how to create and use Global Layer Groups In this chapter Organising Data Organising Data To minimise the effort involved in maintaining your Exponare platform it is recommended that you use the Global Layer Groups feature of Exponare to specify common layer settings and data binds e The Expona
241. h a variety of Note flavours of SQL syntax To use as a Data Bind connection in Exponare the database used must support the following SQL syntax IN lt param gt param lt param gt ie an IN statement that requires comma separated parameters Parameterisation of queries consistent with the format used by either Oracle SQLServer ODBC or OLE SQL syntax Connecting to an external database may require certain client software to be installed on the machine hosting the Exponare Server For example to connect to an external Oracle database on another machine it is necessary to install the relevant Oracle client software on the Exponare Server machine Please consult the relevant documentation for the database being connected to Configuring a Database Connection 230 To configure a database connection Select the Database Connections node 2 Click Add New Item to create a new connection or click the Database Connection node to update an existing connection 3 Complete the Database Connection properties Connection em The connection string used to connect to the database server The string values that can be placed in here will depend on the Connection Type of the connection see below There is no connection string for the Native database connection Connection Type RA One of Native ODBC ODBC Oracle SQL Server Name The name you will use to refer to this Database Connection Exponare 5 1
242. hangePes Cerca Chrefezion Condlpot Cosdbpot Cipot T deae cre tag yia bolsa mi wird Layer zel Purest Polygon Set of Small New icons for Ribbon toolbar v E n 5 ii a a 2 m ir f a tti Pi 1 Li mouth Ambion Aebi Anzio Amo Antain Anetan Annotation OP Coni Ceara Coen Ept ipo es orti oon ahire atang amboi pbo eit sud T Fori Foritest The size of icons can be changed as per below screenshot for better clarity DPI Small Image Large Image 96 dpi 1bxl amp pixels 32x52 pixels 120 dpi 20x20 pixels 40x40 pixels 144 dpi 24x24 pixels 48x48 pixels 192 dpi 32x32 pixels 64x64 pixels 344 Exponare 5 1 Configuring New Icons Chapter 43 New Icons The Configuration Manager allows users to configure new icons on ribbon toolbar They can be configured from File gt Configuration Manager gt Full Toolbar Ribbon Group is set to the group name to which individual command will be assigned Below is the screenshot of Configuration Manager for New icons TUE Pone Cenficun n Manage file Comfigurateon Help Hi a Ba D sedare Serie etna C dibus Lisa PU Anke Setingi HD Distan a Connechong Dina atare Ed Site Globe Laven Gioupi HE Merisi and Todos B3 95 Full eras i3 59 Full teed m M md dj ck A Forani A Sepa ma Famin i Foot Du om Pan PA hepato i inia Tool 4 Rectangle Galad i NR Mesto Detar ni 9 3 Mest dus E ho Label i Cu xz i Tesio iuro tabesls E Top coste be Si Toggle cest
243. hapter Getting Started Catalog Browser The Catalog Browser is a tool used by Exponare that allows you to locate descriptive information about spatial and non spatial datasets This information is often referred to as metadata Metadata describes information about the data such as its title creation modified date coordinate reference system and location Metadata is stored in a catalog as individual records for each dataset Organizations particularly those in the public sector make their catalogs known to others to describe and advertise the availability of their spatial datasets The Catalog Browser enables you to see what data is available and how to get it The Catalog Browser can search any available CSW compliant catalog Note that some catalog capabilities are limited by the organization who owns the catalog such as the ability to edit metadata and access datasets for free Information from the owner organization is provided in the metadata for each record You can search and view metadata records with the Catalog Browser Maplnfo Manager can be used to create the CSW compliant catalogs which can be searched from both Exponare and MapInfo Professional Exponare 5 0 uses the same user interface as MapInfo Professional for catalog searching which provides a consistent look and feel between the products and improves ease of use Maplnfo Manager can automatically harvest metadata from your spatial data files For more information on
244. has access to the changed item Alternatively an existing Exponare Enquiry session and logged in account can be used to view changes using Enquiry s File gt Reset Session command Configuration Files Configuration information is held in two files by default in the C Program Files MapInfo Exponare Server Config directory Configuration xml All configuration settings with the exception of passwords Information xml Passwords these are encrypted When changes are made in the Exponare Configuration Manager and subsequently saved Exponare will backup the configuration settings If you are working on a single server installation the settings are saved to Exponare Server Config backup for a web farm installation the settings are saved in SQL server See Save and Activate Settings Configuration settings can also be exported to the local machine or network drive See Configuration Menu Menu gt Export To File You can import these saved configuration settings with or without password information With the exception of user information all existing settings are overwritten User settings are merged with the current settings as illustrated below 1 Anadministrator creates and saves four users Work context User Password Default Work Context User Interface group Anna anna Garbage Full Interface All Helena helena Animal Control Minimal Interface All Luke luke Vegetation Full Interface Simple Sanmay sanmay Cadastre
245. hat Exponare Public is started in a new browser window that does not contain the typical Internet Explorer menu and toolbar This further enhances the illusion of Exponare Public appearing as a typical Windows application PublicCustomLayout aspx Simplified Layout with a Custom Colour Scheme A visual style that offers a simplified layout and a custom colour scheme The absence of a menu and fixed size work area are more typical of web applications The use of a custom colour scheme i e one not consistent with the Windows colour scheme is also more typical of web applications PublicCustomLayout2 aspx Administration Guide Alternative Colour Scheme This visual style is identical the one above in all aspects except for the use of an alternative custom colour scheme 305 Exponare Example Public Pages Named Users Named users must be authenticated before they can access Exponare Public pages The files used to illustrate named access to Exponare Public are listed below Path Filename Explanation Exponare Login html Allows for redirection using IIS by the Administrator By default the installer will set this to redirect to the Login aspx page Login html is required by Exponare as it is used by the code during Log Off Exponare Authorised PublicApplication aspx These are copies of the files listed Note under Public User Pages in this folder will require the user to PublicCustomLayout aspx be
246. he end of the availableProjections array list var availableProjections EP56G 20248 EP5G 20348 EPSG 20249 EPSG 2264 EPSG 3857 For example if the Projection string is Sample Projection String and EPSG code for the Projection string is EPSG xxxx Add the EPSG Code at the end refer snapshot below var availableProjections EPSG 20248 EPSG 20348 EPSG 20249 EPSG 2264 EPSG 3857 EPSG xxxx 2 EPSG code and the Projection string Secondly the user need to add the Projection string along with the EPSG code in the availableProjectionString at the end ERA var availableProjectionString AMG Zone 45 AGD G6 EPSG 20248 AMG Zone 48 AGD B4 EPSS 20358 AMG Zone 49 AGD 66 EESGz 20249 arvey feer EPSG 2204 Popolar Visualization EPS6 3057 Li North Carolina 3200 1983 TS 5 The user need to update the availableProjectionString as var availableProjectionString AMG Zone 48 ASD 66 EF56 20248 AMG Zone 48 AGD 84 EP5G 20348 AMG Zone 49 AGD 66 EPSo0 20749 North Carolina 3200 1883 US Sarvey fer EPSG12268 Popular Visgalizartion EPSS 385 Sample Projection Btring EESG xxux 3 Proj4js code for the EPSG Code User needs to add the Proj4js code for the EPSG code at the end of the file Most of the Proj4js file codes can be found at http spatialreference org ref Available Projections D si in ideale SLE B mmm m i 5 1
247. he following SQL template SELECT mi key FROM property property data WHERE property id property data property id AND property data street address StreetAddress The SQL parameter St reetAddress is replaced by the value entered by the user When executed the results of the Query are selected on the map and the Selection Results are updated Note When using a like operator as part of the WHERE clause to filter the results of the Query the user must enter a wildcard character in the input parameter In the case of MapInfo SQL the available wildcard character is for a zero or more match The optional ORDER BY clause can be used to order the results of the Query For example SELECT mi_key property_data street_address FROM property property_data WHERE property id property_data property_id AND property_data street_address StreetAddress ORDER BY property_data street_address ASC will order the results based upon the property_data street_address in ascending order It is necessary to select any fields that are going to be used in ORDER BY clauses when using MapInfo SQL Descending order can be specified by replacing ASC with DESC If no ORDER By clause has been defined in the SQL Query property of the layer then this will affect the order of the Features in the feature picker drop down If no ORDER BY clause has been defined in the Data Binds for the selected layer then this will affect the order of the Features in the data b
248. he same way as the tables in the workspace An SQL Support Table is a Maplnfo Professional TAB File a TAB file The Tab file may refer to an external database table if required For full details on the TAB file formats and referring to databases see the MapInfo Professional documentation Creating an SQL Support Table 1 Create a Maplnfo Professional TAB File that contains or refers to your data 2 Ei Select and open a Work Context 3 Select SQL Support Tables 4 t Click Add New Item 5 Complete the Support Table properties Name The name for the SQL Support Table as shown to the user TAB filename The name of the TAB File that represents this SQL Support Table This file can be specified as a relative path relative to one of the directories in Application Settings Data directories or the Exponare virtual directory an absolute path or a UNC path The TAB File must be readable by the Internet user 6 Click Save and Activate Settings 202 Exponare 5 1 This chapter explains the concepis of using a number of examples and are covered too In this chapter Background Background You use a Data Bind to specify additional information to be displayed about a selected item on the map A Data Bind is an SQL statement that is linked to a specific layer on the map and whenever any Features are selected on that layer the SQL statement is executed and the resulting information is displayed in the Selection
249. his option to access printer specific settings Print The Print command enables you to print your map to paper or file output In the Print dialog box specify the printer to use the page range you want to print if your job is multiple pages and the number of copies to print Printer properties enable you to set layout and other options that are specific to the printer you are using The Print to file check box enables you to print your output to a file Print Preview Use the Print Preview command to see how your output is going to look before you print it Recent Workspaces Recent Workspaces shows a list of recently opened workspaces Map Menu Commands Use the commands in the Map menu to add and remove maps manipulate the view of the map and create thematic maps The view commands are also available in a popup menu Right click in the Workspace Manager map window to display the menu Add New Map The Add New Map command enables you to create a new map window using the tables that are currently open Select Map The Select Map command enables you to select which map to view in the Workspace Manager Remove Current Map Removes the current map from the Workspace Manager view and deletes it from the workspace Change View The Change View command enables you to change the current view of the map that is what area of the map is currently displayed in the window You can change the zoom and scale of the map to your own s
250. hould only result in 10 maps or less when executed Limit the number of Adhoc Layers to 10 Reasoning The more selections a user makes the longer it takes to evaluate them and the longer it takes to render a map The time required to render a map is inversely proportionate to the number of users that can be served by the Exponare Server The higher the DPI setting the more memory and more time is required to render a map The time required to render a map is inversely proportionate to the number of users that can be served by the Exponare Server The larger the map is the more memory and more time it takes to render The time required to render a map is inversely proportionate to the number of users that can be served by the Exponare Server The more maps there are when a mail merge is run the longer it takes for the mail merge to be run Running mail merge Print Templates with a large number of maps reduces the number of users that can be served by your Exponare Server The number of Adhoc Layers directly affects the time it takes to create the Legend panel in Exponare Enquiry It also affects the time it takes to render a map The time required to render a map is inversely proportionate to the number of users that can be served by the Exponare Server 389 Feature Usage Guidelines 390 Exponare 5 1 In this appendix About Raster Images About Raster Images A raster image is type of computerized pic
251. ht click the Maplnfo Engine Session PooledSession object and select Properties 3 Thenumber of pooled objects per application can be set on the Activation tab of this dialog The default Minimum Pool Size is 1 and the default Maximum Pool Size is 2 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 7 Server Administration Tasks MapInfo Engine Session PooledSession Properties E E General Transactions Security Activation Concurrency Advanced Iv Enable object pooling Minimum Pool Size Maximum Pool Size ee Creation Timeout ma 60000 Publishing the Empty Configuration The Exponare Server is installed with an minimal configuration i e empty of customised data of e Two users admin password admin and Public no password e Default Menu File gt Exit and File gt Login e Default User Interface Native Database Connection Optionally the Exponare Sample Data can be installed with a populated configuration Either way the installed configuration can be modified and built on by Exponare administrators In the event of large system changes eg an Exponare upgrade hardware change operating system upgrade etc it may become desirable to make a fresh start with the Exponare configuration A copy of the empty Exponare configuration is provided with an Exponare Server installation To publish the empty configuration using Configuration Manager 1 2 3 4 Open Exponare Configuration Manager on the Exponare Server machine From the
252. i ER Microsoft Bing Road D User Interfaces HAE Users H Work Context Groups pE Work Contexts An additional node Service Provider is added for the configuration of the Tile Layer The user can choose from the predefined 5 options in the Configuration Manager They are as follows 1 2 3 4 5 Bing Aerial Bing Road Bing Hybrid Near Map Others Administration Guide 193 Configuring Tile Layer Setup E General Chant type AI ame Microsolt Bing Aerial If user select from any of the settings of Bing i e Bing Aerial Bing Road or Bing Hybrid the copyright and Tile Server URL node gets disabled For upgrade user by default Service Provider would be Others Accessing Bing Tile Service Now for setting the Tile Server for Bing Road Bing Aerial or Bing Hybrid User doesn t require Tile Server URL and the Copyright information The user just requires the select the desired option from the Service Provider As soon as the User selects the service provider URL for the Bing Aerial Bing Road or Bing Hybrid the Copyright and Tile Server fields clears and gets disabled Note The User won t be able to apply the Bing Tile Layer on the map if you try to access old Bing URL like http ecn t3 tiles virtualearth net tiles a QUADKEY png g 392 with Others option as Service Provider lf you have upgraded from 4 5 to 5 0 Bing Tile Server configured will also not be able to use them Changes in NearMap Tile Servic
253. ial startup page e Public Menu toolbar map is non operational e SQL Support Tables from external databases do not work Using a web browser to access Exponare asmx fails e Work Context cannot load due to permissions e Unable to display Map Projection system not found Data on network drives is inaccessible Symptoms Enquiry reports an error with Event ID 1475 if the Data directories configuration setting is a network share For example if the setting is server data a log message similar to the following may be produced Unable to locate directory server data ERROR 21 11 12 11 14 02 AM Service MapInfo Exponare Core WorkContextService Message Unable to find workspace file Cadastre mws in any of the specified data directories Resolution The ASP NET process that runs the Exponare server must be configured to run as a user that has permissions to access the network folder Also the network folder must be fully specified as a UNC For example use server data rather than a mapped drive such as z data Follow the processes described in Configuring ASP NET Impersonation to configure the ASP NET user impersonation 66 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 7 Server Administration Tasks Enquiry cannot connect to server Error 1661 Symptoms When Enquiry starts up it displays a message Cannot connect to server rather than a login window or the Enquiry workspace Resolution Restart the ASPNET process on the Server ma
254. iew 365 Print template scale options 105 Print Templates 235 253 recommended feature guidelines 389 properties URL 101 Properties Grid resizing 86 proxy user for external authentication 106 Public users 138 Q Queries 213 command 130 overview 17 start up parameters 315 work panel 21 R raster images defined 392 quality properties 106 supported file types 393 Release Notes 6 Remote Data Binds 209 recommended maximum 388 remote database tables storing and retrieving spatial objects 160 storing coordinate values 164 required skills 6 requirements platform 27 software 28 resizing Configuration Manager Tree Grid and Help Panel 86 S sample data installing 43 uninstalling 54 upgrading 51 user accounts 46 saving configuration file conflicts 89 Scale Bar 441 properties in Work Contexts 113 Search 363 Search Results 364 Selectability 355 Selection 353 Point selection 353 Selections Color Settings for Selection 354 style 110 selections overview 17 recommended maximum 389 zoom to 224 server for external authentication 106 name 34 timeout 60 skills Exponare administrator 7 Exponare users 7 software requirements 28 SQL GROUP BY syntax 220 LIKE operator 215 MapInfo SQL Reference Manual 6 ORDER BY syntax 185 206 215 SQL Scripts InstallExponare SQL 78 InstallSglState SQL 79 SQL Support Tables 201 202 overview 17 SQL Template 214 starting Exponare Configuration Manager 86 Exponare Enquiry from the
255. ife TEO ERETTI TE 43 Post instalation TASK ROTTE 43 ESSEN e EEEE ob di za it tO COOL d pap a E e i TT 44 ie ON e GEN eee om a ORA 0 ae saab dea PICS ETE ER s 44 Installation Enterprise Deployment 44 tiae ARR RE TTE T TT TOTIS beta been eee 45 PIURE se reni ae Las AETHER ER EVA cepe bata ee d LA i 47 Chapter 5 Upgrading Exponare ees 49 Expohar SENEI e cei 645 CR Ri N doo CIC ERK OUR AME ID R 50 Post Upgrade TaSKkS es 50 Upgrades from previous version of Exponare would require 50 Exponare Server in a Web Farm Environment 51 rq ong rq 51 TYOUDIBSNOQOUNG uox REY RESPDERRSETGXO Bas es KE kGc ex nd med RES Fe 51 Exponare 5 1 Table of Contents Map view zoom and center could not be reliably applied 51 EXDonare ENGUNY e sasa e seac EUER RE EREGEREEESAEOHEE ERR dp RUE e eee dI 52 Chapter 6 Uninstalling Exponare eee 53 Exponare DEIVOl Los kae each dac riza a ei a e ara ACA ACC RR EROR seen eo a 54 Exponare Sample Data 00 c eee ern 54 zbiecgnrii d cil s fM PP PPP 54 Chapter 7 Server Administration Tasks 55 Altering Live Workspace and TABFiles lereeses 56 Configuring MapXtreme Pooling 000 cece eee eee es 56 Publishing the Empty Configuration
256. ile LOVER a4 osa xay ad ax ei eee d ee al 191 Enhancing Map Data using a Mapping Tile Server 192 Projection System for applying Tile Layer eens 192 Configuring Tile Layer Setup eee eee 193 gi UNII oa canaria pe ceri e dee cae TTT PET TT 193 Accessing Bing Tile Service sai cea ia a rar eda x REG Y aaa e pat e den 194 Changes in NearMap Tile Services 194 Adding s Tile Lave sunass tonhuekA SERETARRSRAEES aS RASA RETTORALE oes 195 Chapter 22 Layer Settings ShOrtCUts es 197 lusiesiiiei PPP T 198 Creating a Layer Settings Shortcut lille 198 Layer Shortcut Button ON OFF State Feature Llll ses 199 vi Exponare 5 1 Table of Contents Chapter 23 SQL Support Tables Li 201 LPP PE RI TO Te TETI TOT 202 SGL SUPPO LADIES 202 Chapter 24 Data Binds in 203 ECU OUN e EPEE EE T E E E Mr 204 id gi PR 204 Wo Side auus aa ed ao ea a er ee a ee Bta N TIT nei 205 LESE RETI RITTER Dic ot aes IT Gu e ela n ai fete A 205 Te aS Ss e came i kok Say d Bo A pica Red ae lic e i ae e eee a d 205 The order by Syntax LL 206 Uniqueness or Column Names i RR Rma doe 207 Data Bind SQL Example iaa dra draw XR px REA RC ex XXE ERE ER ER 207 Contiguring a Data Bind iss ees cere ag iene 207 Remote Data BindS amp sus o saca et e re eR QR ede dar ote ESO RD dei do d 209 Data nid F
257. iled because the activation could not be completed in the specified amount of time Exponare 5 1 Chapter 7 Server Administration Tasks e Timeout while waiting for a pooled ISession object to become available Resolution This is due to the timeout setting of the COM component of MapXtreme being too low A single request cannot retrieve one of the pooled MapXtreme instances in time and a timeout occurs canceling the request The solution is to increase the timeout of the COM component or increase the number of pooled MapXtreme instances available You change these settings using the Component Services configuration tool which is found under the Start menu under Settings gt Control Panel gt Administrative Tools The MapXtreme component is found under Console Root gt Component Services gt Computers gt My Computer gt COM Applications gt Maplnfo Core Engine gt Components gt MapInfo Engine Session PooledSession Set the default Maximum Pool Size to a higher value depending on requirement such as 2000 This setting could be particularly helpful in Rest Public where a number of requests are lined up sequentially Oracle connection failure Symptoms The Oracle client software is installed on the Exponare Server however when you execute any function that utilises Oracle the function fails and you are shown a message that contains text similar to Unable to load dll or System Data OracleClient requires Oracle clie
258. iles and view metadata harvested in MapInfo Manager but to be able to download files the network path should still be shared and accessible Users can access only tab files harvested in the Maplnfo Manager Any other file format or collection of tab files without map data are not supported e Seamless tables are not supported using Catalog browser Metadata search can be performed but the layer cannot be applied after downloading View Metadata using Enquiry This feature allows you to see metadata as updated in MapInfo Manager for all layers loaded as a part of work context For this a user needs to provide Maplnfo Manager settings in the Configuration Manager Steps to access metadata for workspace layers jm 2 3 4 5 Open Exponare Enquiry Open Configuration Manager E Fxponare Enquiry admi Queries Shortcuts Links Favourites Tile Layers Help Select the required layer under Layer Setting as shown in the below image s Layer Settings p A Roads Overview Gr Centrelines Gr Drainage Gr Easements Bl House Numbers On right side there is a new section called Catalog Setting Under Catalog Setting add Catalog layer UID as seen in MapInfo Manager Administration Guide 179 Getting Started 6 Inside Catalog Server URL add the URL of the MapInfo Manager where TAB files have been harvested 7 Savethesettings 8 The layer for which the catalog setting has been done will appear in bo
259. image across the map you may not see more than one render of the Watermark image on the map You can specify which type of client can see the Watermark using it only in Exponare Enquiry Exponare Public or showing it for all clients You can specify how the Watermark is to be drawn on the map by setting the Display type property to one of the five following settings Setting Effect Fixed Draw the Watermark on the map image at the position specified in the X coordinate of the Watermark and Y coordinate of the Watermark properties Tile Draw the Watermark repeatedly across the map image from left to right and top to bottom Centre Draw the Watermark at the centre of the map image FullScreen Expand the image out to be as large as possible whilst still maintaining the aspect ratio If the Watermark image is larger than the map image this will shrink the image to the largest possible size that still displays the entire image and maintains the aspect ratio If this is a text Watermark this setting is identical to Centre FullScreen Expand the image out to cover the entire map image This will not maintain the Stretched aspect ratio and so may distort the image substantially If this is a text Watermark this setting is identical to Centre Exponare 5 1 Adding a Watermark To add a Watermark to a Work Context 1 E53 Select a Work Context node 2 Select the Watermarks node Chapter 29 Watermarks
260. in So a query of the form SELECT Owner Details PropertyId FROM Owner Details WHERE Owner Details Owner Name in LinkIn Ids maps the incoming Owner Name values from the external database to Propertyrd values that can be bound against a column on the map layer Creating an Application Link In To create an Application Link In 1 EI Select a Work Context 2 TE Select Application Link Ins Click Add New Item gt p Complete the Application Link Ins properties Administration Guide 250 Application Link Outs El Database connection Link id in external application Link in id bind column Link in id bind table Name SQL query Application Link Outs 260 bal zi The Database Connection to access for running the link in Query The unique identifier for this Link In that is passed in by the external system The column in the table to bind the incoming link in ids against The table to bind the incoming link in ids against The unique name of the Application Link Ins The SQL statement used to select map objects If the Database Connection is a Native connection type then the SQL must select mi_key values This SQL Query is appended with the following WHERE SelectionLayer ColumnName FeatureIdl OR SelectionLayer ColumnName Featureld2 and so on For example an acceptable SQL query is Select mi key from Parks assuming that the Selection layer is Parks and an appropriate column f
261. incorporating the Help command See Menus and Toolbars 5 Setthe appropriate User Interface Help directory property to point to the directory created in step 1 For example if you created a directory under the Exponare Help directory called MinimalHelp you would enter MinimalHelp If the directory was created outside the Exponare Help directory you would enter the full URL eg http localhost MinimalHelp See User Interfaces 284 Exponare 5 1 This chapter describes how to create for a given and make them available to Enquiry and Public users In this chapter Introduction Introduction A View provides a quick way to set the zoom and pan of a map For example you can create a View that centres the map over a railway station with a zoom width of 200 metres Skinner Reserve You can access list of available Views from the menu and Spurling Reserve for Exponare Public the toolbar For Exponare Enquiry F you can mark individual Views to appear as shortcut buttons on the toolbar for quick access Eoo tI BrayBrook i I Creating a View To calculate the map centre point and zoom width settings for a View use an external tool such as MapInfo Professional The centre point and zoom width must be calculated in the same coordinate system used by the workspace Alternatively you can set a View to have the same centre point and zoom width as the current map view in Exponare Enquiry by using the Populate
262. ind details panel This will only have an effect when a native database connection is being used Administration Guide 215 Query Types and Parameters Running a Query on a Remote Server It is possible to run a Query on a remote database server This is done by setting the database connection field to a non native database connection You must also define the bind column on the map layer that will be used to bind against and modifying the SQL syntax accordingly The Bind Column The bind column is the column on the map layer that is used to bind the results of the Query The Query must return one column only and the values in this column will be used to select items on the map by binding against the Bind Column The SQL Query Syntax The SQL Query is executed on the remote database and not inside Exponare As a result the syntax of the Query must be that used by the database server and not the Maplnfo SQL syntax used elsewhere This affects such things as the syntax used to define a parameter in the SQL string is necessary as a prefix in many standard databases while in Oracle is necessary as a prefix and in ODBC connections it is sometimes necessary to only use as a parameter name and the characters to use as wildcards for a like operator Query Types and Parameters Exponare provides a variety of Query types to address different requirements Parameterless A Query that has no user editable parameters
263. indicate that it has a sub menu and the sub menu is attached to this new toolbar item instead To add a Sub Menu to a Command Tree 1 Selectacommandtree Add a new command item 2 3 Choose none as the command 4 Set the caption to the name for this sub menu 5 Adjust the position of the command item by using the position buttons in the command bar of the Configuration Manager 6 Savethe configuration To add commands to a sub menu select the sub menu command and press the add node button Separators A separator is used to visually separate other command items To add a Separator to a Menu or Toolbar 1 Select a menu or toolbar 2 Add anew command item 3 Choose Separator as the command Administration Guide 125 Configuring Menus and Toolbars 4 Adjustthe position of the command item by using the position buttons in the command bar of the Configuration Manager 5 Save the configuration List Commands List commands expand to a list of menu items or as a Set of toolbar buttons These are called list command items If a list command item is added to a menu it expands out in place to be a list of all the available items for use in the current Work Context The exception to this is if the item is added as a top level item in either a toolbar or a menu In this case the list of all available items will expand out into a sub menu under the item The standard list command items are Button Command
264. information is displayed for the selected feature on the map Layer The Layer tab displays information for all of the layers loaded in the current work context User can control settings for visibility of these layers The base layer can also be changed to the Bing Aerial Bing Road Bing Hybrid and None as desired by the user Query Queries tab allow you to make selections based on criteria rather than having to point and click to select features visually If you make selections by running a query the information is displayed on the maps Measure Measure tab is used to measure both distances and area on the map Calculated distance or area will be displayed on top of the map Search Results This functionality provides information for data queried or map features selected using Info Select Each data bind is a set of data that describes the feature such as its owner planning details or spatial information Exponare 5 1 375 Exponare Mobile Chapter 45 Que Below is the default view when user hits the Exponare mobile Administration Guide Quick Info Tool Quick Info Tool Quick Info tool is used to highlight map object of interest and to retrieve the information available for those map object Information of the selected feature is displayed as data bind in Results tab of the bottom panel Each time a new feature is clicked on that feature is selected and highlighted The previous feature that was selected i
265. ing Rest Public HTML print template refer to Creating Rest Public HTML Print Template 3 Enter the title in the Map Tile text box 4 Click Print to see print preview The Print preview window appears lt displays map legends and data bind information about items selected on map before printing 366 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 44 Rest Public MapInfo Exponare Beat Publier Print Lite rate Sytem MILA fore 45 LNA 1 EPS PRESS ee o Owen eter Areas Wier including De eina EZ Dropgnirbarg ultras ree Conte Properties Cuna Conic athe Gteupier erstem Helada EC cunt 1 Property Ho T Ecc x Table Property Daner Detalla mami 1 Property ibn inizia Adidas 2007 que eo H ergot 51 Feed Foatacrag he S012 Table Spatsal info eunt 1 Property Na E Coord A i et mi Poni rt DM TG ad 1422478 SEL ET ae 27285 ANZII hE aa I 1014 2555477 300068 IE X LL EU LE Uu Hl Property Bo Hone Ha Rirasi Tyne Suburb Hazi Fun STREET FOOTSCRAY About Thin Map Dirac e This mag Peet been orssted for the purpose ci showing basic localty informatori cer Bera This map is a repreesenbation of the inicrmation cum tip Feld e arte City Council epe every ettari Pau iy Canal Property boundary ires rehek dahs is cupped by Sale Geeren Ary error bem mede ip ensure the sonary gi the procida Coanci woceper no respordibiivio my emnt or Oar sh iid be reported ba Ihe CIS Section Mert Cb Council Ami kah cri omniam or er ora eo
266. ing window or a drop down list Applies to properties that display an ellipsis button or a drop down arrow Escape Switch from property editing to property viewing mode Up Arrow Down Arrow When in property viewing mode no cursor displayed the arrow keys can be used to change the active property When in property editing mode the arrow keys move the cursor Exponare 5 1 Chapter 10 Overview Property Grid Input Helpers The property grid is for the most pari a list of text input boxes Type directly into the fields to enter most data However some properties are of a special type such as a filename a list a colour or a reference to another part of the configuration In most cases these special input types have input helpers e Colour Helper e Data Bind Helper Fill Pattern Helper Layer Settings Helper Line Style Helper e List Helper e Multi Value Input Helper e View Helper Colour Helper Some properties such as Application Settings Default Annotation fill colour require a colour to be specified For these properties a colour helper is provided Em On E MI EI E 1 MI EC TES BI EI E A E eee Data Bind Helper The Data Bind helper is used to select e A Print Template Data Bind e An External Application Link out Data Bind Administration Guide 97 Property Grid 98 Databind Type Work Context Global Animal Control gt Cats gt Cat Details Animal
267. inimal Interface Simple Helen helen Animal Control Minimal Interface All Helena helena Animal Control Minimal Interface All Luke luke Vegetation Full Interface Simple Sanmay sanmay Cadastre Melways Full Interface All Exponare 5 1 Chapter 10 Overview Note Anna ss password is still cheese because password information was not imported Bob has no Default Work Context because Trees does not exist in the imported configuration e Helen and Luke existed in the old configuration so appear under the Users node e The Vegetation and Garbage Work Contexts are restored under the Work Contexts node the Standard User Interface under the User Interfaces node and the Cadastre Work Context Group under the Work Context Groups node The Street Furniture Work Context does not exist in the imported configuration the default Work Context for Sanmay in the imported configuration is therefore used e With the exception of Default Work Context User Interface and Work Context Group all other user settings are unaffected so Sanmay retains his administrator privileges Concurrent Exponare Administration Exponare can be simultaneously administered by several administrators all saving their various changes at a time Unfortunately this causes some complexity For example what happens if another Exponare administrator deletes the details for a user that am updating In general Exponare will try to save the configuration changes
268. installer and follow the prompts provided in the installer Exponare Enquiry can also be upgraded using an Enterprise deployment model See Chapter 4 Installing Exponare Installation Enterprise Deployment for further information Note The Exponare Enquiry version 5 0 installation process will not upgrade versions of Exponare Enquiry prior to version 4 5 Earlier versions must either be upgraded to Exponare version 4 5 or uninstalled e If the Exponare Server has been upgraded from an earlier version it may be necessary to reboot the server before Exponare Enquiry version 5 0 clients can connect It is recommended that you create a standard Windows shortcut on your desktop which starts Enquiry and adds the command line argument admin For example Program Files Exponare Enguiry ExponareEnquiry exe admin See Chapter 8 Client Administration Tasks Starting Enquiry from the Command Line for further information Exponare 5 1 This chapter describes the procedures for uninstalling Exponare components In this chapter Exponare Server Exponare Server To uninstall Exponare Server use the Add Remove Programs component of the Windows Control Panel Notes e When uninstalling Exponare Server any files that were not installed by Exponare will remain To complete the uninstallation you may wish to manually remove any remaining files e Exponare configuration files are not installed as part of the Exponare Server install
269. ion symbol font Default Annotation symbol size Default Radius E Coordinate Export Coordinate export symbol size E External Authentication Domain User Credentials E General Auto login expiry time Customer name Data directories dit log file name Maximum back forward steps Print Template scale options Use External Authentication E Raster Quality Enquiry printing raster quality Enquiry raster quality Public printing raster quality Public raster quality E Selection Zoom to Selection buffer width 2 Zoom to Selection minimum width Zoom to Selection minimum width unit Tahoma L White EX 8 10 BH Black LH 2 1 90 Maplnfo 3 0 Compatible 10 1 12 10 Saurabh C Program Files MapInfo Exponare S erver S ampleD ata 25000 10000 5000 500 False Ul do co do 120 30 Metre Chapter 34 Data Editing After enabling the log with a value of True respective log file txt gets created under the folder structure Log File folder where the txt file gets created Administration Guide 295 Log Functionality under Editing 296 Server File Edit Back gt X mi 2 Search Tear Folders Ei R Folder Sync Address a C Program Files MapInfo Exponare Server View Favorites Tools Help Name Size Type Date Modified File and Folder Tasks A I3 ExponareBackup 2009 10 26 File Folder 10 26 2009 2 44 PM p fieramefisfolder 3 ExponareBackup 2009 10 27 File Folder 10 27 2009 1
270. ions and all the tables Up DataBase Connections Oracle node 290 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 34 Data Editing E Fxponare Configuration Manager File Configuration Help Ae BAA amp ff Address Search Settings A General F5 Application Settings Connection Name Oracle Database Connections Database E dit Settings admin Global Layer Groups ZI Menus and Toolbars a Print Templates iB User Interfaces Users Work Context Groups E gt work Contexts Connection M ame This iz the database connection in which user has editing rights Under the Database Connections Oracle node Table Name is created This is the table that can be edited by the user Note Table and column name has to be manually entered by the administrator Table Name PropertyParcels for which user is allow to edit the data mentioned under the DataBase Connection Oracle node Administration Guide 291 Configuration Manager Settings E Exponare Configuration Manager File Configuration Help eB E E S Le ff Address Search Settings A General F5 Application Settings Table Mame PropertyParcels Database Connections Database Edit Settings z4 Lot zs PFI zz Plan Mumber zz SPI v Global Layer Groups Menus and Toolbars m Eh Print Templates AL Users Work Context Groups 08 User Interfaces x E3 Work Contests Table Mame Table which is editable by the user Under the Table node PropertyParcel
271. ions to move or Lal delete them Exit Exponare Enquiry only Closes the current Exponare Enquiry session Export Annotations Saves Annotations to a file so they can be revisited Export Favourite Exponare Enquiry only Exports the current View and selections as a Favourite file fav extension The Favourite file created can be used to launch Exponare Enquiry or can be imported by other users Forward Go forward a step See Chapter 11 Application Settings General Properties on page 105 Help Exponare Enquiry only Loads the help file for the current User Interface See Chapter 32 Help h Home Import Annotations Resets the View to the starting View for the Work Context Selections are not affected The sample data Home button also provides a drop down list of the Work Contexts that are available Imports a file containing saved Annotations Log Off Closes the current session and displays the login dialog box Exponare 5 1 Chapter 14 Menus and Toolbars Button a Command Manage Favourites Action Comments Exponare Enquiry only Presents a dialog box that allows the user to rename and delete existing Favourites en Measure Area With this tool a shape a polygon can be drawn on rr the map and its area can be seen in the status bar pue Measure Distance With this tool a path a polyline can be drawn on the DEI map and its length ca
272. iption integration 1 The external application and Exponare Enquiry must have a common key in their data so that identifiers that make up a selection description can be matched 2 The external application must be capable of generating a selection description in the format that Exponare Enquiry understands If this is not possible you can use the Generic Link Framework to perform selection description translation 3 Example link in file lt xml versrione lJgp s lt LinkDetails gt lt LinkId gt Parks lt LinkId gt lt ActiveSelectionId gt 8021978 lt ActiveSelectionId gt lt Selecrionids gt lt SelectionId gt 8021978 lt SelectionId gt lt SelectionId gt 8021983 lt SelectionId gt lt SelectionId gt 8020927 lt SelectionId gt lt SelectionIds gt lt LinkDetails gt e Configuring an Application Link In Using A Remote Database QueryThe Link ID in External Application property e The SQL Query property Administration Guide 257 Application Link Ins 258 Configuring an Application Link In Using A Remote Database QueryThe Link ID in External Application property The link id in external application is shared between Exponare Enquiry and an external application It is used to uniquely identify an Application Link Ins with Exponare Enquiry For example a third party application may pass a link id of Parks to Exponare Enquiry as illustrated above In this case Exponare Enquiry would locate the Application Link In
273. is A i 93 Status Panel B Minimal interface Pubic Interface 9 a User Rl Work Context Groups w Wok Contests Administrator can also add databinds in Adhoc Layers To add databind Configuration Manager gt Select Adhoc Layer node gt Click toolbar button to add Adhoc Layer gt Click toolbar button to add databind Administration Guide 299 Configuration Manager Settings i Exponare Configuration Manager File Configuration Help d de CAA aa Address Search Sett E General Databind Expanded by Default False Description Execution Mode Always Macamum Rows 50 Hama Data bind 1 SUL query Remote Database Eind column Database connection none ig Database Connections fi Database Edit Settings Global Layer Groups 300 Exponare 5 1 Part 5 Exponare Public The chapters in this section explain how to configure and start Exponare Public Topics Creating Exponare Public Pages Public Start up Parameters This chapter discusses creating Exponare Public pages and includes a reference of the tags that can be used in ASP NET pages In this chapter Introduction Introduction 304 Configuration of the menu toolbar and panel contents for Public follows the same process as for Enquiry However the location of the components can be altered for Public This is possible because Public is an ASP NET web application that is built by creating an ASP NET file aspx
274. is is controlled by the Selectable check box of the Options tab in Layer Control see Options on page 414 However you can designate it as the only selectable layer and all other layers will be set to unselectable This is very convenient if you have a map with many layers but only want one layer to have selectable features To specify only one layer as selectable a Right click the layer name in the Layer Control or access the context menu b Select Make This the Only Selectable Layer This single map layer now has selectable features That is you can use any of the selection tools to select objects on the map All other map layers will be unselectable Layer Control Tabs The layer control tabs provide additional settings and controls that you can apply to the map as well as to each layer in the map The tabs change depending on the type of layer it is and whether a layer or the map is highlighted in the layer control window Sets of dialog box tabs control the map label layers layers and themes The options in each of the tabs are explained below Map Settings When you select a map in the layer control window the following tabs are available View Editing Tools Style Coordinate System and Extents View The View tab enables you to control the overall appearance of the map You can set the zoom level scale a center point in degrees and a rotation angle Click the Apply button to apply your settings Editing The option
275. is the screen shot Custom Legend URL Custom legend URL contains a small image for each unique visual feature in the Layer and a short textual description It allows you to see greater level of detail about the layers DE fiight click on layer to set translucency ESSEX ST Road Names House Numbers 183 Easements e Albion stations Al Roads Overview al centrelines 77 v prainage UU Open Water Areas Waterways including Drains SIM Property Parcelz Suburb Boundaries Plannina Zones gt L Par fark Parks allroad Grey 4 Base Layer Exponare 5 1 Chapter 44 Rest Public The layers with an arrow indicates that images are associated with it You can expand and collapse these images Note If layer is not visible on the map it will not show the custom legend URL Administration Settings If the value of Expand Custom roll down is true in configuration manager layer settings it will show custom Legend URL in expanded state When the map is loaded for the first time all the layers visible on map will honor the Configuration manager settings For more details refer to Expand Custom roll down Layer can be also visible for the first time in various forms like layer shortcuts views queries and zoom visibility You can change the way it is displayed and after that the settings that you made are maintained Custom Roll down for a layer appears only if zoom layer visibili
276. istry NL http nationaalgeoregister nl geonetwork srv en esw EJ GeoDesk MapServices Catalog NL http fwww geodata alterra nl excat csw EJ Geomatics Catalog NL http geomatics rlr nl excat csw INSPIRE GeoPortal http www inspire geoportal eu discovery csw aff hi WeoGeo Marketplace http fcsw weogeo com market weogea srv en csw Operations Metadata Raw Response Server URL http NOIUPO01PA W1 8080 CSWService CSW 1 Test URL Server Status Available Exponare CSW Version 2 0 2 Abstract Website 6 Added URL will be visible as shown in the below image Click on OK button Administration Guide 175 Getting Started 176 Catalog Servers Catalog Name server URL Arizona Geological Survey http catalog usgin org georetwork ervjenjcsw Dutch National GeaRegistry NL http j nationaalgeoregister nl geonetwork sre enj cow GeoDesk MapServices Catalog NL http www geodata alterra nl excatj csw Geomalics Catalog NL http geomatics nlr nl excat csw INSPIRE GeoPortal http www inspire geoportal eu discovery icow http NOIUPD01PA W1 8080 CSWService CSW 1 7 Use the SEARCH to view the available layers in the catalog Catalog Browser enables you to find records that correspond to a Map window to see where a record is located on the current map You can couple it with a text search as well to find specific records within the map Note On upgrade and uninstall operations the MICSW XM
277. k Tester The Application Link Tester provides the ability to develop and test an Application Link without access to Exponare Application Link In Configuration of an Application Link and of Exponare Enquiry for an Application Link that is initiated by a third party application to Exponare Application Link Out Configuration of an Application Link and of Exponare Enquiry for an Application Link that is initiated by Exponare to a third party application Auto Label An Auto Label provides textual information about a Feature The textual information displayed on the map comes from one of the columns of data associated with the Feature Eg The names associated with road Features Auto Label Zoom Visibility Range The range of Zoom Width values for which a given map Layer s Auto Labels is visible By default Auto Labels are set to be on and as a result are visible at all Zoom Widths Basic Query A Query that contains a fixed set of parameters Configuration Manager The tool used to configure Exponare The Configuration Manager displays the Exponare Configuration and allows the Administrator to modify and save the Configuration Coordinate Export An Exponare feature that allows a user to define a temporary shape on the map and export the coordinates of that shape to an external application or file Custom Tag A Custom Tag is a special Print Template Tag that provides a mechanism for users to insert additional text into a P
278. l Exponare components Server Enquiry and Sample Data must be upgraded using a Windows user account that has administration privileges This includes full file system registry and event log privileges Before you begin read and the Release Notes In this chapter Exponare Server Exponare Server To perform an upgrade of an existing Exponare Server installation start the Exponare Server installer and follow the prompts provided in the installer During an upgrade two backup tasks are performed to ensure that data loss does not occur Specifically these tasks are e Any live configuration files AccessKeys xml Configuration xml and Information xml will be backed up to the folder Exponare Server Directory Config _ConfigBackup_yyyy mm dd where yyyy mm dd is the current date If this folder already exists on the machine then a number is appended to the end of the name to ensure a new folder is used Folders that are envisaged as storage locations for administrator created files have their entire contents moved to the backup folder Exponare Server Directory _ExponareBackup_yyyy mm dd during the upgrade process The moved folders are the root folder Help Printing Images Logs and Themes A folder called Stylesheets is created holding all the stylesheets in the Scripts folder After the upgrade process is complete user created files that are still required can be manually moved back to their correct location
279. l the values that are to be displayed in the Data Bind as well as in the first column the values that are to be matched against the Bind column of the map layer to bind these rows to the Spatial objects This first column will not be displayed in the resulting Selection Results If you are running a Query on an external database server the Remote Database properties must be 208 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 24 Data Binds entered EI Bind Column The column of the map layer that contains the values to bind the database table s against Database Connection The Database Connection to access for running this Query See Chapter 26 Database Connections 5 Click Save and Activate Settings 6 If required add Data Bind Hyperlinks Remote Data Binds It is possible to specify a Data Bind to be a Remote Data Bind which executes the Data Bind Query on a remote database server and bring the results back into Exponare This is done by setting the Database Connection field to a non native Database Connection You must also define the Bind column which defines the map layer used to bind against and modify the SQL syntax accordingly The Bind Column The Bind column is the column on the map layer used to bind the results of the Query The data in the first column returned by the SQL Query must contain values that are contained in the Bind column on the map layer and this first column must also have the same name as the Bind column
280. lates are being stored in Exponare virtual direetory Printing RestPrintTemplates folder Path for default templates Printing RestPrintTemplates Custom htm Printing RestPrintTemplates CapibilityDemo htm Click Save and Activate Settings If your template uses custom parameter tags add as described below To add Custom Parameter Tags 1 2 Select a print template Click Add New Item Complete the Custom Parameter Tags properties General Description The description of the Custom Tag as shown to the user Name The name of the Custom Tag This name is also used as the placeholder text in the print template m If necessary adjust the position of the Custom Parameter Tag by using the position buttons in the command bar of the Configuration Manager Repeat steps 1 through 3 to add additional parameters Click Save and Activate Settings Exponare 5 1 Chapter 27 Print Templates To make a Print Template available to a Work Context 1 E Select a Work Context 2 Select Print Templates 3 Click Add New Item 4 Complete the Print Template property General Print Template x The Print Template to associate with the Work Context 9 Click Save and Activate Settings Troubleshooting Application busy Symptoms This issue can arise under circumstances where you are required to respond for a particular decision making while printing For Example invalid or incomplete databinds attache
281. layer doesn t have a Layer Settings node either at the Work Context level or one that is inherited from a Global Group A Move Item Up Moves the selected item up Move Item Down E Populate View TELL Ppa 94 Moves the selected item down LA Available only when a View node is selected Opens the Enquiry Selector widow so that you can set a View to have the same coordinate system centre point and zoom width as a map open in Exponare Enquiry Exponare 5 1 Chapter 10 Overview Tree View The tree view resides on the left and shows a hierarchy of nodes Each node represents a related group of properties For example a node may represent a User Profile a spatial layer or a Database Connection Some nodes simply group other nodes For example the Users node groups all the individual users The node tree hierarchy represents a set of parent child relationships For example each Work Context node contains a Views node All Views shown under a specific Work Context apply to that Work Context only Each property has a name which is displayed in the tree and a type which affects the kind of properties it has For example a node of type User may have its name property set to Smith The highest level nodes in the tree are referred to as top level items The following table describes the major sections in the Exponare configuration tree structure Configuration Section Addre
282. lbar node 2 Click Add New Item 3 Complete the Command Item properties General 124 Caption Enter the menu caption Exponare 5 1 Chapter 14 Menus and Toolbars Command Select a command from the drop down list Description Enter a description for this command this is shown in the status bar when the mouse is hovered over a menu caption or as tooltip text if the mouse is hovered over a toolbar icon 4 E ini If necessary adjust the position of the command item by using the position buttons in the command bar of the Configuration Manager 5 Save the configuration Note Commands cannot be added to the top level of the Main menu The top level can only have grouping entries such as File Edit Help etc The top level of the toolbar however can only have commands added to it The toolbar does not support top level items that do not have an associated command The map context menu can support commands as well as grouping entries Sub menus A sub menu allows a menu or toolbar to be extended For example the main menu most likely requires sub menus called File Action and Help A toolbar item can also have sub menu items If a toolbar item has sub menus and the toolbar item is itself a command item that can be clicked on to perform an action then the sub menu is not attached to the toolbar item directly but a second toolbar item to the right of the item is automatically created with a visual appearance to
283. ld as shown in below image 9 When you hover over the bold layer it shows a text which says click on layer to see associated metadata Legend Layer Name ESSEX ST Road Names 34 Hause Numbers 53 Easements Stations D Railways E E Drainage E Property Parcels w Iw ITI suburb Boundaries v fe fv X Planning zones O Label Layer Default ha 3 Adhoc Apply Road Names mrmr House Numbers WI 1 88 Easements a B Stations Iw Iw jw i Al Roads Over http www isote211 org 2005 amd http iww opengis neticaticsulz 0 2 EATA Centrelines pill apiid q Y 11 It shows the metadata as shown in below image 180 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 19 Catalog Browser Tool Ed A1_Roads_Overview Record Detail Record Detail Metadata Date Time 28 09 2011 Metadata Version 1 0 Metadata Character Set uit File Identifier 8fbc1218 5852 4e3b b38b 58cdd4760ab3 Schema 50 19115 2003 19139 Metadata Responsible Party Data Identification Date Type publication Extent Geographic Boundaries 144 840218 37 829447 144 912055 37 767296 Dafarcncmitucbkanms Ten Note In XML view the highlighted character string is the UID which is to be used in Configuration Manager However to set it up this UID has to be accessed from MapInfo Manager metadata settings Please refer the below image highlighting how the identifier looks
284. le The property Application Settings Zoom to selection minimum width unit may only take values from the units list allowed by MapXtreme To alter this property select the value area then click the arrow to display a drop down containing the legal values Select one item from the list Centimetre Mautical Mile Rod Survey Foot Multi Value Input Helper Properties that allow multiple values require that the items be separated with semicolons As a result semicolons are not allowed in the individual list items To simplify the creation of multiple value properties a list input helper is provided For example the property Application Settings PrintTemplate scale options is a multi value property To activate the helper click on the value area then click the m button that is displayed This causes a helper window to be displayed In the helper window where you can add remove and reorder the list values IS Print Template scale options Mew Entry I Add 10000 figmove 5000 500 Up Down Exponare 5 1 o Chapter Overview View Helper When creating a new View a helper is available to set the coordinates coordinate system zoom width and zoom units based on a map open in an Enquiry session To activate the View Helper 1 Add a new View to a Work Context or select an existing View 2 Click Populate View 3 The Exponare Enquiry Selector dialog box is displayed ni Exponare Enquiry Selector Select a vie
285. le text box disappear and the text is visible on the map Note Only one bubble text box is available at a time on the map The default text in the text box is the last text entered by you e You cannot use shortcut keys like Enter for Go button You will have to click on text box for writing text in it You can remove text annotations by clicking clear annotations button at on the toolbar You can change the properties of text annotation font color indentation from text annotation pane on the left control panel For details refer to Annotation Panel Measurement Public Rest allows users to measure distance and area in desired units like inches and square inches Below is the screen shot highlighting the unit drop down for length Exponare 5 1 Measure Distance centimetres chains degrees feet inches ii werd metres 1 millimetres v nautical miles rods yards US Survey feet Chapter 44 Rest Public Measure Area square miles square kilometres square chest square feet square yards square millimetres square centimetrez square metres square survey feet square nautical miles square link square chains square rods perches roods hectares acres Figure below displays the screen shot highlighting the Measurement values being rendered on the fly along with geometry Fig click am tape fc card enako EE Font hanes Heme hunbarg ENEB 52 0 EEB BM RIP Aves 008777 ag km Perime
286. lect a scale range specify the closest and farthest scale Your labels display within this scale range Click Clear Label Modifications to return the labels to their default state This button removes individual labels that were manually added with the Label tool and restores labels to their original position AutoLabel The AutoLabel tab enables you to create and manage the display of autolabels Select the Create labels automatically check box to generate autolabels for your map Select the Display Within Range check box to specify either a zoom range or scale range in which the autolabels display If Exponare 5 1 Appendix D Workspace Manager you select a zoom range specify the minimum and maximum zoom distance If you select a scale range specify the closest and farthest scale Your autolabels display within this scale range visibility AutoLabel Style Test Position 41 v Create labels automatically Display within Range Min Zoom 0 20 mi 100 000 00 Zoom range mi Mas zen Create labels automatically at any map scale or zoom level Style The Styles tab controls the style of label text and label lines For label text use the Text style box to access the Text Style dialog box You can specify the font color background and other text effects for the labels For label lines use the Line style box to access the Line Style dialog box where you set the style of the label lines In the
287. less detail Zoom Width is inversely proportional related to the scale of the map Administration Guide 435 436 Exponare 5 1 Index Symbols _Selection Table 204 MWS creating in Maplnfo Professional 397 troubleshooting transparent backgrounds 400 LAYER table 208 LAYER Selection 185 LinkFileLoc 262 A Access database connection string 231 AccessKeys xml 58 activation keys registering 47 requesting 46 active selection zoom to 224 adding Global Layer Groups to a Work Context 154 layers to a workspace 99 themes to User Interfaces 131 Work Context Groups to a user profile 141 Address Search 277 281 command 130 parameters 316 admin user 45 138 administrator Is administrator property in user profile 140 Annotation command 130 properties 104 anti aliasing enabling in Workspace Manager 414 with curved labels 417 Appearance properties in Work Contexts 110 Application Link Out Data Binds 265 adding 265 Administration Guide Application Settings 103 108 ASP NET registration 28 restarting 59 authentication process 142 auto generated legend font 111 autolabels MapXtreme vs MapInfo Professional 398 Workspace Manager 416 auto logins Can auto login Enquiry property in user profile 140 expiry time 105 B Back Forward Steps 105 Banners tag in Exponare Public page 309 banners adding to a User Interface 129 bind column and Remote Data Binds 209 browsers supported 27 C CD contents 26 chan
288. lic 1 Alter Workspace and or TAB Files 2 Restart the ASP NET process 3 Open the Exponare Configuration Manager make a simple change and save the configuration Configuring MapXtreme Pooling 56 Based upon internal testing using native TAB files Pitney Bowes Software recommends that you configure the Maximum Pool Size so that there are 1 to 2 objects per CPU It is recommended to start at one object per CPU and if the CPU usage on the server remains low during periods of high Exponare usage the Maximum Pool Size should be increased This should result in higher CPU usage on the server and better response times for users Internal testing has shown that the number of processes in a web garden does not significantly affect the overall performance of Exponare Larger pool sizes tend to result in better performance when slow external data sources are extensively used in Exponare To alter the Maximum Pool Size 1 Open the Component Services management console Ta Component Services gt File Action View Window Help a z E Console Root MapInfo Engine Session Pooled e Component Services F E Computers ca My Computer COM Applications MET Utilities 2 Interfaces Subscriptions COM Explorer COM QC Dead Letter Queue Listener COM Utilities IIS In Process Applications IIS OQut Of Pracess Pooled Applications 49 115 Utilities MapInfo CoreEngine E Components 2 Rig
289. ly layer names e Label Layers e Layer Ordering Themes e Three theme types are supported as thematic overlays on Layers These are individual value themes ranged themes and dot density themes The other three core Thematic Maps that can be configured in a workspace file will not be treated as thematic overlays on a layer and will not be represented in the Legend at all Other MWS Features The Workspace file can be used by many different applications for a number of different purposes and so can contain definitions for a number of different data objects that are not relevant to Exponare Some of these data objects may be used implicitly by Exponare whilst other features in 396 Exponare 5 1 Appendix C Support for Workspace Files the mws will not be used by Exponare at all such as Group Layers or Legend definitions Limitations on Names of Maplnfo Professional TAB Files The data defining a map layer is commonly held in a file called a TAB File which is a Pitney Bowes Software data format for storing spatial data Exponare has a constraint that the names of these TAB Files must be unique you cannot use two separate TAB Files for your server that have the same file name So for example if you have one workspace that uses the following three physical TAB Files D MyData World TAB D MyData Countries TAB D MyData Cities TAB and you have another workspace that uses the following two TAB Files D MyOtherData Extra WorldTimeZ
290. m left panel when it is in floating mode for this you have to pin down the left panel Layers and Legends Layers listed in the configuration manager are listed in the legend and displays all settings defined in configuration manager Checking and un checking against a layer can control visibility of a layer The image below highlights the controls to make layers visible invisible Administration Guide 359 Rest Public Features aj Right click an layer ta set translucency Road Mames House Numbers p 183 v Easements e Albion Stations A Roads Overview E Centrelines ESI e Railways p LE Drainage 3A Property Parcelz Wes suburb Boundaries _JPlannina Zones n Road Grey d Base Layer GSO ning Aerial With Labels EE in Aerial Legend Layout of legend is flexible it allows you to pin and unpin and also resize as per the need Below are the pin and unpinned images Mapinfo Exponare Piney Boss 3 Perry Marea iade nih nnay Translucency Translucency of a layer can be adjusted by using translucency slider which will appear after right clicking on a layer The image below highlights the slider to adjust layer translucency 360 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 44 Rest Public Right click on layer to set translucency ESSEC ST Road Names House Numbers 183 W Easemerts 1 Translucenc C dil Pes Railways gt 9 999 v Drainage ESM Property Parcels LES TI Subur
291. mge iym om r x Ba Proj4jz defs EP56 20245 sproj ute zone 4i south ellpa aust Sa onitase spo dels Dil f Proj4 a deTa EP55 203452 iproj utm 4z0ne 45 aouth ellps anse SA unitsm 4no dela Proj js defs EP56 20249 sprojmutm 2008 59 south sellpssausr SA eznitsem spo dels Frojija defs EPSG 2264 proj Lcc let 1736 16666666666666 lat 4524 3232223233223334 lat 0533 75 lon 05 79 x 07609601 2152024385 y 070 e Projtja defa EP5G 3857 aprojemerc 2226376137 2526378137 lac ts 0 0 lon 090 0 x 090 0 y m0 ml 0 suniceem snadgride fnuli ho defa Now add the Proj4js Code at the end of the file jj4js defa EPR3G 240348 prajwurm zonem48 acuzi Bllpsmaust SA URI TSE no deis Proj4jm defa EP3G 20249 prajmura za nem48 acnth ellpsmaust SA URI m fno dele Proj4js defs EP3G 2264 iprojelec tlat 1 36 166606666066666 lar 2m31 33333333333334 Hlat 0695 75 l00 Om 79 2 0600601 2102024384 sy Oe Proj4ja defs EPSG 3857 m aprajemarc amp 6378137 b 378197 lt lat ts 0 lea D 0 0 sx 080 0 y Dad skwl 0 sunitsem nadgride fisull sno defa Pr Pr Prej ja dafa EPSG ixxxx rxXKXXXXKXXXXKXKXXKXKXXKXKXXXXKXXXXXXKKXKMXXXKMXKMKKXKXKXXXXXKXXKXKXKKXKXKXXXKXKXKXXKXKKXXKXKXKXXTKXKXXKXXKXXxX 72 Exponare 5 1 In this chapter we describe how to start Exponare Enquiry from the command line and enter Troubleshooting Exponare Client problems is also discussed I
292. mplates contain a definition of a javascript function called display_points This function displays all of the values stored in javascript when running a coordinate link out To access this function set the Hyperlink Target of your link out to Jevaseript olsplay porxnrst When running this link out you should see a web page that lists all the parameters describing the Feature on the map Exponare 5 1 The panel allows the user to search for an address and show a marker on the map Exponare uses the searching functionality of an external server to perform the and so access to an Envinsa Location Web Service or a MapMarker Web Service is required The configuration of the is global that is it is configured once and is the same across all users and all In this chapter General Properties General Properties 278 The general properties are those pertaining to the Address Search Web Service and the way the results are displayed El Address search server type Country code Help text Marker symbol colour Marker symbol size Maximum results Password for address search server URL of address search server Username for address search server Zoom unit Zoom width bal The type of the Address Search server Either Envinsa or MapMarker The ISO three letter country code for the country in which the address is being searched for For example AUS The text to display at the top of the Address Search p
293. n bosSyletaapisiodule Paquette ub itp f lacalhosb no feuponare fexpamare a ima Hopoon werutekequestilaadiesr Physscal Pati Program Files eft tl apInlnVE sponaretl server len ponare an HanderWebbe rice Hamflerf achery PSAPE 4 0 Fit Logon Esth cs amp ndngenus Erre Code PA ee Logie Usern Da Lira Mowe likely iturri a h hirder mappe for the reguit mad deus A feature fq have t ba aed The Web iarta asliii for ter reunite reioerte li net eabiad on thee somer The fhappeng for the ecbeimien pirti to Che odor eet loto a The artantit ead misipeled in the bromini sr the Web gerver Thangs yet can teri Symptom After installation if the error shown above is displayed there could be problem with Net framework 4 0 Resolution For IIS V6 0 check that ASP NET v4 0 30319 is set to allowed by checking Internet Information Service gt local computer gt WebService Extensions ASP NET v4 0 30319 For IIS v7 0 ASP NET v4 0 30319 is set to allowed at system level through ISAPI and CGI Restrictions at machine level Exponare 5 1 Chapter 4 Installing Exponare 1 Goto IIS Manager 2 Go to Machine name and choose ISAPI and CGI Restrictions For all versions of ASP NET 4 0 AND 2 0 Set the restriction as Allowed Installed 64 bit installer on 32 bit machine Symptom Exponare crashes on first run this is because you might have installed a 64 bit version on a 32 bit machine Resolution Exponare 64 bit should not be inst
294. n it dynamically only shows auto suggest items that fulfill both criteria Railway Station Search Search for a Railway Station of the given name Selectthe railway station called FLEMINMGTON BRID FLEMINGTON RACE FOOTSCRAY STM FOOTSCRAY WEST GINIFER STH It is possible to use a remote database to execute the Query used to get the values for a dynamic drop down list parameter Set the Database Connection to point to an external database server and ensure the SQL Query is in the correct syntax for that server The Query must return a single column of values which is then used to populate the drop down list for the parameter 220 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 25 Queries Advanced Queries An Advanced Query allows the user to extend the Query so that it can be more specific For example the initial Query might read Select all houses that are in Coburg The user might then extend it to read Select all houses that are in Coburg and have street name like Robert St To allow the user to extend a Query you must configure all of the possible options that the users can access For each different parameter that the user can add such as street name you must create an advanced parameter We give special names to the four parts of the extended Query Advanced Query Field Example Concatenator and have Parameter name Street name Comparison operator Like Value Robert St The configuration of the Query includes the
295. n Query These parameters are used to execute a Query with specific Query Parameters on start up The QueryName parameter defines which Query is to be run and the other parameters define the Query Parameters to pass in to that Query Only the basic parameters for a Query can be passed in on the startup list advanced parameters cannot be set at all There are two extra input parameters to define for each Query Parameter that is defined for the Query The first ParamName lt number gt defines the name of the Query Parameter and the second ParamValue lt number gt defines the value to pass in for that Query Parameter lt number gt is the zero indexed position of the Query Parameter in the list of Query Parameters linked to the Query in the configuration For example if the Query is called Search Parks and it contains three parameters Park Name Park Code and Owner Name the input parameters to trigger this Query look similar to the following lt form action http localhost Exponare PublicInvoker aspx gt lt input type text name page value PublicApplication aspx gt input type text name QueryName value Search Parks gt input type text name ParamName0 value Park Name gt lt input type text name ParamValue0 value Wattle Park gt input type text name ParamNamel value Park Code gt lt input type text name ParamValuel value 023 gt input type text name ParamName2 value Owner N
296. n be seen in the status bar Open Favourite Exponare Enquiry only D Opens a Favourite file This can be used to import Favourites from other locations or users Once opened Add Favourite can be used to add it to the Favourites menu Pan Moves the map Point Select Selects all the Features under a single point Polygon Select Selects all the Features that lie within a polygon Polyline Select Selects all the Features that lie underneath a polyline Radius Select Exponare Enquiry only Selects all the Features that lie within a circle Recentre Exponare Public only Centres the map at the current cursor location Rectangle Select Reset Session Selects all the Features that lie within a rectangle Exponare Enquiry only Reloads Exponare Enquiry from the server Save Map To File Show Label Exponare Enquiry only Saves the map to a png image file This allows you to show a label for an individual feature on the map Simply click this button and then the desired feature to display its label Administration Guide Toggle Auto Labels Displays hides Auto Labels 123 Configuring Menus and Toolbars Button LE Command Toggle Overview map Action Comments Exponare Enquiry only Displays hides an Overview Map The Overview Map shows a rectangle indicating the current positioning of the main map Clicking on the Overview Map
297. n this chapter Starting Enquiry from the Command Line Starting Enquiry from the Command Line Enquiry can be started from the command line Using the command line gives full access to the startup options for Exponare Enquiry and can be used by other programs that need to invoke Exponare Enquiry To run Exponare Enquiry from the command line open a command window and navigate to the Exponare Enquiry directory Typically this is C Program Files MapInfo Exponare Enguiry ExponareEnquiry The command line format to run Exponare Enquiry is ExponareEnquiry exe options The available options are Option Use username username Start Enquiry with the named user password and Work Context password password context work context name reuse Instructs Enquiry to reuse an already open window if possible rather than creating a new window linkfile link file name Perform a link in from an external application This is described in Chapter 28 External Application Links Application Link Outs on page 260 admin Start the Exponare Configuration Manager instead of Exponare Enquiry If any of the parameters context reuse Or linkfile are used in conjunction with the admin parameter they will be ignored If any of the arguments to the command line parameters contain a whitespace character then the command line parameter and the argument need to be surrounded by quotes as is standard functionality
298. n values or enter your Own 5 Complete the General properties After query is run zoom to Appears as Toolbar Shortcut Description Name Selection layer bal bal The default Zoom To behaviour when the query is run Choose from Selection Active selection None The default is Selection If True this Query will appear as a shortcut button on the toolbar Requires that the User Interface has a toolbar that includes the Queries Menu Items command See Chapter 14 Menus and Toolbars List Commands on page 126 The description of the Query shown in the status bar when the mouse is hovered over a Query Name in the Queries menu used as tooltip text when the mouse is hovered over the Query icon on the toolbar and displayed in the Query panel SU ES EJ EJ ET EJ EJ EZ ET ET EZ EZ I Select all cats above a given age Queries IE Print 4 r O Select all cats older than o The name of the Query as shown to the user in the Query drop down list and the Queries menu The layer on which to select objects as a result of the Query Exponare 5 1 Chapter 25 Queries SQL template m The SQL template used to generate the Query results Native connection this must be a valid SQL Query string consistent with MapXtreme SQL syntax The Query must produce a set of mi_keys as its output For a Basic Query input parameters must use the standard SQL parameter syntax the parameter nam
299. ndencies For more details refer Chapter 44 Rest Public Exponare on mobile is a map service that allows users to access mapping and business data at the convenience of your mobile browser For more details refer Chapter 45 Exponare Mobile Administration Guide 15 Key Concepts Glient Computer Exponare Enquiry Add Ins Extemal Applications Exponare Enquiry Overview Key Concepts 16 Exponare is a suite of GIS Geographic Information Systems software that allows the viewing and manipulation of spatial data All GIS software operates with the general notions of a map associated data and operations that can be performed However some of the terminology used in this document is specific to Pitney Bowes Software software The principal concepts required for an understanding of Exponare are summarised in this section Readers who are familiar with Pitney Bowes Software software particularly MapInfo Professional may skip this section e Workspaces and Work Contexts Layers and Features e SQL Support Tables Selections and Queries Data Binds Workspaces and Work Contexts When working with a map there is generally associated information and a set of useful commands that apply to the map Also many maps are a set of different map Layers that are superimposed to create a compound map A workspace is a file that contains information about a map its Layers and related data You can use the Workspace Manager
300. nerDetails with various columns containing non spatial data and a foreign key column that points to the propertyId column of the previously described PropertyParcels table you can set up an SQL Query as follows Select PropertyParcels Selection mi key OwnerDetails owner name OwnerDetails owner address from PropertyParcels Selection OwnerDetails where PropertyParcels Selection propertyId OwnerDetails propertyId Note the mi key column returned must be the mi key column from the table on which the map selections have been made For full details of the SQL syntax available consult the Maplnfo SQL documentation The as Syntax The Selection Results Panel displays the results of each SQL Query as a table The names of the columns of these tables are taken from the SQL Query you define Therefore you can alter the names displayed in the selection results panels using the as syntax of SQL to re name the columns being returned For example if the above Query was written as follows Select PropertyParcels Selection mi key OwnerDetails owner name as Name of owner OwnerDetails owner address as Address of owner from PropertyParcels Selection OwnerDetails where PropertyParcels Selection propertyId OwnerDetails propertyId the info panel displays the data returned in columns with the heading Name of owner and Address of owner Administration Guide 205 Background The order by Syntax 206 The order by syntax can be
301. ng information Message Attempted to read or write protected memory This is often an indication that other memory is corrupt Stack trace at MapInfo GeoObjectDocwWrapper myiewDoc DrawDocumentimvWwindow pmWin Graphics gr valueType pUpdateRct Boolean bPrinting Boolean bDrawSelections at MapInfo Mapping Map Draw mW indow mwin Graphics graphics Rectangle update rea Boolean draw4dornments Graphics watermarkg Boolean printing at MapInfo Mapping Map DrawiGraphics graphics Rectangle updatetrea Boolean drawAdornments Graphics watermarkg Boolean printing at MapInfo Mapping Map DrawiGraphics graphics Rectangle update4rea Boolean drawAdornments at MapInfo Mapping MapExport InternalExport Stream stream at MapInfo Mapping viewExpork Export at MapInfo Exponare Proxy MapExportProxy Exportt at MapInfo Exponare Services Exponareser vice GetMapImage MapExportFroxy export Boolean isImageForPrinting ImageFormat Format Resolution There are some known issues with Oracle 10g driver version 10 02 00 01 wherein memory protected issues are reported at workspace manager and Exponare level during rendering of the map It is recommended to upgrade to Oracle 10g client version 10 02 00 04 and use this for establishing connections Administration Guide 171 Adding Spatial Tables to Workspace 172 Exponare 5 1 This chapter explains how to open and work with the Exponare supported Catalog Browser tool In this c
302. ng number text Municipality sub division text Municipality text Primary country sub division text Primary postcode text Secondary country sub division text Secondary postcode text Street directional prefix text Street directional suffix text Street name text otreet type prefix text otreet type suffix text Mandatory Fields The label to display for the building name input field The label to display for the building number input field The label to display for the municipality sub division input field The label to display for the municipality input field The label to display for the primary country sub division input field The label to display for the primary postcode input field The label to display for the secondary country sub division input field The label to display for the secondary postcode input field The label to display for the street directional prefix input field The label to display for the street directional suffix input field The label to display for the street name input field The label to display for the street type prefix input field The label to display for the street type suffix input field A further option for the Address Search input is to specify which input fields if any are mandatory A mandatory field is one for which the user must enter some data If a mandatory field has no data entered when the user tries to search the search is not performed and a message i
303. ng system Note New installations of Exponare also require activation This procedure is explained in Activation Keys on page 46 Setting File Permissions for Your Data The data files that you use for defining workspaces tables images and so on must be readable by the ASP NET user account so that the Exponare Server process can gain access to them If the data is on the Exponare Server machine then this process is not complicated However if your data files are on an external machine then the process is more difficult as the ASP NET user cannot access the network by default Note also that there is a distinction between files that are accessed via the file system and those that are accessed directly via IIS In general if a file is accessed via a URL such as http localhost Exponare file txt then you must ensure the file is readable via IIS normal web publishing However if the file is accessed directly such as the workspace definition files then you must ensure that the ASP NET user account can read those files Files Accessed via IIS Web published Files Any files that are accessed via IIS are specified using URL syntax Files that are accessed via IIS include e Layer Icons e Custom Legend images e Special Data Bind image thumbnails e Special Data Bind targets These files must exist in an web shared directory and have read permission specified The files may exist on any server machine that runs a web server The ASP
304. nges as per the color defined in Configuration Manager e f the Databind are produced under any other case other than point select then the bubble is displayed inside the active geometry on the map if the center of the geometry lies inside the geometry otherwise the bubble is displayed on the first point of the geometry The maximum number of selection can be set in the configuration manager for the work context Exponare 5 1 Chapter 44 Rest Public e Selection layer does not change on the basis of zoom in out or on the visibility change of the layer Selectability Databind results depend on selectability of a layer Selections on map can be performed using any of the selection tools Point Select Polyline select and Rectangle select or through running a query Databind results is seen on the Search Results tab in the left panel of Rest Public application page 1 You can select a layer only if it is visible on the map 2 Various levels of selectability control are provided in workspace and configuration manager For more details refer to Layer Settings The selection settings are honored exactly the way they are honored in Enquiry and Old Public 3 You can change the visibility of the layer from layer panel but you cannot change the selectability directly 4 Specific settings such as zooming to different levels zoom in out and applying views can impact visibility and in turn impact the selectability of the layer Annotati
305. ngs used to display those layers inthe Work Context will be arbitrary i gt Group i Ae Travel E LE Global Layer Groups When a duplicate layer is added to a Work Context a warning is written to the event log Missing Layers If a layer in a Global Layer Group is workspace fle ii igrored e ii Layer Name ci workspace file it is ignored Y k For example The Travel workspace Stations wr does not feature House Numbers or Property Parcels which are referenced ESSEA STJ Road Names in the Group 1 Global Layer Group Cycle Paths Pe Railways o Road Grey 156 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 17 Global Layer Groups Global Query Settings Exponare 5 1 onward user can set the query on global layer too For any layer included in the using the global layer group user can select the layer from query drop down to write queries on it Refer the snapshot below Concstenamr operni Deta Advenced Parameter Delsult conorisrato oper gor Diety first concaterator opersior Fest concatenstar operators d a Menus and Toolbars ndo iry vb Fan pase o Tales Di Pri Terplates erii Search fora property using the Lot number and Plan number F RibbonTat I M Tia Layer E ser inter aa Users FB Visa Conte Groups Wise Codes x EA Agna Precgmens A 1S Anal Control 1 Cime 5 Application Urka 3 Be Applicaton Ur Duts b Coordinate Expert Tinti Gibal Layer agi WD Layer Setinga ho By Print Templates
306. nistration Guide 383 Quick Info Tool 384 Exponare 5 1 Part 8 Supporting Information Topics e Feature Usage Guidelines Raster Images e Appendix C Support for Workspace Files395 e Appendix D Workspace Manager401 e Appendix E Line Styles and Fill Patterns421 e Glossary To maximise the performance of Exponare follow the guidelines laid out here In this appendix Feature Usage Guidelines Feature Usage Guidelines 388 The following are Exponare Usage Guidelines which form the basis of Exponare s user interface and performance design objectives These guidelines are not hard system constraints nor can they take into consideration your particular environment data sets hardware or business case However they should help you to create a satisfying user experience Feature Layers Workspaces Drop downs Remote Data Binds External Databases Application Link Outs using an External Database Connection Application Link Ins using an External Database Connection Queries Guideline Limit the number of Layers in any workspace to 20 Keep the combined number of visible Features from all Layers below 2000 for any given map Setting the appropriate zoom level restrictions for each layer should help with this Keep the total number of options in all configurable drop downs below 20 Keep the total number of Remote Data Binds for all concurrently selected Layers at 4 or below
307. not be visible until an export coordinates selection is made The illustration shows that a point has been selected it is displayed as a star 3 E Select a Work Context node 4 E Select the Coordinate Export Targets node 5 Click Add New Item to create a new Coordinate Export or 6 E Click the Coordinate Export Target node to update an existing Coordinate Export 7 Complete the Coordinate Export Target properties El Display text The text to be displayed to the user This is the text in the hyperlink that the user will click on to active this Coordinate export target Hyperlink target The target of the hyperlink This is the address of the target page only and does not include the HTML tag This can be a javascript call if more sophisticated behaviour is required Refer to The Hyperlink Target Field for more information Name The name of the Coordinate export target 2 4 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 30 Coordinate Export The Hyperlink Target Field The value in this field should be set to a valid target for the href property of a Hyperlink Tag in HTML This value will be placed into the target property of the Hyperlink that is generated on the Exponare Public interface and can then be clicked by the User as a standard Hyperlink An example target is as follows http www mapinfo com This target will cause the browser to re direct to the Pitney Bowes Software website when the User clicks on that hyperlink In this w
308. not drag a raster style override onto a vector layer If you do not want to move a layer into a group if instead you want to reposition the layer so that it is located above the group layer hold down the Shift key before completing the drag and drop action Similarly if you do not want to add a new label source to a label layer hold down the Shift key Displaying Context Menus Each item in the layer tree has a context menu To display a layer s context menu right click on the layer or press Shift F10 to display the menu for the currently selected layer The items on the context menu depend on the type of layer specified In particular note the following e To add a style override to a layer display the context menu and choose Add Style Override Note that each layer can have multiple style overrides each with a different zoom range this allows you set up the map so that points appear to grow larger and roads appear to grow wider as you zoom in e To rename any item in the layer tree right click the item and choose Rename Alternately you can press F2 to rename the selected item Note that renaming a layer in this manner does not rename the original table the rename operation simply changes the text that is displayed in the layer tree The information is stored in the workspace file when the workspace is saved Administration Guide 411 Layer Control 412 e By default a layer is selectable when it is added to a map Th
309. nput type button id printbuttonl value Print onclick PrintPage This tag includes Print button on start of Print Template On clicking this button print window will open you can take the printout of this template One Print button is clicked Close button will disappear and you cannot make any further modifications to the template Similar button has been added to print the template from the end of page lt input type button id printbutton2 value Print onclick PrintPage Close Print Template lt input type button id closebuttonl value Close onclick ClosePage This tag includes Close button next to Print button on the start of Print Template On clicking this button you can close the template and go back to the main screen Similar button has been added to close the template from the end of page lt input type button id closebutton2 value Close onclick ClosePage Configuring a Print Template A print template configuration specifies the template file and associated settings To configure a Print Template 1 Select Print Templates 2 Click Add New Item 3 Complete the Print Template properties General Allow zoom to active If True the user can choose to have the map zoom to the selection Allow zoom to Active Selection when printing x df True the user can choose to have the map zoom to selection Selection when printing Data Bind
310. nt Must be one or greater The total number of selections that can be made on the map across all Layers from the Public client Must be one or greater The maximum zoom width allowed Must be a positive value or zero to indicate that there is no upper bound The unit for the maximum zoom width The minimum zoom width allowed Must be a positive value or zero to indicate that there is no lower bound The unit for the minimum zoom width The unique name of the Work Context as shown to the user in the window title bar Work Context menu and drop down list E Fxponare Enquiry admin Sewerage EIN Tools Views Queries Shortcuts Links Favourites Open Work Context Aerial Photography Save Map Animal Control Copy Map Cadastre New Window Cadastre Melways Garbage Change Password wf Sewerage Reset Session vegetation Log OFF Exit The file that defines the Work Context selected from a list of available MWS files Only MWS files that appear in the Application Settings Data directories are available for selection See Appendix C Support for Workspace Files if you are unfamiliar with MWS files 111 Configuring a Work Context E Overview map height The height of the Overview Map in screen pixels Must be greater than zero Overview map marquee The colour to use for the marquee drawn over the colour Overview Map to select a zoom to region See Chapter 10 Overview Colour Helper on page 97 Ove
311. nt software v8 1 7 or v9i Resolution The permissions on the Oracle home directory need to be set to allow the ASP NET user ASPNET or Network Service accounts read and execute permissions on the Oracle software See Setting File Permissions for the Server for details of this procedure Public cannot load initial startup page Symptoms The startup page of Public cannot be loaded Instead an error page is displayed containing a Exception from HRESULT 0x80131524 error Resolution Restart the ASPNET process close all browser windows and restart Public Check the Event log for more information Public Menu toolbar map Is non operational Symptoms On certain operating systems particularly from the Windows 2003 Server family the installation process fails to register the required HTTP application handlers used by Exponare Public As a result the menu toolbar and map may not function correctly or at all Administration Guide 69 Troubleshooting 70 Resolution for IIS 6 0 1 Openthe IIS manager Navigate to the Exponare virtual directory and open the Properties window 2 3 Click the Configuration button 4 Click Add 5 Enter the executable C WINDOWS Microsoft NET Framework v4 0 30319 aspnet_isapi dll Note Note the correct directory might differ such as CAWinNT Enter the extension exp Ensure the option verify that file exists is not checked 8 Click OK Resolution 2 If the name of your ser
312. ntains a description of those features in the Workspace file that are used by Exponare and explores the differences in the way MWS files are created using MapInfo Professional and the Workspace Manager In this appendix MWS Features Supported by Exponare MWS Features Supported by Exponare Maps The core data object of a Workspace File is a map A single Workspace file can contain more than one map definition however Exponare will only use the first map definition it comes across in the Workspace file Exponare uses MapXtreme as its rendering engine and so is capable of rendering any map definition that can be rendered in MapXtreme Coordinate Systems It is recommended that all Layers in a workspace are created in the same coordinate system for optimal performance If a raster layer is included in a workspace then the workspace will be loaded in the coordinate system of that raster layer even if the coordinate system is different to that of the workspace Exponare does not support two or more raster Layers that use different coordinate systems being configured in the one Work Context Layers Exponare can use any layer definition that is used by MapXtreme Specifically Exponare exposes and uses the following features of a layer e Visibility e Zoom Visibility e Auto Labels e Selectability e Individual Value Themes e Ranged Themes e Dot Density Themes e Zoom layering of the above themes Style overrides e User friend
313. nu panels and the map Login as specified user Zero deployment effort Multiple concurrent sessions on one PC Application Link Outs Status bar commands Word print templates HTML Print Templates User defined Favourites Two separate panel areas Customisable raster image quality Data Editing 16046144 4x4 x Tile Layer amp XS XI XIX X XxX The bulk of the configuration for the Exponare components is handled through the Configuration Manager This includes the configuration of the Public user and the corresponding User Interface Commands Enquiry and Public have different sets of available commands and panels The following table 20 describes the tool availability Exponare Exponare Command Enquiry Public Map Zoom In Pan etc af ap Overview Map af x Selection Point Select Rectangle Select etc Note Public does not offer a Radius Select tool 7 id Session Login Logoff Clone Session af x Measure Measure Distance Measure Area af a Map adornment Scale Bar Auto Labels af af Views af af Layer shortcuts of af Online help af x Exponare 5 1 Chapter 3 Exponare Enquiry and Exponare Public Exponare Exponare Command Enquiry Public View Set Zoom Width control x Edit Data af x Tile Layer af a Panels The following table lists the panels that are available for use in the clients Note th
314. o the nature of JPEG map images a quality setting is provided that allows you to select between high quality images with large file sizes or lower quality smaller bandwidth saving images As a general guide you might select high quality for Enquiry and both printing scenarios but a lower setting for Public general use Each quality setting is an integer between 1 and 10 where 1 through 9 represent different compression levels and 10 represents an exact image from the raster layer The following table provides a guide to common quality settings and the resulting JPEG image size for the map based on the Aerial Photo workspace that appears in the Exponare Sample Data See also Appendix B Raster Images Image Quality Visual Appearance Guide to Image Size 3 Good may suit Public 43 KB 5 Very Good general purpose 77 KB 9 Excellent Essentially identical to quality level 10 114 KB 10 Original raster image 300 KB 106 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 11 Application Settings Enquiry printing raster quality The quality level for rendering maps that contain raster Layers This value is an integer between 1 and 10 The values 1 through 9 represent compressed images whereas the value 10 produces the map unaltered Recommended values are quality 2 to generate low bandwidth images quality 5 for general purpose use and quality 9 for high fidelity Enquiry raster quality x The quality level for rendering maps tha
315. o the user that can contain one or more parameters Once the user has chosen the values they want for the parameters the user submits the Query After submitting the Query the parameters are extracted and a SQL statement is constructed to calculate the resulting selection set Configuring a Query is a two step process 1 Determine whatthe user will see and what parameters they can modify 2 Define a SQL statement to make the selection The Query as seen by the user is defined by a user text template A user text template is a string that may contain references to Query Parameters for example Select all properties with an SPI number of SPI Number Note that a parameter is included in the template by using braces The name of the parameter in this case SPI Number must correspond to a Query Parameter The Query Parameter must have the same name as the parameter in the template between the two braces Thus for the example above a Query Parameter would be created with the name SPI Number When the user is shown the Query the parameter SPI Number will be accessed to determine how the parameter is displayed The Query as used by the server is defined by a SQL template The SQL template can also reference the Query Parameters For example the SQL template corresponding to the above user text template might be Select mi key from PropertyParcels where SPI QG8SPI Number The parameter name used in the SQL Query should be identical to
316. ol available from http www poweradmin com ServerMonitor free asp This allows you to monitor a web site by searching for a specific piece of text You can configure Power Admin Server Monitor to perform a set of actions based upon whether that text is present or not The actions that can be performed include e stopping starting restarting a windows service e sending an email e rebooting the server IIS settings to configure Rest Public To use Rest public where in the data layers can be seen with base lyer of choice it is important to 60 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 7 Server Administration Tasks ensure that the supportive handler called rest handler is available in the IIS settings While fresh install users need not configure any settings upgrade users would need to perform specific settings to be able to use Rest Public Depending on your IIS version please refer the steps illustrated below Learn how to add rest handler to be able to access Rest public for e IIS 6 e IIS 7 amp 7 5 IIS 6 1 Install Exponare Server Sample Data Enquiry 2 Add a handler rest follow the Steps given below a Run inetmgr command on run b Right click on Exponare Internet Information Services File Action View Help e OO PMoabBi em m S3 Internet Information Services Name M SHTIWARI W1 local computer SampleData Ei C Web Sites SampleDataGVB Default web Site a evn amp B IISHelp CJ Authorised w d vti bin
317. oltip text ie Panel description mouse hover imogene Information Name The unique name of the panel as shown to the user if Hide panel names in Enquiry is False eg Legend in the above screenshot 4 Repeat steps 1 through 3 to add additional panels 5 E If necessary adjust the position of the panels by using the position buttons in the command bar of the Configuration Manager 6 Click Save and Activate Settings Map Centre In Configuration Manager the administrator has the flexibility to set the functionality for desired user To add Map Centre command to the user interface 1 NE Select the User Interfaces node 2 Click Full Interface gt Status Panels Administration Guide 135 User Interface Configuration 136 3 Click Add New Item to create a new command Map Centre gs Exponare Configuration Manager File Configuration Help d Elea EEE ff Address Search Settings E General F Application Settings Map Centre Database Connections none Database Edit Settings Map Centre 9 Global Layer Groups jffoomWidh El Menus and Toolbars E Print Templates 08 User Interfaces H E Full Interface i E Bottom Panels Left Panels Status Panels EEE Zoom width m Map Centre DS Minimal Interface Exponare 5 1 Exponare User Profiles are the mechanism for granting and restricting access to Exponare Each profile specifies the connection information such as login name a
318. ome 9 Map 88 Draw Ted Group Group 2 I Sh E General Mama Full Mana Name The unique name of the Command Tree ai shown to the User ME Administration Guide 329 Using Hotkeys Using Hotkeys Like Exponare 4 5 the hotkeys functionality to access the application menu is supported An important change in the configuration here is the use of instead of amp to assign a hotkey This is particularly important for upgrade users as the preconfigured hot keys with amp will not work To activate the menu press Alt A on your keyboard and then choose the corresponding alphabet keys for the desired operation i Exponare Enquiry admin Cadastre Ti E ri k avourites Tile Layers i Help H C Configuration Manager 330 Exponare 5 1 This chapter discusses Quick Access Toolbar that allows users to access frequently used commands irrespective of their location in the various tabs In this chapter Default Settings in Quick Access Toolbar Introduction Exponare 5 0 Enquiry now supports a Quick Access Toolbar This allows users fast access to frequently used commands irrespective of their location in the various tabs By default some commands are directly added from the Configuration Manager while others can be added by customization options The screen shot below illustrates the default loading of the quick access toolbar Default Settings in Quick Access Toolbar B
319. on the Property Parcels layer 8 Drag the mouse cursor to the Global Layer Group created above 9 The Property Parcels layer is added to the Group 1 Global Layer Group complete with Data Binds E D Group 1 E fingens Parcels Add the House Numbers Road Grey and Occupier Resident Details Road Names layers Global Layer Groups Property Owner Details Property Details Lot Plan Details Planning Scheme Details Note You cannot use the drag drop approach described in steps 7 and 8 if you cannot see the destination location in the Configuration Tree The alternative method is to use the Copy and Pasie buttons 10 Create a second Global Layer Group containing the layers common to all Work Contexts except for Cadastre Melways The layers are Centrelines e Railways e Drainage e Stations e Parks e Suburb Boundaries 11 Create a third Global Layer Group containing the Easements layer Administration Guide 153 Organising Data Adding Global Layer Groups to a Work Context To add Global Layer Groups to a Work Context 1 2 gb In the Aerial Photography Work Context select Global Layer Groups Click Add New Item The Name property will be populated with the name of the first Global Layer Group created General Global Layer Group Name x Group 1 E Select Global Layers Click Add New Item The Name property will be populated with the name of the second Global Layer Group created
320. onare 5 1 Chapter 28 External Application Links transforms the Propertyld values from a Data Bind into their matching Owner Name values and passes the Owner Name values out to the external application Note The Link id in external application values in LinkOut Ids are unique However it is possible that the SQL Query could return duplicate values In the above example an owner may have more than property or share their name with another owner If this occurs there will be duplicate entries in the XML file Creating an Application Link Out 1 E Select a Work Context 2 E Select Application Link Outs 3 Click Add New Item 4 Complete the Application Link Out properties E Appears as Toolbar x df True this link appears as a shortcut button on the toolbar Shortcut Requires that the User Interface has a toolbar that includes the External Links Menu Items command Application The path name of the executable to run with this Link Out executable This can either be a relative filename relative to the Enquiry Program directory or an absolute path name to the executable file Click the button to browse for the executable Args The command line arguments sent to the external application f the special placeholder LinkFileLoc is used it will be replaced by the path to an XML file containing a description of the current selection Database connection The Database Connection to access for running this link
321. onare Server but many Exponare Enquiry clients To avoid the need to install each Enquiry on your client machines you can make use of a number of deployment strategies Note Enterprise deployment strategies are not part of Exponare rather they are part of your Windows operating system or third party software Please see your system documentation for full details on enterprise deployment The simplest enterprise deployment strategy is to use Windows Server login scripts All that is required is to specify a call to msiexec a component of Microsoft Installer v2 0 that executes the Enquiry Installer In order to do this copy the Enquiry Installer onto a network drive that is accessible to all of your users and which is accessible during login script processing You also need to know the URL of your Exponare Server virtual directory This is typically something like http my server com Exponare When specifying the call to msiexec you can make use of various command line parameters The most common ones are Parameter Description i msifile Install the msifile x msifile Uninstall the msifile gi Only show the progress bar during installation qn Don t show any user interface at all Exponare 5 1 Chapter 4 Installing Exponare The complete list of options for msiexec is available on MSDN You can specify the Exponare Server address by including the following installer parameter SERVER_OVERRIDE http server Ex
322. ones TAB D MyOtherData Extra Countries TAB your system would show errors due to having two separate files that have the name Countries TAB These problems will occur whether the TAB Files are referenced in the same workspace file or in a different workspace file This restriction also applies to TAB Files that are loaded in as SQL Support Tables Creating MWS files in MapInfo Professional A workspace file wor can be saved as a MWS file in MapInfo Professional however the information contained within MWS files created from MapInfo Professional and those created by the MapXtreme Workspace Manager can sometimes vary and thus cause problems with the Exponare Configuration Selectable State of Layers When MapInfo Professional saves a WOR file in MWS format it does not describe the selectable state of a layer If you have created an MWS file in MapInfo Professional you may need to use the MapXtreme Workspace Manager to set the selectable state for each layer By default all Layers are flagged as Selectable when you first load an MWS file created in MapInfo Professional into the Workspace Manager Administration Guide 397 Creating MWS files in MapInfo Professional To set the selectable state of MWS layers 1 2 3 4 5 o Note Launch the MapXtreme Workspace Manager Open the MWS file Click on a layer If necessary click the Options tab If necessary check uncheck the Selectable check box Repeat ste
323. ons Rest Public allows users to draw annotations like point line and polygon It also allows user to print annotations Below is the screen shot which highlights different types of annotations and clear annotation A HAS Wais LL IH TES She of HE Bins ema d ou 497989 e E 1 j De A HI m Sita P ii sie i i ET TT lh il seil L1 JT ES P VT LL Ji 1 H SES LN ine ins EL Zili ri LU ZI fiz De a ep ima SI Ej i You can use clear annotations map operation to clear drawn annotations Text Annotations The text annotation allows you to write text on the map Administration Guide 355 Rest Public Features 356 To add text annotation 1 Click on the text annotation button to add text to the map The text annotation pane appears in left side pane 2 Now click on the map where you want to write a text A bubble text box appear on the map Mapinfo Exponare k Set sbyle io annotation Text Properties dE Le NI ix n Fri dd iii li CERAI ELSE e Im P EHI T ALT ica 4 3 if f a Font Fnmily Arial ka m is J See ES Font 5 Er nr j Sum 10 Ed HE ga Style Bott Hai jy Align Let 3 Center O Fight mi Y 3 Enter the text in Bubble Text box and click Go The bubb
324. opened as part of a workspace e Create and load named connections using the Named Connection Manager e Add remove and view one or more maps e Set properties for map and layer visibility layer and label styles and themes with the built in layer control e Add remove or alter custom labels Create group layers which allow you to organize your layers into logical groupings so that you can show or hide the entire group with a single click e View multiple next and previous map views e Use map tools for navigation and manual label placement and use selection tools to verify that layer selectability settings are correct e Preview and print maps e Quickly open recent workspaces from the recent file list Exponare 5 1 Appendix D Workspace Manager Workspace Format and Contents The workspace file is an XML document MWS extension that contains the locations of the descriptions and metadata of all the maps tables layers and settings that make up the workspace Because it is XML the workspace is portable which means that you can share the workspace with other users working on different computers on different networks across locales In Exponare the portability of the XML workspace is implemented with named connections Named connections enable you to define alternative drive path and database connection information based on your own environment so that you can use workspaces created by others All paths and conne
325. operty ld property_id Unique identifier SP_UFI A backslash can be used to escape the and characters in the string 5 Repeatsteps2 through 4 to add additional parameters 6 Click Save and Activate Settings 226 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 25 Queries Creating Advanced Parameters 1 Select an Advanced Query node 2 JF Select Advanced Query Parameters 3 Click Add New Item 4 Complete the Advanced Query Parameter properties Advanced operators A list of all the comparison operators available for this parameter Should be a list of the form lt display gt lt value gt lt display gt lt value gt where display is the string to display to the user and value is the actual value to place into the resulting Query on the server For example less than lt greater than gt A backslash can be used to escape the and characters in the string Column name The column name for this parameter This should be the fully qualified column name as it appears in a table referenced in the Query Data type x The data type of the input parameter Default comparison x The default comparison operator This should exactly match operator the display value of an AdvancedOperators entry Default value The default value shown to the user Description The description of the Advanced Query Parameter used as tooltip text when the mouse is hovered over the parameter 5 Information Queries IE Print
326. or absolute If true enables the drop down to be expanded on first time launch of the map By default value of this setting is false You can change this setting to true or false as per your choice Note This setting is applicable to Rest Public only Exponare 5 1 Chapter 20 Layer Settings Hyperlink target URL If non blank the Layer Name is displayed in the Legend as a hyperlink and the setting in this field is the hyperlink target The target URL can be relative to the Exponare virtual directory or absolute If blank the Layer Name is displayed as plain text Icon The URL of an image to use as the icon for this Layer in the Legend panel If blank no icon is displayed This URL can be either relative or absolute Relative URLS are relative to the root of the Exponare virtual directory For example images street gif IS typically interpreted as http localhost Exponare images street gif The image file must be web readable by an anonymous user Legend labels column If an auto generated Legend image is being used this property specifies the Workspace layer column that provides the text labels for the Legend A Legend entry is provided for each unique value that exists in the specified column User can change auto If True the user can change the auto labelling of this labelling Layer User can change df True the user can change the selectability of this Layer selectability User can change visibility
327. ordering set this property to True and add child nodes that describe the Layers and their new positions in the layer order The description of the Layer Settings Shortcut shown in the status bar when the mouse is hovered over a Layer Settings Shortcut Name in the Shortcuts menu and used as tooltip text when the mouse is hovered over the Layer Settings Shortcut icon on the toolbar Toggles on off the zoning laver The name of the Layer Settings Shortcut as shown to the user in the Shortcuts menu How this Layer Settings Shortcut affects the auto labelling for the entire Work Context Auto labelling can be turned on off left unchanged or toggled to the opposite of its current state 5 Click Save and Activate Settings 198 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 22 Layer Settings Shortcuts 6 Adda Layer Settings for Shortcuts node for each layer that is to be altered by this shortcut as described below To add Layer Settings for Shortcuts 1 amp Selecta Layer Settings Shortcut node 2 Click Add New Item 3 Complete the Layer Settings for Shortcut properties Auto labelled x Should the layer be auto labelled after this Layer Settings Shortcut is applied chosen from yes no unchanged or toggle Expand in Legend Should the row for this layer be rolled down in the Legend after applying this Layer Settings Shortcut chosen from yes no unchanged or toggle Layer name x The layer whose properties
328. ormation called a link file It will also result in the placeholder being replaced by the path to the created link file For example the command line argument SomeArgument LinkFileLoc would result in the following SomeArgument C Documents and Settings windows user name Application Data MapInfo Exponare HighLoadTransferFile xml Note You must check the specifications for the application you are linking with to find the appropriate format for its command line arguments For example Exponare Enquiry would require LinkFile LinkFileLoc e Given that the path to the link file typically contains spaces you will almost always need to enclose the LinkFileLoc tag in double quotes Configuring an Application Link Out Using a Remote Database Connection It is possible to run a Query on an external database when performing an Application Link Out This is useful for example if the values returned from the Data Bind column are not valid for the external application and need to be mapped to another set of values before being passed out To use an external database link specify the Database Connection and enter the SQL Query using the SQL syntax of the remote database The special keyword LinkOut Ids is available for this query this keyword is replaced with the values from the Data Bind when the query is processed For example the following Query SELECT Owner Name FROM OwnerDetails WHERE PropertyId in LinkOut Ids 262 Exp
329. ovides a quick way to set the zoom and pan of a map For example you can create a View that centers the map over a railway station with a zoom width of 200 meters You can access list of available Views from the Exponare Rest Public toolbar BrayBrook Entire Council j Footscray i Ma Maidzt byle T Seddon i Tottenham F rr di i Exponare 5 1 Chapter 44 Rest Public For more information on creating views refer to Creating a View Note The views feature in Rest Public comes with a limitation enforced upon by use of OpenLayers because of which it cannot zoom to the exact value as specified in configuration manager It zooms to the nearest possible level hence slight mis match between a view rendered in Enquiry or Public vs the Rest Public can be expected e Use of OpenLayers allow us to go to a specific levels of minimum and maximum zoom hence the minimum and maximum zoom level settings specified in configuration manager are not honored e Similarly unlike Exponare Enquiry and Exponare Public it also allows us to switch to locations outside of work context boundary Hence the issue of centroid lying outside work context boundary is not observed Left Panel Controls With Rest Public application Exponare now offers following panels on left side of the map Layers and Legends Search Search Results Coordinate Export Print Annotation Panel Note In IE you can not select any drop down item fro
330. own list data eg workspace i definition files and themes from the Exponare Server Note Fontlists can only be refreshed by restarting the Exponare Server View Default Order View the property grid in the default order ie the most commonly used properties are listed first E View View the property grid in property category order Categorized Note In the chapters that follow this is the order that is used to document the available properties W View Alphabetical View the property grid in alphabetical order 93 Administration Guide Toolbar Add New ltem Adas a new item to the tree Delete Item Deletes the currently highlighted item from the tree You will be asked to confirm this action Copy Copy the currently highlighted tree item to the clipboard Paste Pastes the contents of the clipboard as a new item in the tree Modify Activation keys er d Available only when the Applications Setting node is selected Opens the Activation dialog box so that new keys can be requested added page 46 Update Layer Settings z Available only when a Work Context node is selected Automatically creates a Layer Settings node for each layer in the Workspace Definition File if the following conditions are satisfied e The layer has data columns raster layers for example the Aerial Photography layer in the Aerial Photography Work Context do not have data columns e The
331. p and select map objects in various ways These same tools are also available on the Workspace Manager toolbar Each tool is explained below Administration Guide 407 Workspace Manager Menu Commands Zoom In Use the Zoom In tool to get a closer area view of your map To zoom in on a map 1 Choose Tools gt Zoom In to activate the tool Your cursor changes to a magnifying glass with a plus sign in it 2 Click on your map The map redraws at a closer area view centering itself at the point you clicked Zoom Out Use the Zoom Out tool to get a wider area view of your map To zoom out on a map 1 Choose Tools gt Zoom Out to activate the tool Your cursor changes to a magnifying glass with a minus sign in it 2 Click on your map The map redraws at a wider area view centering itself at the point you clicked Pan Use the Pan tool to reposition your map without changing the zoom level For example you might want to redirect the view of your map so that a certain country or city is in the center To pan your map 1 Choose Tools Pan to activate the tool Your cursor changes to a hand icon 2 Click on the map and while holding down the mouse button drag the map to the desired position The map redraws reflecting the new position Select Use the Select tool to select objects one at a time or to select all objects that are generally in the same area To select an object using the Select tool 1 Choose Tools gt Selectto
332. plates D User Interfaces HAE Users H E Work Context Groups EHES work Contests m Esi Aerial Photography H E Animal Control EHE Cadastre i E Application Link Ins FE Application Link Outs FE Coordinate Export Targets Aa Global Layer Groups S Groups HE Layer Settings 200 Exponare 5 1 In this chapter SQL Table Names SQL Table Names Exponare SQL can access data from SQL Support Table files TAB and workspace files MWS In each case the name of the table as used in SQL statements is the name of the underlying file ignoring the extension The Name property that is associated with a Work Context or an SQL Support Table configuration item is not used when specifying SQL statemenis If a table or workspace filename has unusual characters or spaces you might want to rename it with a simpler name If this is impractical you can surround the name in double quotation marks wherever it is used in a SQL statement For example if you have a Work Context called My Workspace that is based on My Workspace mws this could be referred to in a SQL statement as My Workspace select from My Workspace where SQL Support Tables Along with the data loaded through the configured workspace you can also load in extra SQL Support Tables to be used by the Data Binds and Queries This data is loaded along with the workspace file on a Work Context change and is available to be accessed by the data binds and Queries in t
333. ple Layers that are overlaid on top of each other For example a map might consist of a Layer which shows the land area and water areas plus another Layer which contains the road network plus another Layer which contains the national parks etc A user of the system may if the Administrator allows it be able to manipulate these Layers to change which ones are being displayed on the map or which order the Layers are displayed in Layer Auto Labels The setting that determines if Auto Labels associated with spatial features in a given map Layer are visible if the Layer is within its Auto Label Zoom Visibility Range Typically an Exponare user can change the Layer Auto Labels setting for various Layers on the map Layer Icon A small image associated with a Layer on the map The image is displayed in the Legend Layer Rolldown Image A large image associated with a Layer on the map The image is visible in the Legend if a user chooses to roll down the row in the Legend that represents the Layer Typically a Layer Rolldown Image contains a small image for each unique visual Feature style in the Layer and a short textual description Layer Selectability The setting that determines if spatial features in a given map Layer can be selected by an Exponare user Typically an Exponare user can change the Layer Selectability setting for various map Layers Layer Settings The current state of the Layers on the map This includes the order of Layers
334. plication e f you require the use of brace characters and for any other purpose in your Print Templates you must escape them with the character Any pair of braces eg Map or my Tag can be added to the document as is by inserting a I immediately after the first brace eg Map or myTag The escape character will be removed during print template processing lt Exponare 5 1 Chapter 27 Print Templates Map and Scale Bar Size Units The following table lists the units that can be specified for the map units and Scale Bar size units The units are case insensitive Note that several variations can be used for the same unit Centimetre centimeter centimetres centimeters cm cms Foot feet ft fts Inch inches in ins Metre meter metres meters m ms Millimetre millimeter millimetres millimeters nm mms Pica pc p Pixel px Point pnt pt Twip tp t Creating a PDF Print Template Exponare Enquiry 5 0 has an add on feature to print in PDF format using templates set up by the administrator This feature is only available with Microsoft Word 2007 or 2010 and does not support Microsoft Word 2003 When a Word template is selected Exponare will generate the document and open it in a PDF or Word PDF can be generated by clicking on Print to PDF button Templates produce a section for each feature in the current selection with that feature set as the active selection in th
335. plication Log before installing and configuring or upgrading to Exponare 3 0 and above Messages will be written out by default There is no need to alter any configuration settings to cause Exponare 5 1 Chapter 4 Installing Exponare the generation of messages Installation Install Exponare Server from the CD ROM by inserting the Exponare CD in the CD drive If the installer does not run automatically it can be accessed directly by running the Index html using Internet Explorer file in the root folder on the Exponare CD Click on Install Products followed by Exponare Server Exponare Public and follow the screen prompis Note Unless upgrading an Exponare version 5 0 and above installation Exponare version 5 1 should never be installed to a folder or virtual directory which already contains files e IIS is suspended during the installation of Exponare Server This will affect other web applications on the server CAUTION To facilitate future upgrades to Exponare Server do not modify the files that are installed by Exponare Server Rather create new files and subdirectories if required New files are not deleted during uninstallation and can be migrated more simply to future versions Post installation Tasks 64 bit install For Windows Server 2008 R2 for 64 Bit 1 Add New Application Pool Set its values as e Name Exponare e Framework 4 0 e Managed Pipeline Mode to Integrated 2 Goto Set Application Pool Defa
336. ponare Overall a common command line to use in login script deployment is msiexec qb i MapInfo Exponare Enquiry msi SERVER OVERRIDE 2 http my server com Exponare To uninstall Enquiry in a login script use msiexec qb x MapInfo Exponare Enquiry msi Using these two processes you can ensure that your users have access to Enquiry with minimal effort The most common problem that you will face with your deployment of Enquiry is an incorrectly specified Server URL The Server URL used by Enquiry is stored in the Program Files area in a file called ExponareEnquiry exe config eg C Program Files MapInfo Exponare Enquiry ExponareEnquiry exe config If your Enquiry clients cannot connect make sure that they have an appropriate URL Note that the URL contained in the ExponareEnquiry exe config file must include Exponare asmx at the end eg http my server com Exponare Exponare asmx You should be able to cut and paste the URL from the configuration file into a web browser and see a list of Exponare web service functions Getting Started Exponare Enquiry must be configured to point to a live Exponare Server before it can be used Typically this configuration is done during installation by providing information about the server when prompted Once installation is complete configuration of the Exponare Server can be done by editing the ExponareEnquiry exe config file located in the Exponare Enquiry application folder
337. pport Tracking System The Support Tracking System is used internally by the Technical Support department to manage and track customer issues The system also provides the ability to track calls with accountability This system helps Technical Support respond to all customer issues effectively efficiently and fairly Expected Response Time Most issues can be resolved during the customer s initial call If this is not possible a response will be issued before the end of the business day A Technical Support representative will provide regular updates on the status of the issue until it is resolved Support requests submitted by e mail are handled using the same guidelines as telephone support requests however there is an unavoidable delay of up to several hours for message transmission and recognition Exchanging Information Occasionally a Technical Support representative will ask you to provide sample data in order to duplicate your scenario In the case of our developer tools such as MapX and MapXtreme a small subset of sample code may be requested to help duplicate the issue The preferred method of exchanging information is either via e mail or our FTP site Use the following e mail addresses Australia pbsoftware support pb com United States pbsoftware support pb com Europe pbsoftware support pb com Accessing the Pitney Bowes Software FTP Site For information regarding our FTP site please contact Technical Suppo
338. ps 3 though 5 as required Save the file Restart IIS for the new settings to take effect af Maplnfa StreetPro United Kingdom Edition 2 E Label Layer a tm O 0 ex f f GB_Major Roads 4 GB_GazetteerFull GB_ Cities B Major Cities 3B Matural Features B Public Lacations GaB Parking E 1 e rad DA Hill awe Visibility Options Estents Information W Selectable Editable Drawing tools can add features W Show InfaTips W Snap to nodes InfoTip Expression me Saving an MWS file created by Maplnfo Professional in Workspace Manager will also update Auto Label settings see below Autolabel Differences 398 Unlike the MapXtreme Workspace Manager Maplnfo Professional does not have a Create Labels Automatically checkbox For Exponare this means that depending on whether you create the MWS file in MapInfo Professional or using the MapXtreme Workspace Manager the Auto Labels will behave differently In Workspace Manager a label layer has a Visible check box and also a Create labels automatically checkbox This gives the following scenarios Visible Create labels automatically Result Auto Labels are available and are turned on by default E Auto Labels are available and are turned off by default Auto Labels are not available Auto Labels are not available Exponare 5 1 Appendix C Support for Workspace Files In MapInfo Professional a lay
339. pter Introduction To access data from a DBMS you need to set up a connection to it In addition any DBMS tables that contain spatial data that you want to see on a map must have a record created for them in a special table called the Maplnfo Map Catalog This record contains information about the spatial data The process of creating this record is called making the table mappable You can access the following types of spatial database e Microsoft SQL Server 2008 32 bit e Oracle 10G R2 32 bit e Oracle 11G R2 32 bit Working with spatial data in a DBMS Exponare enables you to access remote database data through ODBC connectivity support and the Oracle Spatial Object support using externally downloaded linked tab files created in Maplnfo Professional In order to create a MWS consisting of externally linked tab files use Maplnfo Professional to connect to an external database choosing Oracle OCI ODBC Overview of the DBMS Access Setup Process Install a Database Driver Access to a database server is through a DBMS driver which you install on to your machine and is specific to the DBMS you want to connect to A driver allows Exponare to connect to the database using an ODBC OLE or OCI connection Each type of database supplies its own driver You may need to obtain the driver from your database administrator and have your database administrator help you set up properties for the driver after installing it The version
340. r which is written on the Exponare product box 10 Paste the XML snippet into the email Exponare 5 1 Chapter 4 Installing Exponare 11 Optionally if you require multiple Activation Keys perform steps 5 7 again and add the XML snippet s to the email 12 Send the email 13 We will respond sending you an email containing your Activation Keys which are also XML snippets Registering an Activation Key Once you have requested and received an email containing one or more Activation Keys you can add the Activation Keys to the Exponare configuration to enable the corresponding feature s To register an Activation Key 1 Startthe Exponare Configuration Manager see page 86 2 Selectthe Application Settings item in the tree 3 Make sure your customer name setting is correct 4 ep Click the Activation Key button in the toolbar to display the Activation Key entry window 5 n your email program select the XML snippet that you received from Product Support and copy it to the clipboard In the Activation Key entry window click the paste button T The Activation Key is registered and any custom data information is entered automatically A message is displayed in the bottom of the dialog box indicating whether it is valid or not If your Activation Key is invalid contact product support 8 Click Close to close the dialog box 9 Save the configuration Access Denied on editing Exponare Enquiry config file on
341. r FTP site for data uploading and downloading Access to a breadth of programming skills including NET Web languages Java Visual Basic and MapBasic Ability to submit feature requests for future releases of Pitney Bowes Software products Access to the Pitney Bowes Software Corporate Development Feedback Forum Online bug tracking advice You can obtain a copy of our Technical Support subscription form from any of our offices or contact a Technical Support Consultant directly Contacting Pitney Bowes Software Corporate Headquarters The Americas For The Americas use these details http www pb com software Technical Support Phone 800 552 2511 option 1 or 1518 7283 Fax 518 285 6080 E mail pbsoftware support pb com Hours Monday Friday from 8 00am 7 00pm EST excluding US Holidays Exponare 5 1 Chapter 1 Introduction Asia Pacific Headquarters For AsiaPac use these details http www pbsoftware com au support contact support Australia Hours Monday Friday from 8 00am 6 00pm Australian EST Sydney excluding Public Holidays General Support Phone 1800 648 899 E mail pbsoftware support pb com Europe Middle East Africa For Europe Middle East Africa use these details http www pbsoftware eu uk support technical support Technical Support Phone 44 800 840 0001 Fax 44 1753 621 140 E mail support mapinfo com Hours Monday Friday from 9 00am 5 00pm GMT excluding UK
342. r and are not displayed Can use Enquiry Can auto login Enquiry Can store panel state bal bal If True users with this profile can log in to Enquiry This property is True and read only if Ils administrator is set to True If True users with this profile can auto login to Enquiry If True users with this profile can store the size of their left and bottom panels when they exit Enquiry The stored state will be restored they next time they use Enquiry See Chapter 15 User Interfaces Left Panel and Bottom Panelon page 130 The General property Is administrator does not apply to the Public user and is not displayed Login Is administrator The unique login name of the user This must be preceded by the domain name and a backslash if the user is to be externally authenticated When the login name is changed for native Exponare user profiles the password becomes invalid and must be set by the administrator This field is read only for the Public user and the current user True if this user profile has administrator privileges This setting cannot be changed If you are logged in as this user To create a new administrator and delete the current administrator e Create and save the new administrator s account e Login as the new administrator e Delete the old administrator If this field is set to True Can use Enquiry must be True Exponare 5 1 Chapter 16 Users Default Work Context
343. r draws a line from the point where you clicked to the cursor 3 Click to create another endpoint Continue to move the cursor and click until you have the desired number of sides to your polygon 4 Toclose the polygon make your last click as close as possible to the first click Workspace Manager closes the polygon and selects the objects that are within it Layer Control The Workspace Manager application window is divided into two main sections The layer control window and commands are located on the left and the map window is on the right The layer control window displays the opened map s and all of its accompanying layers The layer control features of the Workspace Manager enable you to assemble the layers of your map and apply settings to individual layers or the entire map that govern how the layer s or map display MapInfo Workspace Manager C Program FilesWMaplInfo Exponare Server SampleData test_w Bo File View Map Tools Extensions Help hk CK w amp KA Maps 6 dP z 2 it em Cadastre D zi Cadastre 2 Cadastre Labels i amp Parks E _ Parks 9 Shade parks by Suburb i 4 Stations EA Rallways O PDA o n gt ESI VA 4 Zr I Visibility Options Extents Information he Visible lv Display Within Range Zoom range Zoom i at least 0 00 km ST Heus Zoom is less thar 2 00 km Show Nodes Show Centroids Show Line Direction
344. r information The MapHook Property The MapHook property is an advanced property that can be used to bind a control to a map on a page in the rare case that more than one map is on a page Controls which can be bound to a map are those which rely on the map for their state Specifically these controls are e The Legend tag The Scale Text tag The Map Center tag The Zoom Width tag e The Overview Map tag The MapHook property can be specified as follows Exponare OverviewMap id OverviewMap runat server Width 3cm Height 3cm MapHook MapImage gt Where MapImage is the id of a map tag elsewhere on the page Note None of the tags with MapHook properties may be used before the map they list as their MapHook If these tags do not specify a MapHook they must not be used before the first map on the page Exponare 5 1 Chapter 27 Print Templates Creating Rest Public HTML Print Template Exponare allows you to create and customize print templates in html or htm format You must have basic knowledge of HTML before creating print template that includes HTML tags like lt div gt lt tr gt lt td gt etc The tags are written with a start tag and an end tag with the content in between All the templates can be placed at following location at server side Printing RestPrintTemplates You can use these print templates from Exponare Rest public under print navigation pane For details refer to Print To create a Rest
345. r needs to add another html tag with id customField2 Administration Guide 247 Creating Rest Public HTML Print Template 248 HTML Tag Syntax Comments Information Results lt table id Table6 bordercolor 000066 cellspacing 1 cellpadding 1 width 100 border 1 gt lt tr gt lt td width 505 bgcolor 000066 gt lt font color ffffff gt Info Results lt font gt lt td gt LILIS lt tr gt lt td gt lt div id infoResultDiv gt There are no selected items lt div gt lt td gt sii lt table gt The infoResultDiv idis used for the information results called as Data Bind This id is used to display all the information results It is given under lt div gt You can also use this with any other html tag which has innerhtml attribute Innerhtml content will be displayed as the information result The following additional style attributes given for header Info Results can also be changed as per your preference tont color ffffff bgcolor 000066 Legend lt td valign top width 100 gt lt table id Table4 cellspacing 1 cellpadding 1 width 100 border 0 gt lt tr gt lt td bgcolor 0000606 gt lt font color ffffff gt Legend lt font gt lt td gt lt gt lt table gt lt div id legendDiv gt lt div gt lt td gt The legendDiv id is used for the legend information called as Legend This id is used for populating values of l
346. r which will be used to bind against and modifying the SQL syntax accordingly Creating a Query To create a Query 1 E Select a Work Context node 2 Select Queries Click Add New Item Complete the Advanced Query properties if appropriate Concatenator x The list of concatenator operators used between each clause operators of the advanced section of the Query Should be in the form displayname SQl Value displayname SQLValue You can select from a list of common values or enter your own Default advanced Optional the advanced parameter to use as the default when parameter an Advanced Query row is added by the user Administration Guide 223 Creating a Query 224 Default concatenator operator Default first concatenator operator First concatenator operators b al The default concatenator to use between the advanced clauses in the Query This setting should match the display value of the concatenator not the SQL value Common values are available in the drop down list The default concatenator to use between the basic section and the advanced section of the Query Should be the display value of the concatenator and not the SQL value Common values are available in the drop down list The list of concatenator operators used between the basic section and the advanced section of the Query Should be in the form displayname SQL Value displayname SQLValue You can select from a list of commo
347. re Sample Data e Creating a Global Layer Group e Adding Global Layer Groups to a Work Context Overriding Global Layer Settings Overriding Global Data Binds Completing the Reorganisation The Exponare Sample Data The Exponare sample data contains the following layers that are in two or more Work Contexts Layer A1 Roads Overview Aerial Photography af Animal Control p Cadastre p Work Context Cadastre Melways x Garbage ap Sewerage P Vegetation af Centrelines Drainage Easemenis House Numbers Parks Property Parcels Railways Road Grey Road Names Stations K NN GX X amp XK X Suburb Boundaries SV I 81 SK NIA V SV 81 814 NX A Creating a Global Layer Group 152 V SV NUN NASA K V SV SA NIA NK SA V SV SI NIA RIA NA V SV NIA KI SA All work contexts use the House Numbers Property Parcels Road Grey and Road Names layers These layers will be added to a new Global Layer Group To create a Global Layer Group using the sample data 1 Open the Configuration Manager 2 ED Select Global Layer Groups Exponare 5 1 Chapter 17 Global Layer Groups 3 Click Add New Item 4 Complete the Name property General Name The name for the Global Layer Group 5 El Expand the Cadastre Work Context 6 gb Expand Layer Settings 7 E Click and hold
348. re database AccessKeys xml You will be asked if you would like to overwrite AccessKeys xm1 the file that holds your activation keys If you do you may have to request new Activation Keys from Product Support In most cases you will not need to overwrite AccessKeys xml Restarting IIS When finished you will be informed that you need to restart IIS for these settings to take effect as illustrated above the tool will do this for you web config lt appSettings gt lt add key ConfigurationManager UseSqlServer value True gt lt add key ConfigurationManager ConnectionString value Server SqlServer Database Exponare User ID ExponareUser Password password gt lt appSettings gt If you have set up Exponare to run in a Web Farm environment ie the appSettings node in web config appears as above then you will also need to delete all rows from the Configuration table in the Exponare database Delete FROM Configuration is the recommended command for this Start Exponare Configuration Manager on the Exponare Server machine In the Application Settings properties enter your Customer name If you chose to overwrite AccessKeys xml in step 2 or if your Customer name has changed request enter Activation Keys see page 46 Set up the configuration Save the configuration Exponare 5 1 Chapter 7 Server Administration Tasks Restarting the ASP NET Process The ASP NET process can be restarted at any
349. reServer Printing RestPrintTemplates CapabilityDemo lt script src CapibilityDemo CapibilityDemo js type text javascript gt lt script gt This file has two methods Administration Guide 245 Creating Rest Public HTML Print Template 246 1 CreateLegend To create Legend in Template 2 CreateDataBinds For data bind information In CreateLegend you can change the number of columns from the line if legendCount 96 3 0 By default it will display 3 columns To increase or decrease number of columns you can replace 3 with the number of columns required For e g for 5 columns replace 3 with 5 and it will display 5 columns in legend panel In CreateDataBinds you can only change the style of databind information You can use the same class name class ui state default and give your own corresponding styles in the style sheet There are some more styles defined for even and odd tables of databind information t x class odd and tr class even gt You can also use these class names to give your own styles to databind information lt link rel stylesheet href CapibilityDemo style css type text pss This style sheet includes all styles of map legend and databind information You can provide your own css class as per your choice and preferences but class names should be same as given in this style sheet for reference You must include following tag It will remove Bing terms of use as they are not required
350. receive an appropriate message in the Options window f an administrator imports a new configuration and saves the saved configuration will overwrite any changes that were concurrently made by other administrators When changes are saved using the Exponare Configuration Manager a copy of the old configuration is automatically stored on the Exponare Server and the configuration on the client will be automatically refreshed Note The number of old Exponare Configuration xml files grows continuously From time to time itis recommend that you to delete old configuration files This will free space in your SQL Server database or on your server s file system depending on how you chose to store your configuration Select Configuration Menu Delete History to select and delete configuration files Menu Bar File Menu Change Passwords Opens the Change Password dialog box Start Exponare Enquiry Initiates an Exponare Enquiry session so that the administrator can log on as a user and view configuration changes Exit Closes the Exponare Configuration window 90 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 10 Overview Change Password The Change Password dialog box allows you to change users passwords E Change Password User name Administrator password New password Confirm new password You cannot change passwords if you have unsaved changes after importing a configuration file containing password information
351. rendered as literal text That is if the data contains HTML markup Public does not process or interpret the HTML For example if a Data Bind returns a value for StreetName of b Bohn StSs b gt the displayed result is lt b gt Bob St lt b gt rather than Bob St 22 Exponare 5 1 Part 2 System Administration The chapters in this section describe how to install upgrade and un install Exponare on both server and client machines Day to day server and client administration tasks are discussed here The section concludes with a chapter that describes how to run Exponare in a web farm environment Note We recommend that you contact our Professional Services Group if you are installing Exponare for the first time Topics Installing Exponare Upgrading Exponare Uninstalling Exponare Server Administration Tasks Client Administration Tasks Web Farm Environments and Exponare Server This chapter describes the Exponare platform requirements and the processes for installing Exponare components and preparing them for use See if you are installing Exponare on multiple servers Note All Exponare components Server Enquiry and Sample Data must be installed using a Windows user account that has administration privileges This includes full file system registry and event log privileges e The order for performing a full Exponare installation is to install Exponare Server then Exponare Sample Data then Exponare
352. riate IIS settings It is recommended that the IIS setting are in sync with the Webserver configuration steps suggested in Pre Installation Tasks Error on upgrading Exponare Server Error 404 17 or Error 405 In Enquiry Symptoms On running locally aspx or asmx page below HTTP error occurs after upgrading the server 40 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 4 Installing Exponare Error Summary a HTTP Error 404 17 Not Found The requested content appears to be script and will not be served by the static file handler Detailed Error Information Module StaticFileModule Requestedhttp localhost 30 exponare RestPublicApplication aspx NotificationExecuteRequestHandler URL MT PhysicalC XProgram HandlerStaticFile PathFiles MapInfo Exponare Server RestPublicApplication aspx Error Code x80070032 LogonAnonymous Method LogonAnonymous User Or Enquiry throws an exception 405 Method not found Resolution Please add these three handlers manually after completing the installation of server at the following executable path Drive WINDOWS Microsoft NET Framework v4 0 30319 1 axa handler from path C Windows Microsoft NET Framework v4 0 30319 aspnet_isapi dll 2 asmx handler from path C Windows Microsoft NET Framework v4 0 30319 aspnet_isapi dll 3 aspx handler from path C Windows Microsoft NET Framework v4 0 30319 aspnet_isapi dll Zoom pan control will not work in old public on upgrading the server if
353. rieve a set of values from a data source Exponare The collective name for the group of components that make up the Exponare Product Suite Exponare Configuration The collection of settings which specify the behavior and appearance of Exponare Administrators access the Exponare Configuration through the Configuration Manager Eg Work Context details User Profile access rights etc Exponare Enquiry The name of the Exponare desktop client Exponare Hardware Identity Generator A tool used by Exponare customers to assist them in making an Exponare License Request Exponare License A file lic file that unlocks an Exponare installation for a given hardware configuration An Exponare License File is received in response to an Exponare License Request A trial license is installed if a valid MapXtreme license cannot be found and is valid for 60 days Administration Guide 429 Exponare License Request An application for an Exponare License File Requests are sent to Pitney Bowes Software via email or fax Exponare Module The generic name for one of the components that make up the Exponare Product Suite eg Exponare Public Exponare Public The name of the Exponare web browser client Exponare Serial Number The alpha numeric code printed on the underside of the Exponare product packaging Exponare Server The name of the Exponare service provider for both Exponare Enquiry and Exponare Public Exponare Trial License An E
354. rint Template Text to be added to a Print Template is specified by a user in either the Exponare Enquiry or Exponare Public Print Panels 428 Exponare 5 1 Glossary Data Bind A Data Bind is a Query on a data source such as a TAB File that associates textual information with Features in a Layer on the map Exponare displays the textual information associated with a Feature when the Feature is selected Textual information is displayed in either a Data Bind Details view or a Feature Details view Data Bind Details A tabular view of textual information associated with selected Features on the map The textual information is organized into separate tables for each Data Bind associated with the selected Features Compare with Feature Details Data Bind Hyperlink An image or text hyperlink associated with a Feature The hyperlink is displayed in the Data Bind Details and Feature Details relating to the Feature Database Connection A definition of a link to an external database so that the data in that database can be used as a data source for things such as Queries and Data Binds Drop Down List Query Parameter A Query Parameter that allows the user to choose from a fixed set of options The Administrator defines available options F Dynamic Drop Down Query Parameter A Query Parameter that allows the user to choose from a dynamic set of options The available options are generated by running an Administrator defined Query to ret
355. rkspace or to load data that is spatial but that you do not want to have rendered on the map SQL support tables can be used in Data Binds and Queries A View provides a quick way to set the zoom and pan of a map For example you can create a View that centres the map over a railway station with a zoom width of 200 metres A Watermark is an image or defined set of text that will be drawn onto the map image after the map data has been rendered It is used for such things as placing a copyright message on top of protected data 115 Work Context Nodes 16 1 xponare 5 1 are used to group the individual Using groups simplifies the configuration of the Work Contexts that each user can access For example we might have Work Context Groups called All Administrative Facilities and Cadastre Users can then be specified to have access to one or more of these groups In this chapter Creating a Work Context Group Creating a Work Context Group To create a Work Context Group 1 Select the Work Context Groups node 2 Click Add New Item to create a new Work Context Group 3 Complete the Work Context Group Name property Name The unique name of the Work Context Group To add Work Contexts to a Work Context Group Select a Work Context Groups node 2 Click Add New Item 3 Complete the Work Context property El Work Context x Select a Work Context from the drop down list
356. rmation Note Even if you know the URL for a tile server access to it may not be free Please contact the tile server provider to ensure you are appropriately licensed to use the tile server before setting it up in Exponare Exponare users are permitted to use Bing Maps for internal use free of charge For external use on public web sites Bing Maps is free for public sector clients Commercial clients will need to pay a fee Please contact your account manager or PBBI partner for details 4 Click Yes A new Tile Layer gets added Provide the credentials of the new user for the following fields O General Client type Enquiry Copyright Mame Layer 1 Service Provider Others Tile Server URL Client Type The type of client to display this Tile Layer for From this drop down menu you can select All Enquiry Public Enquiry This displays the Tile Layer in Exponare Enquiry only Public This displays the Tile Layer in Exponare Public only AII This displays the Tile Layer both in Exponare Enquiry and Exponare Public Copyright Ensure you specify any necessary copyright information as required by the Tile Layer vendor Do not alter the Bing copyright information Name The name of the Tile Layer as shown to the user This name should be unique Tile Server URL The address of the tile server Administration Guide 195 Adding a Tile Layer For reference you can use the following URLs if appropriately licensed e Open
357. rns Line Style Number Line Style Number Line Style Number e s e r n e e je eee e me el la me Iw Bia ia wa ENEMIES NE i NE ii i Administration Guide 423 Fill Patterns Fill Patterns Pattern Number Pattern Number Pattern Number Pattern Number 4 Il A al 424 Exponare 5 1 Appendix E Line Styles and Fill Patterns Pattern Number Pattern Number Pattern Number Pattern Number 63 NEN 6 en Mt E E Co L LL iii Kill i f iiiiij t ET i Eq GGQEi Dn E ERN O C1 68 O CO 72 73 N O N N Co CO 00 NO 00 CO N O O O EEE 104 105 108 109 112 113 117 TI 118 119 Administration Guide 425 116 RM NN ES GE t O l Ed Ped Fei E a Fill Patterns Pattern Number Pattern Number Pattern Number L2 121 122 123 DI Number Pattern PAS Pa iS RS fod ASI Exponare 5 1 426 Glossary Activation Key A unique code that the Administrator uses to activate various components of Exponare Active Selection A Feature in the current selection of Features that is designated as the active or current Feature A user can change which Feature in the selection of Features is
358. rom Parks has been chosen for matching the Feature identifiers If your SQL query includes WHERE the first word of the appended SQL is AND If the Database Connection is to a remote database this query must return a value that can be bound against the Map Selection Bind Column in the Map Selection Bind Table The values passed in from the external application are not appended to this query in the form described above instead the keyword LinkIn Ids is available to be placed in this query where it is expanded out to a list of all the passed in keys For example an acceptable SQL query is Select PropertyId from OwnerDetails where Owner Name in LinkIn Ids assuming the selection layer is Parks and an appropriate column from Parks has been chosen to bind against the PropertyIa values returned from the query 5 Click Save and Activate Settings An Application Link Out is a means of starting an external application from within Exponare Enquiry In the process of starting an external application Exponare Enquiry is capable of being configured to pass a description of the current selection set in XML format to the external application For example a selection description can be passed to Microsoft Excel When Excel is opened the user can choose how to view the selection description Exponare 5 1 Chapter 28 External Application Links As an XML list Linkld JActiveSelectionld Selectionld ActiveSelectionld agg Linkld
359. rt If information cannot be provided electronically we also accept information in the following media Exponare 5 1 Chapter 1 Introduction formats e CDs e DVDs Software Defects If your issue is determined to be a defect in the software the representative will log the defect in the Pitney Bowes Software defect tracking system and provide you with an incident number that can be used to track the defect Future upgrades and patches have fixes for many of the defects logged against the current version Getting Training The best way to ensure success with our software is to make certain that users are trained in the product and version of the software you are using Since Pitney Bowes Software recognizes that it is not always possible for the designated contact to be trained immediately we offer a 30 day grace period on this requirement At the end of the 30 day grace period Technical Support reserves the right to withhold support from untrained designated contacts Trained contacts can place an unlimited number of support calls during the time period of a valid technical support contract Online Resources e Mapinfo L Archive Database Maplnfo L Archive Database Pitney Bowes Software in conjunction with Bill Thoen provides a web based searchable archive database of Maplnfo L postings The postings are currently organized by Discussion Threads and Postings by Date The MapInfo L information page is at http groups google
360. rticularly in a map with three or more transparent layers will often result in a slower rendering speed Coordinate System The Coordinate System tab indicates the coordinate system of the map and enables you to change the coordinate system To do this 1 Click the Coordinate System button to display the Choose Coordinate System dialog box 2 Select a coordinate system from the list and click OK Extents In the map the Extents tab shows the extents of the current map view Click the View Entire Map button to see all of the map Layer Settings 414 When you highlight one of the layers that make up the map four tabs appear Visibility Options Extents and Information Visibility Select the Visible check box to make the map layer visible Selecting the check box next to the layer in the layer tree has the same effect Select the Display Within Range check box to specify either a zoom range or scale range in which the layer appears If you select a zoom range specify the minimum and maximum zoom in miles The layer appears within this range If you select a scale range specify the closest and farthest scale The layer appears within this scale range You can also select Show Nodes Show Centroids and Show Line Direction to display these items on the map layer Nodes are the points that define segments of a line or multiline or polygon A centroid is the center of a map object Line direction is the direction in which the lin
361. rue gt lt Use this setting to save Session state automatically HttpSessionState or manually Manual gt lt add key MapInfo Engine Session State value Manual lt Use this setting to preload a workspace on Session creation gt lt lt add key MapInfo Engine Session Workspace value c my workspace mws lt Use this setting to force the ASP NET process to shutdown when the application s AppDomain is unloaded gt add key MapInfo Engine Session ExitProcess value false add key MapInfo Engine Session UseCallContext value True gt lt add key ConfigurationManager UseSqlServer value True gt lt add key ConfigurationManager ConnectionString valuez ServerzSqlServer Database Exponare User ID ExponareUser Password password gt lt appSettings gt Administration Guide 81 Reverting Web Farm Environment to Single Web Server 82 The items we are interested in are marked in bold Key Value attribute settings ConfigurationManager UseSqlServer false ConfigurationManager ConnectionString You may wish to delete this for security reasons You also need to change the section that looks like sessionState mode SOLServer stateConnectionString tcpip 127 0 0 1 42424 sqlConnectionString Server SqlServer User ID ExponareUser Password password cookieless false timeout 20 Once again the items we are interested in are marked in bold
362. rview map width The width of the Overview Map in screen pixels Must be greater than zero Overview workspace The file that defines the Overview Map workspace Only definition file MWS files that appear in the Application Settings Data directories are available for selection If the overview map setting is left blank then the MWS file used for the Work Context will also be used for the overview map If there are multiple MWS files of the same name then only the first file found will be displayed 112 Exponare 5 1 Scale bar allow drag in Enquiry Scale bar background alpha Scale bar background colour Scale bar border colour Scale bar border width Scale bar border unit Scale bar font Scale bar font colour Scale bar font size Scale bar minimum height Scale bar position unit Scale bar primary colour Scale bar secondary colour Scale bar size unit Administration Guide Chapter 12 Work Contexts Indicates whether users of Enquiry are allowed to drag the Scale Bar to different locations The alpha transparency value of the background This is a value between 0 and 1 A value of 0 makes the Scale Bar completely transparent ie invisible Scale bar with a grey background and one pixel black border The unit that the width of the border is in The available units are e Display 1 75 inch e Pixel e Document 1 300 inch Point 1 72 inch Inch e World e Millimeter Font for the Scal
363. s administrator can define the multiple columns of the Table Name which can be edited by user Note Primary key column and Bind column cannot be made editable by the user even if it is mentioned here 292 Exponare 5 1 E Exponare Configuration Manager File Configuration Help Ae SES ff Address Search Settings F5 Application Settings Database Connections Database Edit Settings admin Oracle PropertyParcels Ee Lot Mumber za PFI zz Plan Mumber zz SPI Global Layer Groups ZI Menus and Toolbars a Print Templates iB User Interfaces AL Users Work Context Groups H E Work Contests A General Column Name Input Type Static list items Column Mame Column which iz editable by user Lot_Humber Text Input Chapter 34 Data Editing LEE Hote Primary key column and Bind column can t be made editable by user even if it iz mentioned here Configuration Settings for the Column node Name Input Type Static List Items User Interface Column Name as shown in DataBind There is a need to make sure that such column do exists in the table As it may happen to use alias which makes the column to be non existent in the table Input type can be a drop down list or a text box for user to edit the value of the column This field is used in conjunction with an input type of drop down list with comma seperated values As the Editing tab page shows the data regarding the active selection only an
364. s the BindlD column and the MI Key column Merge fields can be added to the master document to inject information relating to the current Feature Information relating to the current Feature can be used in a special way with the Map print tag It is possible to request the map rendered for the current Feature to highlight that Feature This is done through the use of the active parameter The active parameter for the map print tag is used in the following way Map active lt lt BindID gt gt lt lt MI_Key gt gt Where lt lt BindID gt gt and lt lt MI_Key gt gt are merge fields To create a mail merge print template 1 Create a standard print template 2 Make a note of the structure of the Data Bind to be used in the mail merge 3 Create a Microsoft Word document with a table that has two rows and two more columns than are in the data bind 4 Fill in the first row of the table with the column headers These should consist of the two special columns BindId and MI Key followed by all the columns from the Data Bind 5 Open the print template and using the standard Microsoft Word Mail Merge functionality set the merge source as the document created in step 3 6 Using the Microsoft Word Insert Merge Field command insert the columns in the merge source into the document 7 Save the print template Tracking Printing Progress 240 You can now track the progress of print fired to Microsoft Word by the progress
365. s area Tags colrsratusBar gt Status Area Mandatory Attributes Id Unique Id for the control eg StatusBar1 Runat Server Required by the ASP NET Framework Mapld Unique Id of the Map component for this application Example lt ccl StatusBar id StatusBarl runat server MapId MapControll lt ccl StatusBar Setting Up Pages for Different Screen Resolutions You can set up your Exponare Public pages to be optimised for different resolutions For example if you set up a page to be viewed at 800 600 screen resolution and one to be viewed at 1024 768 then your site can be proberly viewed by most computer users On the Public page the user will see a Page Selector which allows them to choose one of the options i you have set up for example Large or Wide Set up each Page Selector webpage template aspx optimised for the desired screen resolution by adjusting the width and height of the top level table Large Wide and the map control Screen Resolution Mandatory Attributes Text The text that is displayed on the Public page This allows the user to choose the desired screen resolution For example Large Or Wide Value The name of the page template For example PublicApplicatron 12980X1024 a5px Example span id labelResolution class MenuTE style float left gt Page Selector 310 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 36 Creating Exponare Public Pages lt span g
366. s displayed informing them that data is required E Input field as listed above Administration Guide If True this input field is mandatory 279 Search Behaviour Properties Search Behaviour Properties There are a number of options that can be set to influence how the search is performed Each of these settings is a boolean flag For a full description of these flags please consult your Envinsa or MapMarker documentation Close matches only Fallback to geographic location Fallback to postal location Must match address number Must match country Must match input Must match main address Must match municipality Must match municipality sub division Must match postcode Must match primary country sub division Must match secondary country sub division If True only close matches are returned from the Address Search Indicates whether or not to geocode to the geographic centroid for the input address if a street level geocode cannot be performed Indicates whether or not to geocode to the postal centroid if a street level geocode cannot be performed If True only exact matches for address number are allowed If false near matches are acceptable If True only exact matches for country are allowed If false near matches are acceptable If True all fields entered by the user must match corresponding components of a candidate address for that candidate to be considered a match
367. s in the Editing tab enable you to control certain map editing tasks such as the styles used for drawing objects if your application uses drawing tools resizing objects and moving and deleting object nodes View Editing Tools Extents Coordinate System Default styles for drawing tools LJ zd Delete duplicate nodes Move duplicate nodes Editing mode Allow moving and resizing ne v Labels are editable The style boxes enable you to specify the default styles of any drawing tools that your application uses Click on a box to open the corresponding style dialog box The settings you select are saved in the workspace When a user opens the workspace in an application that uses drawing tools the application uses these style settings when the user draws objects on the map You can also specify whether you want to delete or move an object s nodes Finally you can specify an Edit mode for the map Exponare 5 1 Appendix D Workspace Manager e None No editing can be done on the map Allow moving and resizing Objects can be moved and resized e Allow node editing Nodes can be moved or deleted Allow node adding You can add nodes to objects The Edit mode you select applies to all editable layers in the map Tools The Tools tab enables you to control the display of InfoTips activate Snap to Nodes and set a snap tolerance and activate Dynamic Selection tools The Show InfoTips checkbox controls
368. s now no longer highlighted 32 Exponare Mobile 0 A Clear Search Re 376 Exponare 5 1 Layers Tab Chapter 45 Exponare Mobile The Layer tab displays information for all of the layers loaded in the current work context Visibility of a layer can be controlled by checking and unchecking against a layer Similarly you can change work context from Layers drop down Below is the image Administration Guide Da Back Layers ceu m Base Layers Bing Aerial With Labels Bing Aerial Bing Road None Overlay Layers Road Names House Numbers Easements Stations 377 Quick Info Tool There is option for base layers inside Layers Tab Only one layer at a time can be applied by clicking on the checkbox as shown in the below image 378 lt Back Layers Base Layers Bing Aerial With Labels Bing Aerial Bing Road None Overlay Layers Road Names House Numbers Easements Stations Cadastre v Exponare 5 1 Chapter 45 Exponare Mobile Query Tab Queries allow you to make selections based on criteria rather than having to point and click to select features visually If you make selections by running a query the information is displayed in the search results panels exactly the same as if you had selected the features with the info tool On the Query panel you can select then fire query This will show you only the features returned by the query on the layer on which query was fir
369. s on the ribbon as shown in the below screen shot Expoaare Coal iguration lanaper fle Configuration Heb Boa GAD wea v idien Seach Satira E Gessial Q doc Lopeni Desenpien CF pete aber Settings Tab Mame Ef Databace Connectors Database E di Satira deban Lage magi KL Horus and Toobar E Pini Templates I Rittonlab I Hone Exponare 5 1 Chapter 38 Ribbons 11 Save andstart Exponare enquiry in order to see the changes i EE Zoom Pan Zoomto Zoom to arti Search CS Chess Cut aaia selection Catalogs Catalog Liner Man flnageiion Search Catalogs P T T Minimize the Exponare Ribbon ToolBar Notice the minimized ribbon toolbar to give users and expanded map view in the below screen shot The minimized state can be restored by either unchecking the Minimised the Exponare Ribbon Toolbar state or by choosing a command icon from the tabs oon cmd TT Enoy Bowes Sofiworu inc Administration Guide 325 Ribbon Toolbar Configuration Options 326 Exponare 5 1 This chapter explains the new and rich Application Menu introduced in Exponare 5 0 In this chapter Introduction The Application Menu is composed of a drop down control that displays a menu containing commands that are associated with each work context such as File Tools Queries Favorites Links and access to the Configuration Manager for administrators What s new in the Application Menu Previously the applic
370. se when the user width chooses Zoom to Selections or Zoom to active selection Must not be empty nor negative but can be zero The actual zoom width is also constrained by the Minimum zoom width of the Work Context Zoom to selection minimum The unit for the minimum zoom width selected from width unit available MapXtreme units e Centimeter e Meter e Chain e Mile e Degree e Millimeter e Foot e NauticalMile e Inch e Rod e Kilometer SurveyFoot e Link e Yard 108 Exponare 5 1 A is the set of information required to work with a map such as or When a user is working in Enquiry they view a single Work Context at a time If users require different maps or logically different groups of Layers you should construct a Work Context for each separate task For example when working with residential maps it may be appropriate to have separate Work Contexts for cadastre utilities and aerial photography data To view the that you configure it is necessary to have also configured a basic and assigned that Work Context Group to your administrator See and In this chapter Configuring a Work Context Configuring a Work Context 110 Before configuring a Work Context you must have a workspace file mws You can create a workspace file with the MapXtreme Workspace Manager that is distributed with Exponare see Appendix D Workspace Manager for further information Place the workspace file and its associated L
371. sion 4 1 or uninstalled e If an earlier version of the Exponare Server has been run since the server was last rebooted it may be necessary to restart the ASP NET process called either aspnet_wp or w3wp on Windows 2003 before Exponare Enquiry version 5 1 clients can successfully connect Troubleshooting Server Installation Fails Symptoms A failure with the message Cannot load one or more installer types is generally related to the use of incorrect Exponare components Other failures may be caused by a lack of space on the target hard disk or insufficient privileges to install Resolution Uninstall any prior versions of Exponare products and try again Ensure that the logged in user has Administrator rights and ensure there is sufficient space on the hard disk that hosts IIS Installer Gives Error Messages About File Permissions Symptoms The Exponare Server installer attempts to set file permissions so that the server can modify files in the Config subdirectory of the Exponare Server virtual directory If this process fails error messages may be displayed during the operation of the Installer such as Cannot set permissions on Config Configuration xml Resolution The username that is assigned to the ASP NET system must have write modify permissions to the following files and directories Exponare Virtual DirectoryXocontig Exponare Virtual Directory config ie all files that are installed in the config directory
372. specific Work Context you have created Whilst it is possible to create the layer settings from scratch you are strongly advised to use the Layer Settings Helper to create the Layers and then modify the settings appropriately to ensure the correct properties have been created Ensure that you have a Global or local Layer Setting for each layer on your map Deleting Layer Settings may cause unpredictable results when the user re orders layers The Legend Panel The Legend Panel shows information about each layer and Legend allows the user to manipulate layer visibility selectability EIA labelling and ordering if you allow them to do so sss ayer Name The Legend can also display an icon ESSENT Road Names One of two styles of legend can be specified if appropriate REL You can create a custom image or you can specify that an Easements automatic legend is to be generated from the underlying data stations You can choose to make the layer name a link in which case EL Centrelines you must also specify the hyperlink URL E Railways When a Work Context is opened the Layers are ordered as Raiay Lo they appear in the workspace file Tramway The user may alter the order of the Layers as they work with amp 47 959 Drainage FFF the Legend Panel but these changes only affect their current a EET punere Pares HA ayer session ES Suburb Boundaries IV v IV i a Planning Zones ES E E P
373. ss Search Description Application wide settings regarding the connection to an external geocoding engine Adhoc Layers User defined layers can be opened Application Settings Application wide settings such as the location of the data files and default colours Database Connections Specifications of the connections to external databases used Data Editing Specifications for Editing Data under Database Edit Settings Global Layer Groups Specifications for Global Layer Groups Tile Layer User Defined tile layers can be applied Menus and Toolbars Specification of menu and toolbar structures that can be used to create the user interface Print Templates Specification of Print Templates Users User details such as name password Work Context Group and which user interface to use User Interfaces Work Contexts Work Context Groups Administration Guide Specification of user interfaces including which menu and toolbar to use and the panel commands that are to be displayed Specification of the data that is displayed for different Work Contexts such as data files Views Queries and Data Binds Specification of Work Context Groups 95 Property Grid Property Grid 96 The property grid appears to the right of the tree view The property grid shows the properties of a single node The property grid is empty if no node is selected or if the selected no
374. ssed in Part 4 Additional Configuration Manager Features E Application Link Ins Application Link Outs E Coordinate Export Targets Esi Data Binds Global Layer Groups E Groups E Layer Settings Layer Settings Shortcuts Print Templates Queries SQL Support Tables Views Watermarks Administration Guide An Application Link In is a means of starting Exponare Enquiry from an external application An Application Link Out is a means of starting an external application from within Exponare Enquiry In Exponare Public coordinates can be exported to an html page Use a Data Bind to specify additional information to be displayed about a selected item on the map Create Global Layer Groups to share common Layer Settings across work contexts Used to specify what all layers should fall under that group Once the Layers have been auto created with the correct settings you can then modify specific settings eg the auto generated Data Bind to the settings you want A Layer Settings Shortcut is a quick way to invoke a group of changes to the layer settings shown in the Legend panel A layer setting including Layer Visibility Layer Selectability layer order and auto labelling Print Templates are used to generate printed and or html output for your Work Context Queries are used to select Features on a map Use an SQL support table to load data that is non spatial and so cannot be added to the wo
375. st general type of Query Parameters but they are also the most difficult for the user as correct spelling and assumptions about the data are required However for many tasks a textbox entry is convenient for both the administrator and the user A dynamic drop down Text Input parameter gets its list of items by running a SQL select statement If there is not parameter the textbox works as a generic textbox For example consider the Query Select all houses that have a dog of breed DOG BREED If there are many different dog breeds and if they are already available in a table then it is most convenient to refer to that table directly For this example the following SQL select statement might be appropriate Select breed from Dogs group by breed If the statement contains a reference to another parameter within the query the filtering of the auto suggest list can be configured to take this dependency into account Then it dynamically only shows auto suggest items that fulfill both criteria Find property by lot plan number v Search for a property using the Lot number and Plan number select all properties with a Lat number of and Plan number af Ps439358 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 25 Queries Drop Down List Parameters Drop down list parameters are used to give the user a fixed list of possibilities This avoids the problem of the user typing in the wrong data The available options for the parameter are called
376. t lt span id Spanl class MenuTE style float left gt lt asp DropDownList ID resolutionDropDown runat server AutoPostBack true OnSelectedIndexChanged resolutionDropDown_ OnseleocedlindexChanged CssClass drpPageseleotor lt asp ListItem Value PublicApplication aspx Text Normal Selected True gt lt asp ListItem gt lt asp ListItem Value PublicApplication_1280X1024 aspx Text Large gt lt asp ListItem gt lt asp ListItem Value PublicApplication_1440X900 aspx Text Wide gt lt asp ListItem gt lt asp DropDownList gt lt span gt Map Centre Another new toolbar tag added in the aspx pages in order to reposition the map by specifying X amp Y coordinates by the user Map Centre x 5 5200 947648176 T en 3772 84481355 pel Tags lt span gt lt ccl MapRecenter ID Recenter runat server gt lt span gt On Public page user will see the new map centre by specifying X amp Y coordinates which allows them to reposition the map Administration Guide 311 Map Centre 312 Exponare 5 1 Exponare Public can be configured to perform certain actions on start up such as loading a specific running a setting a or applying a layer shortcut This chapter discusses the techniques and parameters used to control the start up behaviours of Exponare Public In this chapter Introduction Introduction 314 You can tell the Public Application to perform certain actions on st
377. t contain raster Layers This value is an integer between 1 and 10 The values 1 through 9 represent compressed images whereas the value 10 produces the map unaltered Recommended values are quality 2 to generate low bandwidth images quality 5 for general purpose use and quality 9 for high fidelity Public printing raster quality The quality level for rendering maps that contain raster Layers This value is an integer between 1 and 10 The values 1 through 9 represent compressed images whereas the value 10 produces the map unaltered Recommended values are quality 2 to generate low bandwidth images quality 5 for general purpose use and quality 9 for high fidelity Public raster quality x The quality level for rendering maps that contain raster Layers This value is an integer between 1 and 10 The values 1 through 9 represent compressed images whereas the value 10 produces the map unaltered Recommended values are quality 2 to generate low bandwidth images quality 5 for general purpose use and quality 9 for high fidelity Administration Guide 107 Selection Properties Selection Properties Zoom to selection buffer The buffer around the selection after performing a Zoom to width 96 Selections or Zoom to active selection This setting is a percentage value for example 110 means 1 1 times the zoom required to show the Features Zoom to selection minimum The minimum bounding zoom width to u
378. t map in the right panel Add rest for Rest handler Point to this file Drive Windows Microsoft NET Framework v4 0 30319 aspnet_isapi dll Click Request permissions Ware Am t Umum er Fc ge cr C rr eee ir wurde er umm amm kn ums HEEEHITHHE TI I Exponare 5 1 Chapter 7 Server Administration Tasks 3 Add verbs GET HEAD POST SCRIPT 4 Press OK Mm LE d 4 aver Pippini teh dem ri i E Sy E rg motu y aud Sq omen m uus mod cm Uam unm uomo wm ES cuam umm um mcum ome 1 oe Se EN PES ani na a Ho mum cm Uu Bo deed rm Ica orem AG ENERO Ue bo ss ELLE eae SEPI Bb 7m ea BO Fin p 7 el pei i a emm m ko ELT beim e cs EL tusa a rar pem TE anm fru gn a LL E tea er cuni me FIE ES md ei hen I8 iml moll 5 Do IIS reset 6 Check Exponare Enquiry is running 7 Restpublicapplication aspx page should now be able to show your data layers Administration Guide 65 Troubleshooting Troubleshooting This section covers the following problems Dataon network drives is inaccessible e Enquiry cannot connect to server Error 1661 e Exponare hardware licensing problems Exponare Server process re starts and loses all session information General server failure ASP NET failure Intermittent errors on the client when using a pooled MapXtreme environment e Oracle connection failure e Public cannot load init
379. t show the same work panel in both the Left and Bottom panels If a panel is added to the list of left panels for a user interface as well as the list of bottom panels it will only be displayed in the left panel Status Panel Exponare Enquiry only There is only one available command for the Status Panel Image A 130 Command Zoom width Exponare 5 1 Command for Exponare Enquiry and Public Image Command 3 Map centre Panel Specific Images Panel specific images are taken from the User Interface theme Image s Panel em d Legend gz G Legend Exponare Enquiry only m Annotation Exponare Enquiry only Layer and Layer Legend Images Any image file that is web readable by an anonymous user Map Context Menu Exponare Enquiry Only Cursors Cursors are taken from the User Interface theme User Interface Themes Chapter 15 User Interfaces Themes are a group of user interface items that can be used as a package With 4 5 release icon and cursor images have been updated to have an improved look Their behaviors have not changed only how they look has changed The two new themes are Blue and Blue Large Once applied they look like this Blue Blue Large DIS DID To configure these themes go to Configuration Manager gt User Interface gt Enquiry theme amp Administration Guide 131 Public theme gi Exponare Configuration Manager File Configura
380. t the Internet User permissions to access those files If you require access to data files on a networked machine you may need to alter the user account that handles internet connections Note Do not include a network share in this list The Enquiry client has a system for moving backwards and forwards through recent operations in a manner that is very similar to a web browser To do this Enquiry must remember the changes that are made by the user and the setting maximum back forward steps controls how many changes are tracked A semicolon separated list of scale values for the Print Templates For example 25000 30000 100000 All scales must be numeric entries greater than zero Indicates whether external authentication is used If True the External Authentication Properties must be completed 105 External Authentication Properties External Authentication Properties If the Server property is left empty Exponare does not use external authentication Server The name of the authentication server User Credentials m The username of the Exponare proxy user See Chapter 16 Users on page 137 which explains how to set up external authentication using Active Directory Raster Quality Properties The format of the map images produced for Enquiry and Public differs depending on the Layers of the active Work Context Specifically if the Work Context contains one or more raster Layers a JPEG image is created Due t
381. t to connect to Server b Inthe next screen select how SQL Server will verify the authenticity of the login ID Optionally select to connect to SQL Server to obtain default settings for more configuration options Click Next c Keep the default settings check with your database administrator and click Next d Keep the default settings check with your database administrator and click Finish 7 In the ODBC Microsoft SQL Server Setup dialog box click Test Data Source 8 In the SQL Server ODBC Data Source Test dialog box click OK If there were errors click OK to return to the ODBC Microsoft SQL Server Setup dialog box Click Cancel to return to the Create a New Data Source to SQL Server wizard and use the Back button to view your settings and make changes Return to step 5 9 In the ODBC Microsoft SQL Server Setup dialog box click OK 10 In the Select Data Source dialog box under the Machine Data Source tab your new SQL Server connection displays in the list of available data source connections Click OK 11 In the SQL Server Login dialog box type your login ID and password if required and click OK SQL Server Login x Data Source SQL Server Data Look C Use Trusted Connection If your data includes spatial data which can be columns holding X and Y values such as Latitude Longitude or a column holding spatial data in the format specified by the database system 164 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 18 Sp
382. t_template aspx 2 Putthe ASPX file in the Exponare Server directory It can be either directly under the root or in a subdirectory structure 3 Include generic HTML ASPX document structure tags as shown below into the text file lt HTML gt lt BODY gt lt FORM gt lt FORM gt lt BODY gt lt HTML gt 4 Add support for Exponare print tags by including the following line at the top of the document before the lt HTML gt tag 80 Register TagPrefix Exponare Namespace MapInfo Exponare Public Assembly ExponareCoreServices gt 5 Immediately after the lt FORM gt tag include the following line lt Exponare ServiceManager id ServiceManagerl runat server gt Important Note Code snippets above in steps 4 and 5 have altered since Exponare v2 4 HTML Print Templates using the historical snippets must be changed to use the new code shown above Administration Guide 241 Creating a HTML Print Template HTML Print Tags HTML print template can contain any typical HTML and or ASPX content It can also be populated with special Exponare HTML print tags The available print tags are HTML Tag Syntax Comments Custom lt Exponare CustomInfoLabel id MySomeCustomTagName runat server Font Size Large CustomTagName SomeCustomTagName gt Where SomeCustomTagName is a Custom Tag name as defined in the print template configuration within Exponare Enquiry All label tags can be customised in two ways
383. ta property id Exponare internally filters out a subset of the property data such that only rows where the property data property id value matches one of the incoming IDs is used in the Query When constructing a cross table SQL Query for an application link in ensure that the layer name for the spatial layer is always specified first in the FROM section of the query Using the ORDER BY clause in Application Link Ins is not supported Configuring an Application Link In Using A Remote Database Query The Query for an Application Link In can be run in a remote database This can be used if the keys being passed in by the external application do not map directly onto values in any of the open TAB Files for the Work Context and a further mapping needs to be done through an external database To do this 1 Setthe Database connection property to point to a non native Database Connection 2 Specify the Link in id bind table which defines the map table against which to make selections 3 SettheLink in id bind column which defines the column on the Link in id bind table against which to bind 4 Specify the SQL Query to be run The SQL Query must map the keys being passed in by the external application to values that can be used to bind against the bind column of the bind table The special keyword LinkIn Ids is available for use in this query when the query is processed this keyword is replaced with a list of the ids that have been passed
384. te utility for creating workspace files mws files that is shipped with a number of products The following documentation is a complete reference for the use of the Workspace Manager and as such contains references to functionality that may not be accessible in Exponare See also In this appendix Features of the Workspace Manager 402 The Workspace Manager allows you to control most but not all of the settings that can be stored in a workspace file For example a workspace can contain information about cartographic legends and adornments however the Workspace Manager does not provide any options for creating cartographic legends or adornments To create cartographic legends or adornments use the API MapInfo Workspace Manager C Program Files MapInfo Exponare Server SampleData AirPho ok Eile wiew Map Tools Extensions Help u Tr 2 c r g hi Photo H A amp iPhoto Labels House Numbers E Stations Haad Names H pa Al_Foads Overview Railways View Editing Tools Style Coordinate gt da Zoom window width 0 9088 km Ns Map scale 1 8 398 s Center of window A Ei 3 000 m We 5 81 5 133 Rotation angle o dei Apply Zoom 0 909 km Scale 1 8 3898 13 0 58 Through the Workspace Manager you can e Load XML workspaces tables geosets and workspaces mws not wor files e Save workspaces as MWS e Control which tables are
385. tegration customisability standards compliance and multi platform support the Exponare product suite has been built from the ground up using Pitney Bowes Software s NET products based on the Microsoft NET platform Sharing a common code base all product modules have a consistent look and feel similar functionality and a common configuration manager Exponare allows users to access analyse and manipulate spatial and related information and can be deployed within an organisation out in the field or across the Internet This guide provides you with the information required to administer and maintain your Exponare installation What s New in Exponare 5 1 Exponare 5 1 comes with a more organized and intuitive user interface enabling efficiency and ease of use New Features and Improvements Support for 64 bit Maplnfo Exponare 5 1 has been compiled with MapXtreme 7 1 the new version of MapXtreme NET Exponare users now have the option to deploy on both 32 and 64 bit environments Users can take advantage of increased memory availability for operations such as opening complex geographic objects and large raster images and exporting or printing larger maps Rest Public Improvements Support for Print Templates MapInfo Exponare Rest Public now allows administrators to include their own print templates This provides the flexibility of adding images titles and styles to the map by using templates in htm and html file format
386. tely from TAB Files Only workspaces and TAB Files can be loaded into a Work Context but TAB Files can refer to external database tables if required Only those tables that are explicitly loaded are available for use in a Work Context Selections and Queries Exponare offers the ability to work with selected Features on the Layers of a map Indicating the Features to work with can be achieved in two separate ways 1 by using map selection tools or 2 by activating Queries The first method map selection tools is the most simple and suffices for most requirements Queries are a more complex and more powerful selection method than the visual tools A Query is a logical statement that defines the Features that should be selected For example a simple Query might read Select all the Avenues in Smallville This Query indicates that all of the roads in Smallville whose type is Avenue should be selected regardless of what is currently visible in the map display Once a set of Features has been selected either by map selection tools or by Queries two separate actions occur The first is that the selected Features are visually defined on the map For example linear Features might by highlighted and area Features shown with a shaded background The second is that information related to the selected Features may be displayed The system for linking Features to a set of information is called Data Binding Running a Query only c
387. tem for applying Tile Layer Enhancing Map Data using a Mapping Tile Server A tile server is a server that contains a collection of raster tile images The tiles cover a given place on the earth Tiles are organized in a row column grid fashion There are also multiple levels of tiles Each level represents a different resolution of data covering the same place on the earth As you zoom in or out the level of data may change As you pan around the specific tiles that are needed may change Exponare lets you use tile server data such as Bing Maps OpenStreetMap and NearMap within the product If you add a tile server layer to an Exponare map then the application takes care of fetching the appropriate tiles from the server and displaying them Once the layer settings have been configured you can apply the tile layer of your choice in Enquiry and Public clients It adds the tile server layer to the bottom of the current work context You will need to ensure that you do not have Solid Fill patterns on the layers in the workspace or they will obscure the tile server The use of transparency works well for layers that are shown over the top of the tile server layer Projection System for applying Tile Layer 192 To access a tile server layer in Exponare you will need to change the projection of the workspace it is being added to All commercial tile servers such as Bing Maps Google Maps NearMap OpenStreetMap etc use a single projection for th
388. tem is expanded or collapsed at startup Support for Multiple Selections Giving users more flexibility Rectangle and Polyline selection tools are now available in Rest Public additional to the point selection tool The Rectangle selection selects all the features that lie within a rectangle and Polyline selection selects all the features that intersect the polyline If multiple objects are selected the active selection is distinguished by a different colour and marker Selection and query performance has been improved for both the Rest Public and mobile versions The colors used for selections and active selections in Rest Public are read from the Configuration Manager Support MWS file settings Rest Public supports the majority of settings configured in the MWS file for improved performance and visualization Settings supported include zoom layering labels and selectability Please note that style overrides are not yet supported Support for Global Layers in Queries Global Layer settings can now be added in queries to perform various search results Similar to layer shortcuts users can now benefit from global layers added in the work context for queries also Bug Fixes and Improvements Handling special characters in Query panel EXP 4456 The issue with Exponare Rest Public where the panel s such as Search Queries were not loaded due to use of special characters has been addressed Handling print templates available over network
389. ter 2529 im Back Forward 4 7 Mk tx ali Wie Sle cig E inde si i TH NI a EI r n ds T m ee UU T d E e Y i i a Pei SE i VC rm i 7 3 The Back button can be used to undo any operation that you might make while working with Exponare Rest Public The Forward button is used to re run a command that you had previously Administration Guide 357 Rest Public Features 358 undone by going Back All operations that can affect the map can be undone using Back Forward button Layer Shortcut A Layer Shortcut is a quick way to invoke a group of changes such as layer visibility layer selectability and layer order to the layer settings shown in the Legend panel X A DI Si E ys Toggle Zoning uii fran C VA Layer Shortcut LIL aa E NS Sri to apply layer settings Pre me SR Fi SNe ish iy gU TE E E inne a a f ca ICE E For example you can define a Layer Shortcut to bring all the parks layers to the top of the layer list and make them visible Another example is a shortcut that toggles the visibility of a number of raster layers For more information on layer setting shortcut refer to Creating a Layer Settings Shortcut Note Work Context Auto Labeling Appears as Toolbar Shortcut Icon Auto labeled and Expand in Legend settings are not available in Rest public for Layer Settings Shortcut Views A View pr
390. ter the WHERE clause such as ORDER BY or GROUP BY should be placed after the ADVANCED parameter tag in the Query Ordinarily however these clauses will not be relevant to a spatial Query on a spatial layer Advanced Query Parameters Example 1 If the user enters two advanced clauses of the form Street name Fitzroy st AND house number lt 21 and the SQL template is of the form SELECT mi_key FROM property ADVANCED the resulting SQL Query is SELECT mi key FROM property WHERE street name Fitzroy St AND house number 21 Advanced Query Parameters Example 2 If the user enters two advanced clauses of the form OR street name Fitzroy st AND house number 21 and the SQL template was of the form SELECT mi key FROM property WHERE owner id OwnerId ADVANCED AND property type Residential the resulting SQL Query is SELECT mi key FROM property WHERE owner id Fitzroy st OR street name Fitzroy st AND house number 21 AND property type Residential As a complete example we would use the following configuration to create the first example Query in this section Query Property Name Property Value Name Select all houses User text template Select all houses that are in SuburbName SQL template Select mi key from Houses where SUBURB SuburbName ADVANCED Selection layer Houses Concatenator operators and have AND or have OR First concatenator operators and have AND or have OR
391. termarks are used to add either copyright information or a corporate logo to a map Work Context A set of related functional items eg Queries Data Binds Views etc in Exponare that belong to a common business level group Work Context Group Work Contexts are assigned to one or more groups These groups are then linked to User Profiles and so are used to define which User Accounts have access to which Work Contexts Workspace Definition File The Maplnfo Workspace MWS File that is used in a work context Workspace Manager The Workspace Manager is a tool that ships with Exponare It is used to create modify and maintain workspace Files Zoom to Active Selection Change the map view to nicely fit the Active Selection plus an additional area as defined by the Administrator Zoom to Selections Change the map view to nicely fit the selected Features plus an additional area as defined by the Administrator 434 Exponare 5 1 Glossary Zoom Visibility Range The range of Zoom Width values a given map Layer is visible at defined as an upper and lower boundary By default a map Layer has no Zoom Visibility Range and as a result is visible at all Zoom Widths Zoom Width The distance in world units across the main map measured horizontally at the vertical centre of the map A low Zoom Width indicates the map is showing a small area in high detail whereas a high Zoom Width indicates the map is showing a larger area in
392. th no server side dependency It supports various features of Exponare public such as selections queries views and other features like tile based rendering and intuitive base layer options etc to bring the best of both the offerings Rest Public 5 1 is well tested to support Firefox 14 Google chrome 22 Safari 5 1 7 compatibility mode Some of the distinguished key features of Rest Public are Tile based map rendering Set layer translucency on the fly Drag and drop to order layers e Draw and print annotations e Intuitive slide able dock able panels e Print measurement records e Support for Google chrome e Base layer options Coltvware Mapinfo Exponare Wa Pitney Bowes LEAST IEEE Eca Lil a 1 a pleno E SFr Rest Public Features 350 Rest Public offers following features Map Toolbar e Working with Toolbar Option e Left Panel Controls Themes Exponare 5 1 Map Toolbar Table below lists toolbar icons and its name Toolbar Icons Name Home Zoom in Zoom Out Pan e View history backward e View history forward Draw Point NI Draw Line g Draw Polygon Administration Guide Write Text Chapter 44 Rest Public 351 Rest Public Features 352 Toolbar Icons NERE Name Export Point Coordinate Export Polyline Coordinate Export Polygon Coordinate NI Measure Distance g
393. the Active Selection Address Search An Exponare feature used to locate an address on the map based on address details entered by a user Exponare can be configured by an Administrator to use one of two Pitney Bowes Software technologies Envinsa or MapMarker as the Address Search Engine Administration Guide A document that contains the information needed by an Administrator to configure Exponare Administrator A person with Exponare administration rights An administrator can e Change the Exponare Configuration by logging in to Exponare Enquiry through a User Profile which has administration rights Such accounts have access to the Configuration Manager e Modify Exponare Server components and security settings through the Windows file system registry settings database settings IIS settings etc Advanced Query A Query that can be modified by a user to contain additional parameters An Advanced Query might also contain existing fixed parameters like a Basic Query Annotation A Temporary Feature drawn on the map by the user An Annotation can either be a simple shape or a piece of text Typically one or more Annotations are used in conjunction with printing to add custom information to a printed map Application Link 1 The general concept of enabling communication between Exponare and third party applications to transfer information such as current selections 2 A specific implementation of the above Application Lin
394. the Exponare administrator e The ability to use Microsoft Word to print and optionally modify a document e The ability to use Internet Explorer or Firefox to print a web page e The ability to use the Windows file system explorer e The ability to use typical Windows dialogs to save and open files to and from the file system Exponare Administrator You require the following skills to effectively administer Exponare As above plus the following additional skills e The ability to configure the Windows operating system eg use the event viewer modify file permissions manage windows services etc e The ability to setup configure and maintain IIS eg create virtual directories modify access permissions diagnose defects etc e The ability to setup configure and maintain ASPX web applications eg enable ASP NET applications modify ASP NET user permissions etc e The ability to use Pitney Bowes Software products to configure workspaces eg MapInfo Professional Workspace Manager etc e Knowledge of spatial concepts in the context of Pitney Bowes Software technology eg workspaces TAB Files Thematic Maps etc In addition you may also require the following skills dependent on your chosen Exponare configuration e The ability to configure and utilize database connections eg create connection strings SQL statements ODBC links etc e The ability to configure a web application in a clustered environment eg enterprise
395. the following commands at the command prompt to register ASP NET use C WinNT if appropriate C WINDOWS Microsoft NET Framework v4 0 30319 aspnet_regiis exe u C WINDOWS Microsoft NET Framework v4 0 30319 aspnet_regiis exe i ASP NET activation IIS v6 0 v7 0 have options to disable specific application handlers Ensure that ASP NET is allowed by using the IIS control panel For IIS V6 0 check that ASP NET v4 0 30319 is set to allowed by checking Internet Information Service gt local computer gt WebService Extensions ASP NET v4 0 30319 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 4 Installing Exponare E Internet Information Services IIS Manager i Cg Ele aton yew Wobw B alel e OB BBB a1 V Internet Information Services 8 EXPINSYSLAPPS local com Web Service Extensions ED Application Pools Bd Web hes fF All Unknown CGI Extensions EMIT Web Service Extensio Y All Unknown ISAPI Extensions Prohibited A Active Server Pages Prohibited fg ASP NET v2 0 50727 Allowed Af ASP NET v4 0 30319 Allowed B FrontPage Server Extensions 2002 Allowed Internet Data Connector Prohibited 1 Server Side Includes Prohibited amp WebDAV Prohibited For IIS v7 0 ASP NET v4 0 30319 is set to allowed at system level through ISAPI and CGI Restrictions at machine level 1 Goto IIS Manager 2 Go to Machine name and choose ISAPI and CGI Restrictions For all versions of ASP NET 4 0 AND 2 0 Set the restriction as
396. the same to asiapackeys pb com 3 After installing Exponare Server copy your license file to the Common Files MapInfo MapXtreme 7 1 0 folder In case of a 64 bit installation on a 64 bit machine the permanent license has to be copied to Program Files x86 Common Files MapInfo MapXtreme 7 1 0 folder 4 Alicense file is bound to a single computer It is not possible to take a valid license file from one computer and have it work on another For the same reason you must make an application for a license for each computer you install Exponare Server on If a hardware change is made on a computer hosting Exponare Server it may be necessary to apply for a new license Server Name If the name of your server contains characters other than alphanumeric characters and dashes then you should rename your server so that the name only contains alphanumeric characters and dashes access the server by the IP Address or access the server by an alternate HTTP address Windows Event Log Messages from Exponare Server and Exponare Public will be written to the Event Log on the machine Exponare Server is installed on Messages from Exponare Enquiry will be written to the Event Log on the machine Exponare Enquiry is installed on When configuring an Exponare Server many messages can be written out to the Application Log on the server The Application Log default size is comparatively small and so we recommend you increase the default size of the Ap
397. tial Objects Select the Label Partial Objects check box to label polylines and objects whose centroids are not visible in the Map window AutoLabel Style Text Position Rules 4 Allow Duplicate Text Allow Overlapping Test Maximum Labels Label Partial Objects Fer Label Priority Expression Set Per T able Priority Expression Set Per Label Priority Expression This expression field is optional If you leave this expression field blank features within a single label source are labeled in an unpredictable manner For example you might find that some small cities are labeled while some major cities are not labeled because there is not enough room If you specify an expression which must be numeric then the expression will be calculated for each feature on the visible portion of the map and features that have a larger value will be given a higher labeling priority To specify an expression click the Set button For example suppose you are configuring the labels for the WorldCapitals layer which contains point features that represent cities You probably want the cities with the largest population to have the highest labeling priority In this case you would specify a labeling expression such as Administration Guide 419 Layer Control Cap pop The cap pop column represents the population of each capital city When you specify a Per Label Priority Expression of cap pop you are speci
398. time however any open sessions to ASP NET applications including Exponare Server will be lost 1 Go to Start gt Run 2 Type taskmgr and press Enter 3 Click the Processes tab 4 Select the ASP NET process It is called aspnet_wp exe for IIS v5 0 and IIS v5 1 or w3wp exe for IIS v6 0 If these processes do not exist then either no action is required or IIS or ASP NET is not correctly configured 5 Click the End Process button Setting File Permissions for the Server The Exponare Server requires read access to all of the files in the Exponare virtual directory and it requires write access to some of the files The Exponare Server is an ASP NET program that runs as a certain system user and so that user must have the appropriate permissions granted to it The Exponare server requires write access to the following files e the entire Exponare Config directory e the entire Exponare scripts autogen directory These permissions are automatically setup during installation However if you move the Exponare virtual directory or perform a backup and restore you may need to reinstate these permissions To Set Permissions For a File or Directory 1 Locate the file or directory in Windows Explorer 2 Right click choose Properties open the Security tab and click Add 3 Type in the ASP NET user name or group name and click OK 4 Selectthe ASP NET account and grant Full control or Modify permissions Administration Guide 5
399. tion Help iE EA 8 m as f Address Search Settings H e Adhoc Layers Le C4 Application Settings Fel Ey Database Connections be Database E dit Settings El Enquiry Module Enquiry theme Hide panel names in Enquiry E General About box message I Global Layer Groups Banner position s H Zla Menus and Toolbars Help directory wE Print Templates Map context menu Ea Tile Layer Menu bar 8 User Interfaces Mame Full Interface m ri Full Interface Tool bar Full toolbar E E Minimal Interface E Public Module G8 Public Interface Public theme Default The items in a theme comprise e icon images e banner images Cursor images and e Legend panel images The themes are stored on the Exponare Server in the directory ExponareIISDir Themes 0 themes Aqua The image filenames that can be used in a theme are C Blue fixed 2 Blue Large Review the files in the Default theme for the current E E Default themed items and their filenames oe c3 Favourites Dj InfoResultsPanel 2 LegendPanel 2 SharedImages 2 Green Dj Purple To create a new Theme 1 Locate the themes directory The themes directory is on the Exponare Server and by default is at ExponareIISDir Themes 2 Create a new subdirectory 3 Name the new directory with the theme name 4 Copy items from an existing theme such as the Default theme into the new directory 5 Edit the theme items using your favo
400. tion Link Out Using a Remote Database ConnectionThe Link ID in External Application property e The LinkFileLoc Special Placeholder Administration Guide 261 Application Link Outs Configuring an Application Link Out Using a Remote Database ConnectionThe Link ID in External Application property The Link id in external application is shared between Exponare Enquiry and an external application It is used to uniquely identify an Application Link Out from Exponare Enquiry For example a third party application may require a link id of ASSET In this case Exponare Enquiry would be configured with an Application Link Out with the Link id in external application setting of ASSET When run this link id would be passed to the external application The Link id in external application setting should be unique within a Work Context If several Application Link Outs share the same Link id in external application setting the first link will be used when an Application Link Outs with that link id is run Typically the link id is fixed in an external application and must be discovered by an Exponare administrator Once discovered it can be configured in Exponare The LinkFileLoc Special Placeholder The command line arguments to be sent to the external application can contain a special placeholder LinkFileLoc If this placeholder is included in the command line arguments it will result in a file being generated that contains selection description inf
401. tion symbol angle 90 2 Users Default Annotation symbol font Mapinfo 3 0 Compatible a Work Context Groups Default Annotation symbol size 0 25 Work Contexts Default Radius 1 E Coordinate Export Coordinate export symbol size 12 E External Authentication Domain User Credential E General Autologin expry time Reda 5 i Customer name Grid of Settings dh Data drectomes C Program Files Maplnfo Exponare Server SampleDataGVB E Ed log fie name Changelog txt ree of Configuration Items Enable Log False Maximum back forward steps 10 Print Template scale opbons 25000 10000 5000 500 Use External Authentication False LI Raster Quality gt Enqury printing raster quality 9 Enquiry raster quality 9 Public printing raster quality 9 Public raster quality 5 E Selection Zoom to Selection buffer width 3 100 Zoom to Selection minimum width 200 Zoom to Selection minimum width unt Metre E Property Annotation font R e The font to use when adding text Arm C ontext Sensitive Help the server machine Note that the Annotation font cannot be altered by Gri d sers Tree of Configuration onfiguratio Items Help Panel Hb The tree grid and help panel can be resized by clicking on a border and dragging the border to the required position 86 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 10 Overview Viewing Configuration Changes Exponare configuration changes can be viewed by starting a new Exponare Enquiry or Exponare Public session and logging in using an account that
402. trol i Bl Application Link Ins Ec Application Link Quts i e Coordinate Export Targets i E Global Layer Groups E True roup Name E Legend Settings HyperLink target URL Icon If the administrator sets the value of the row Expand as False then the group by default is visible as collapsed in Exponare Enquiry as well as in Exponare Public The users can manually expand it by clicking on the button of that Group En Exponare Configuration Manager File Configuration Help Dae EBA Be of Address Search Settings E Application Settings H Database Connections Database E dit Settings 9 Global Layer Groups gl Menus and Toolbars B Print Templates 08 User Interfaces AL Users E Work Context Groups E gt Work Contexts Ej Aerial Photography FE Animal Control gl Application Link Ins E Application Link Outs Eb Coordinate Export Targets Global Layer Groups E Groups Animal HyperLink target URL Icon E Ce EE E EH Residence I 41 Roads Overview Administration Guide 1 89 Layer Group Expand 190 Exponare 5 1 Exponare allows you to use tile server data within the product If you add a tile server layer to the Exponare Configuration Manager then the application takes care of fetching the appropriate tiles from the server and displaying them Tile servers can be accessed from both Exponare Enquiry and Exponare Public In this chapter Projection Sys
403. ts ta locate and load the MapInfo workspace File direct mws have Failed Please check that the Data Paths specified in the Application Settings section are correct TE may be necessary to restart the server if you have made changes to the underlying MapInfo workspace File Advanced Details Message 1504 Error 1993 System error Please contact support with the following information Message Errors loading workspace File Possibly invalid workspace file Additional information Unable to open table ODBC Error ODBC RC 1 ODBC SQLSEtate 51110 DBMS RC 0 DBMS Msg Microsoft ODBC Driver Manager Only SQL DRIVER MOPROMPT is allowed when connection pooling is eo at MapInfo Mapping Map WorkSpaceLoader Load Map map at MapInfo Mapping Map LoadiMapLoader loader at MapInfo Exponare Config ConfigManager GetWorkSpaceDescription String workspace Resolution To the connection string used in MWS add the field DLG 0 and save the workspace file You may need to Reset the S if you have already added the workspace and saved the configuration file Apply Refresh layer settings Exponare 5 1 Chapter 18 Spatial Data Access Memory is corrupt issue with Oracle 10g R2 database Symptoms If you are connecting to Oracle 10g with a 10g driver you might come across an error with the following details Advanced Details Message 1903 The Exponare Server responded with Error 1337 System error Please contact support with the followi
404. ture consisting of a matrix of dots pixels Raster images are sometimes known as bitmaps Aerial photographs and satellite imagery are common types of raster data found in GIS The picture below taken from Exponare s sample data is an example of a raster image Raster imagery Layers by their very nature impose higher demands on Exponare than regular non raster maps Performance will be negatively effected depending on the raster Layers format size resolution and zoom visibility settings It is highly recommended that response times server load and memory usage are carefully monitored when introducing raster imagery Layers 392 Exponare 5 1 Appendix B Raster Images Supported Raster Imagery File Types extension bil bmp ecw emf gen gif Jpeg Jpg Jpg j2k ntf pcx png psd Sid tga tiff if wmf various various Administration Guide Description Spot Windows Bitmap ECW Windows Enhanced Metafile CADRG Compressed ARC Digitized Raster Graphics Graphics Interchange Format Joint Photographic Experts Group JPEG2000 NITF National Imagery Transmission Format PCX Portable Network Graphics Photoshop MrSID Targa Tagged Image File Format includes GeoTIFF Windows Metafile ADRG ARC Standard Raster Product CIB Controlled Image Base 393 Supported Raster Imagery File Types 394 Exponare 5 1 The core data definition file for Exponare is the This appendix co
405. ty and layer visibility check box for a layer is visible available on the map Search Rest Public allows you to search various information To execute search 1 Click on Search in the left pane The search dialog box appears on the left pane Lat Plan Search Search for a property using the Lot number and Plan number Select all properties with a Lot number 4 and Plan number LP55253 Layers All query types that work for Exponare Enquiry and Exponare public are also supported Administration Guide 363 Rest Public Features 2 Once you have selected search click on the submit button to view the selected feature on map Figure below is highlighting the selected feature 3412190 1 94 141e re OMA HBAS L I0 m T mme a T Il I I I i I Imi Mapa mu SDE Developer licens de 0A Map rama SOK Developer License 9 2012 Piney Bowes Sota 98 ST Note Even if the layer is made invisible then also users will be able to see query selection Search Results After successful execution the results of search appear on search results page Below is the screen shot of search results Search Results L x Property Parcels 1 amp 120617 e Ead rey Resident Details Property No 16 Initials A Surman Person Phane 417 10xxxx Property 16 No Initials A Surnarme Persan Phone 048175 10xxxx Addrezz TB Eleanor St Footscray wio S012 Property No 16 m ceond 314156 556520703B4B6
406. ults of Exponare e Set NET framework version to v4 0 e Set value as false for Enable 32 Bit Application e Change the Identity to Built in account Network Services e Check that the Managed Pipeline Mode is set to integrated 3 Click Ok to save the settings 4 Goto Sites gt Default Web Site gt Exponare e Change the Application Pool to Exponare via Advance Settings 5 Ensure that handlers available in Handler mapping section such as asmx aspx rest are mapped to C Windows Microsoft NET Framework64 v4 0 30319 6 Do IIS Reset 7 Start Exponare Enquiry for further configuration settings Administration Guide 35 Exponare Server 36 32 bit Install For Windows Server 2003 In case you are a Win 2003 user you would particularly need to alter the current IIS settings to use Rest public For IIS settings refer to IIS settings to configure Rest Public For Windows 2008 Standard 1 Goto Application Pools DefaultAppPool 2 Right Panel of the IIS Manager click on Advanced Settings 3 Set Managed Pipeline Mode to Classic 4 DollS Reset 5 Start Exponare Enquiry for further configuration settings For improved performance refer section Switching to integrated mode and increase Mapxtreme pool size For Windows Server 2008 R2 for 32 Bit classic mode 1 Goto Set Application Pool Defaults and set value as false for Enable 32 Bit application 2 Add New Application Pool Set its values as e Nam
407. um number of rows to be displayed The description of the Data Bind as shown to the user as a tab in the Data Bind Details panel A SQL Query that produces results based on a selection that has been made on the parent layer Each of the values produced is listed in the Selection Results in a section for this Data Bind If the Database Connection type is Native then the SQL Query is run against all currently open spatial tables and SQL Support Tables and must comply with the MapInfo SQL syntax A special table is available called LAYER _ Selection that provides the users selection set drawn from the workspace table The field LAYER should be the name of the parent layer as it appears in the workspace The first value produced by the Query must be the mi_key from the selection table but this is not displayed to the user For example the SQL Query Select mi_key SP_UFI Name Type from Railways_Selection creates a Data Bind that displays three values to the user for each Feature that has been selected on the Railways table If the SQL Query returns multiple rows most commonly from a join the separate rows can be viewed by the user All layer and column names should match those in the workspace file If the Database Connection type is not Native then the SQL Query is to be run in an external database server In this case the SQL syntax must comply with the syntax of the server it will be executed on The Query should return al
408. urite graphics utilities When configuring a user you specify which theme to use Any user interface item that is required for that user will come from the specified theme If the required items cannot be found in the specified theme the default theme is tried If the item does not appear in the default theme a placeholder is 132 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 15 User Interfaces used instead Note The Visual Themes are provided primarily as a set of images to be uploaded Therefore when changing the Visual Theme for the Public User and logging in to Exponare Public it may be necessary to clear the internal cache used by your browser Clearing the internal cache will ensure that the latest image files are uploaded instead of using earlier cached versions From 5 0 onwards the impact of themes in Enquiry is only limited to icons used in panels Icons for ribbon toolbar are refrred from RibbonLarge amp RibbonSmall folder This folder has same set of icons for each theme To know more about new icons refer Chapter 43 New Icons User Interface Configuration Configuring a user interface for use is a three step process 1 Configure the user interface specification including menus the toolbar and the work panels 2 Configure User Profiles to use the new user interface and 3 Setupa new theme if different button icons etc are required Configuration of the user interface specification is discussed below Configuring a new theme is
409. using a Data Bind SQL Query such as Select mi key http server page aspx feature ID as URL Link to external form as Link From PropertyParcels Selection and specify active column URL and display column Link The dynamic hyperlink may be more convenient than having to create extra columns in your TAB Files just to enable a link to an external form To add Data Bind Hyperlinks 1 Z Select a Data Bind 2 Click Add New Item 3 Complete the Data Bind Hyperlink properties Active column The column in the Data Bind which contains the URL to be activated for this Data Bind Hyperlink The column name must match the name as shown to the user which differs to the workspace column name if an AS clause has been used The URLs listed can either be relative to the Exponare virtual directory or absolute The target of the URL must be web readable by an anonymous user Display column The column name of the Data Bind that contains the value to display for the Data Bind Hyperlink The column name must match the name as shown to the user which differs to the workspace column name if an AS clause has been used The entry should contain the text to display or a URL to a thumbnail image A thumbnail image URL can be either relative to the Exponare virtual directory or absolute and the thumbnail image must be web readable by an anonymous user The type of this entry either text or thumbnail is specified in the
410. uthentication method and administrator status The User Profiles also specify the user interface user interface theme and the available In this chapter Overview Overview e User Types e Configuring External Authentication User Types 138 Exponare provides four different types of user User Type Native Exponare User Native Shared Exponare User Authentication Custom password store for Exponare Comments Users can change their Exponare password Only Administrators can change native shared account passwords Externally Authenticated User Externally Authenticated User Group External Two native Exponare users are created when Exponare is installed admin Password admin User Type Native Exponare User e The admin user allows you to configure Exponare Note Typically users enter their network domain username and password to login You should ensure you maintain at least one Native Exponare User which has admin rights so that you can still connect to Exponare in order to fix any issue that arise with external authentication Public Password the Public password is set during installation and cannot be changed User Type Native Shared Exponare User e The Public user is the default user for anonymous access to Exponare Public Two additional users are created when the sample data is installed Their User Type is Native Shared Exponare UserThe sample d
411. ver Standard Edition Windows 2008 Server R2 64 bit Standard Windows 2008 Server R2 64 bit Enterprise Exponare Enquiry Windows XP Windows 7 Professional Windows 7 Enterprise Exponare Public client Windows XP Windows 7 Professional Windows 7 Enterprise File system NTFS recommended NTFS FAT32 NTFS FAT32 Service Packs latest available latest available latest available NET Framework v 4 0 v4 0 n a Internet Information IIS v6 0 IIS v7 0 v7 5 n a n a Benicar tS plus FrontPage Server Extensions not required for IIS v7 5 onwards Windows Installer v 3 1 v3 1 n a Internet Browser Internet Explorer IE v 8 0 and 9 0 or Firefox v 14 0 Public Internet Explorer IE v 8 0 and 9 0 or Firefox v 14 0 RestPublic Internet Explorer IE v 8 0 9 0 Firefox v 14 0 GoogleChrome 22 Safari 5 1 7 Mobile Tested for iOS default browser iOS 4S and above recommended Microsoft Word n a n a optional 2007 and 2010 Exponare Server The Exponare Server installer provides the following products e Exponare Server Administration Guide 27 Exponare Server 28 e Exponare Public e MapXtreme Workspace Manager Software Requirements The Exponare Server requires a number of pieces of software to be present and appropriately configured prior to its installation in order to function properly These requirements are discussed below with information on how to r
412. ver contains invalid characters other than alphanumeric characters and dashes then you should either rename your server so that the name only contains valid characters access the server by the IP Address or access the server by an alternate HTTP address that does not contain invalid characters SQL Support Tables from external databases do not work Symptoms An external database cannot be accessed due to missing drivers Resolution External databases must be configured to work with NET otherwise they cannot be used as the source for SQL Support Tables A common requirement is to install drivers that enable your databases to inter operate with NET programs such as Exponare Server For example Oracle 9i requires an Oracle NET driver to be installed Please contact your database vendor or see their website for information on using your database with NET Using a web browser to access Exponare asmx fails Symptoms Browsing to the page http localhost Exponare Exponare asmx generates an error message Note This page should show a list of Exponare Web Service functions Resolution Most commonly this indicates that ASP NET isn t properly installed or configured See ASP NET registration page 28 for the process to install and configure ASP NET Exponare 5 1 Chapter 7 Server Administration Tasks Work Context cannot load due to permissions Symptoms Enquiry reports an error with Event ID 1475 of the form Errors during
413. w You have the Following open Exponare Enquiry windows Please choose which one to use ta populate your View From 4 Click OK Exnonare Enquiry admin Cadastre Exponare Enquiry 2 admin 4nimal Control See also Views URL Properties A number of properties in the Exponare configuration have values that are URLs In every situation where a URL is required you may use either an absolute or a relative URL An absolute URL begins with http and is interpreted exactly as written A relative URL begins with anything except http and is automatically prefixed with the URL of Exponare Server A relative URL can be specified in one of two ways either with a leading forward slash character or without In the case of a leading forward slash the URL of the web server root will be prefixed to the URL If there is no leading forward slash then one of two things can happen In Enquiry the URL is prefixed with the full URL path to the directory containing the web service file Exponare asmx e n Public the URL is prefixed with the full URL path to the directory containing the Public aspx file that defines the Public interface See the table below for examples of URLs as they are entered and how the Exponare Server interprets them assuming that the URL of the Exponare server is http server exponare and the Public aspx template file is accessed through the URL http server exponare publictemplates public aspx Administration Guid
414. w Ca eoe REOR E o ed ee e DC de ee d EE 298 Configuration Manager Settings llle 298 Parto EXDONafe PUDIID iii 301 Chapter 36 Creating Exponare Public Pages 303 pe 304 Exponare Example Public Pages i 305 FUCO pipa altari ERI a 305 LEICA EE REIT 306 Login to Public Named Users ccc eee eee eens 307 Exponare Public Page Tags 206 000s sees eee e eee eee eee ee eee eeeee 308 MAD PECES 308 Menuan TOODA gon ced dU SPESE RO Pa barone 308 BAM repeat Lit 309 PENE ae e RETRO REIT IERI MISTI SITI IIS 3d 309 EIUS PUB mine pe eee Geo BAe ee Im tat e n e a li ani a e e IO E oe 310 Setting Up Pages for Different Screen Resolutions 310 Map CONTE sacra ee ee AA A Rei 311 Chapter 37 Public Start up Parameters Ls 313 IDIPOOUDIOD oak RR E DANI RR A REV N AR DR CE po c 314 Hun CRUISE Boca oi CR ORCI LI 315 FaOO TO LORU psichiatri 316 Change Work Context e leeleeeeeeee ern 316 Run AGNESE SSA incat tener care nai tc det na 316 PODU SA et e E ace ga eran 317 Hun Layer Shore 66664866005 6 RIA ERI RR A ERED A ERARRRRA 317 Administration Guide IX Part 6 New Enquiry Interface 319 Chapter 38 Ribbons ae cas a e ETA ease ew eer ad 321 VOOM ec be PU
415. well as the Workspace Manager that is installed with Exponare Server a number of other tools can also create and manipulate Workspace files such as Maplnfo Professional As such the Workspace file can contain descriptions of a number of different features not all of which are relevant to or used by Exponare Microsoft Office A suite of productivity programs created by Microsoft Microsoft Visual Studio NET An integrated development environment by Microsoft Microsoft Word Microsoft Word is a word processor program from Microsoft Microsoft Word Print Template A Print Template that will produce a Microsoft Word document to be viewed in Microsoft Word Once shown the Microsoft Word Print Template can be printed from within Microsoft Word Overview Map A map that indicates the area currently shown on the main map It can also be used to quickly reposition the view of the main map Parameterless Query A Query that has no input parameters A Parameterless Query can be executed by a user without providing additional information For example a spatial buffering Query does not require any user input Print Template A document containing Print Template Tags that can be requested by a user Print Templates can either be HTML Print Templates or Microsoft Word Print Templates Print Template Tag A place holder added to a Print Template by an Administrator that is replaced with content from Exponare when requested by a user Eg
416. with the link id in external application setting of Parks and run that link The link id in external application setting must be unique within a Work Context If several Application Link Ins share the same link id in external application setting the first such link will be invoked when an Application Link Ins with that link id is run If more than one Work Context uses the same link id for an Application Link In the first link found in the Work Context tree will be invoked regardless of the user s default Work Context To override this behaviour use the command line s context parameter For example the user Lumberjack has a default work context of Vegetation but can also see the Cadastre Work Context which is higher in the work context tree Both the Vegetation and Cadastre Work Contexts have Application Link Ins with a link id in external application setting of Parks If the Link In command line parameters are Username Lumberjack password LinkFile C MyParks xml Lumberjack will be presented with the Cadastre Work Context However if the command line parameters are Username Lumberjack password LinkFile C MyParks xml context Vegetation Lumberjack will be presented with their default Work Context of Vegetation However if the reuse parameter is used the following scenarios are possible Typically the link id is fixed in an external application and must be discovered by an Exponare administrator Once discovered it can
417. xponare License file that is effective for the first 60 days after Exponare installation An Exponare Trial License is created automatically on installation of Exponare Favourite A Favourite is a collection of settings describing the View selection Active Selection and Layer Settings A user can save or export a Favourite A user can open or import existing Favourites to apply the settings in the Favourite to their Exponare Enquiry session Exported favourites can be sent to and used by other Exponare Enquiry users Feature A spatial object shown on the map Eg a street a property boundary an address point etc Feature Details A view of the textual information associated with the Active Feature on the map The textual information is organised so that information from all Data Binds associated with the Active Feature are shown The Feature Details Panel can be used to change the Active Feature to any selected Feature Compare with Data Bind Details HTML Print Template A Print Template that will produce a web page to be viewed in the user s web browser Once shown the HTML Print Template can be printed from the web browser IIS Acronym for Internet Information Services Microsoft s web server application Image Watermark A Watermark to be added to the map that consists of an image This image is overlaid on the map in the manner defined by the Administrator 430 Exponare 5 1 Glossary Layer A map is composed of multi
418. xternally Authenticated User Group Login examples 1 Dusty Bean Domain name MyDomain Username dubean Active Directory groups Garbage and Public Health e Dusty logs in and is authenticated by the Active Directory server e Dusty s domain name and user name do not make up a valid Exponare profile so the Active Directory groups that she is a member of are examined e Dusty is logged in using the settings specified in Garbage as this is first group found that she is a member of 2 Trevor Ash Domain name MyDomain Username trash Active Directory groups Garbage Sewerage and Public_Health e Trevor logs in and is authenticated by the Active Directory server e Trevors domain name and user name make up a valid Exponare profile Trevor is logged in using the settings specified in MyDomain trash 142 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 16 Users E General El General Liza External Authentication False Use Egtemal Authentication True Gabage A Sewerage A Public Health Administration Guide 1 43 Single Sign On Single Sign On Exponare will automatically log you in as an Authenticated Enquiry user based on your windows credentials Now you will not have to type your username and passwords multiple times Configuration Manager User Node As an administrator you will need to create a new user under the User node tree list Ensure that the new user domain is specified i EXponare Configuration Manager File Configuration Help
419. y coordinate of the point e document exponare_gml this contains an XML representation of the Feature on the map To access these values through javascript you can set the Hyperlink Target to execute a javascript function when the User clicks the hyperlink as follows javascript myFunction This will cause the javascript function myFunction to run when the User clicks the link You can then write the body of this function to access the properties described above and send them out to an external web application Test Stubs 276 The Exponare Server standard install contains test stubs that can be used to test the configuration of a Coordinate Export Target There are two stubs PublicLinkoutTest aspx The Exponare Server contains an ASPX page called PublicLinkoutTest aspx This is a simple ASPX application that will display all the parameters passed in as Query Parameters in the calling URL To use this page to test your coordinate link out configure the Hyperlink Target of your link out to point to this ASPX page and pass in the coordinate keywords as Query Parameters at the end of the URL For example http myserver Exponare PublicLinkoutTest aspx 1d Exponare amp xCoord EXPONARE_X amp yCoord EXPONARE_ Y amp coordSys EXPONARE_EPSG When running this link out you should see a web page that lists all the parameters passed in at the end of the URL Javascript Function to Display Values Each of the four sample Public te
420. y default the quick access toolbar has these six commands as shown in the above screen shot These six default commands are decided on the basis of the first six commands configured in the toolbar for that user profile For instance if the user Admin refers to a profile of Full Interface which refers to the toolbar Full Toolbar then the default list generated in Quick Access Toolbar will have the first six commands listed in the Full Toolbar 24 Ful Menu 54 Ful toolbar 24 Home 4 Back 74 Forward 4 Separator 4 Zoom In 4 Zoom Out 4 Pan E Menus and Toolbars The drop down button opens options to turn on and off these commands by checking and un checking each item TIE Ay PR Back n PA Forward Home ra Zoom In PA Zoom Qut Legend Pan Customize 332 Exponare 5 1 Chapter 40 Quick Access Toolbar Quick Access Toolbar settings are maintained at the user level and preserved for each unique user profile on the client machine Note When you switch off any of the default commands they are removed from quick access toolbar but they remain in the list If checked on again the commands are added towards the end of the list Customizing the Quick Access Toolbar If you would like to add more commands or reorder the commands listed in the Quick Access Toolbar use the Customize button available at the bottom of the list 20g v8 mm met AD dif Back lt PA Forward Home Back Fot

Exponare 5.1 Administration User Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents